# pali

volume: 32
item: 33
title: ^ghaṭikārasuttavaṇṇanā^raṭṭhapālasuttavaṇṇanā^maghadevasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 308^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0219^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti maghadevasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^maghadevāmbavane^eb^ti pubbe maghadevo nāma rājā taṃ ambavanaṃ ropesi.  tesu rukkhesu palujjamānesu aparabhāge aññepi rājāno ropesuṃyeva.  taṃ pana paṭhamavohāravasena maghadevambavananteva saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. ^b^sitaṃ  pātvākāsī^eb^ti sāyanhasamaye vihāracārikaṃ caramāno ramaṇīyaṃ  bhūmibhāgaṃ disvā -- ``vasitapubbaṃ nu kho me imasmiṃ okāse''ti  āvajjanto -- ``pubbe ahaṃ maghadevo nāma rājā hutvā imaṃ ambavanaṃ  ropesiṃ, ettheva ^a^P3.0310^ea^ pabbajitvā cattāro brahmavihāre  bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbattiṃ. taṃ kho panetaṃ kāraṇaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa  apākaṭaṃ, pākaṭaṃ karissāmī''ti aggaggadante dassento sitaṃ pātu  akāsi.<br/><br/>[03] dhammo assa atthīti ^b^dhammiko^eb^. dhammena rājā jātoti  ^b^dhammarājā. dhamme ṭhito^eb^ti dasakusalakammapathadhamme ṭhito.  ^b^dhammaṃ caratī^eb^ti samaṃ carati ^a^M3.0214^ea^. tatra ^b^brāhmaṇagahapatikesū^eb^ti  yopi so pubbarājūhi brāhmaṇānaṃ dinnaparihāro, taṃ ahāpetvā  pakatiniyāmeneva adāsi, tathā gahapatikānaṃ. taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^pakkhassā^eb^ti iminā pāṭihārikapakkhopi saṅgahito.  aṭṭhamīuposathassa hi paccuggamanānuggamanavasena sattamiyañca  navamiyañca, cātuddasapannarasānaṃ paccuggamanānuggamanavasena terasiyañca  pāṭipade cāti ime divasā ^b^pāṭihārikapakkhā^eb^ti veditabbā.  tesupi uposathaṃ upavasi. <br/><br/>[03] 309^b^.^eb^ ^b^devadūtā^eb^ti devoti maccu, tassa dūtāti  devadūtā. sirasmiñhi palitesu pātubhūtesu maccurājassa santike  ṭhito viya hoti, tasmā palitāni maccudevassa dūtāti vuccanti.  devā viya dūtātipi devadūtā. yathā hi alaṅkatapaṭiyattāya devatāya  ākāse ṭhatvā ``asukadivase marissatī''ti vutte taṃ tatheva hoti,  evaṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu pātubhūtesu devatābyākaraṇasadisameva ^a^P3.0311^ea^  hoti. tasmā palitāni devasadisā dūtāti vuccanti.  visuddhidevānaṃ dūtātipi ^b^devadūtā^eb^. sabbabodhisattā hi  jiṇṇabyādhitamatapabbajite disvāva saṃvegamāpajjitvā nikkhamma  pabbajanti. yathāha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``jiṇṇañca ^a^V3.0220^ea^ disvā dukhitañca byādhitaṃ, <br/><br/>[27] matañca disvā gatamāyusaṅkhayaṃ. <br/><br/>[26] kāsāyavatthaṃ pabbajitañca disvā, <br/><br/>[22] tasmā ahaṃ pabbajitomhi rājā''ti.. <br/><br/>[25] iminā pariyāyena palitāni visuddhidevānaṃ dūtattā  devadūtāti vuccanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kappakassa gāmavaraṃ datvā^eb^ti satasahassuṭṭhānakaṃ jeṭṭhakagāmaṃ  datvā. kasmā adāsi? saṃviggamānasattā. tassa hi añjalismiṃ  ṭhapitāni palitāni disvāva saṃvego uppajjati. aññāni  caturāsītivassasahassāni āyu atthi, evaṃ santepi maccurājassa  santike ṭhitaṃ viya attānaṃ maññamāno saṃviggo pabbajjaṃ roceti.  tena vuttaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``sire ^a^M3.0215^ea^ disvāna palitaṃ, maghadevo disampati. <br/><br/>[22] saṃvegaṃ alabhī dhīro, pabbajjaṃ samarocayī''ti.. <br/><br/>[25] aparampi vuttaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``uttamaṅgaruhā mayhaṃ, ime jātā vayoharā. <br/><br/>[22] pātubhūtā devadūtā, pabbajjāsamayo mamā''ti..<br/><br/>[03] ^b^purisayuge^eb^ti vaṃsasambhave purise. ^b^kesamassuṃ  ohāretvā^eb^ti tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajantāpi hi paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ  ohāretvā pabbajanti, tato paṭṭhāya vaḍḍhite kese bandhitvā  jaṭākalāpadharā hutvā vicaranti. bodhisattopi tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbaji.  pabbajito pana anesanaṃ ^a^P3.0312^ea^ ananuyuñjitvā  rājagehato āhaṭabhikkhāya yāpento brahmavihāraṃ bhāvesi. tasmā so  ^b^mettāsahagatenā^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kumārakīḷitaṃ kīḷī^eb^ti aṅkena aṅkaṃ parihariyamāno  kīḷi. mālākalāpaṃ viya hi naṃ ukkhipitvāva ^a^V3.0221^ea^ vicariṃsu.  ^b^rañño maghadevassa putto...pe0... pabbajī^eb^ti imassa  pabbajitadivase pañca maṅgalāni ahesuṃ. maghadevarañño matakabhattaṃ,  tassa rañño pabbajitamaṅgalaṃ, tassa puttassa chattussāpanamaṅgalaṃ, tassa  puttassa uparajjamaṅgalaṃ, tassa puttassa nāmakaraṇamaṅgalanti ekasmiṃyeva  samaye pañca maṅgalāni ahesuṃ, sakalajambudīpatale unnaṅgalamahosi. <br/><br/>[03] 311^b^.^eb^ ^b^puttapaputtakā^eb^ti puttā ca puttaputtā cāti  evaṃ pavattā tassa paramparā. ^b^pacchimako ahosī^eb^ti  pabbajjāpacchimako ahosi. bodhisatto kira brahmaloke nibbatto --  ``pavattati nu kho taṃ mayā manussaloke nihataṃ kalyāṇavatta''nti  āvajjanto addasa -- ``ettakaṃ addhānaṃ pavattati, idāni na  pavattissatī''ti. na kho panāhaṃ mayhaṃ paveṇiyā ucchijjituṃ  dassāmīti attano vaṃse jātaraññoyeva aggamahesiyā kucchismiṃ  paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā attano vaṃsassa nemiṃ ghaṭento viya nibbatto,  tenevassa nimīti nāmaṃ ahosi. iti so pabbajitarājūnaṃ  ^a^M3.0216^ea^ sabbapacchimako hutvā pabbajitoti pabbajjāpacchimako ahosi.  guṇehi pana atirekataro. tassa hi sabbarājūhi atirekatarā dve  guṇā ahesuṃ ^a^P3.0313^ea^. catūsu dvāresu satasahassaṃ  satasahassaṃ vissajjetvā devasikaṃ dānaṃ adāsi, anuposathikassa ca  dassanaṃ nivāresi. anuposathikesu hi rājānaṃ passissāmāti  gatesu dovāriko pucchati ``tumhe uposathikā no vā''ti. ye  anuposathikā honti, te nivāreti ``anuposathikānaṃ rājā dassanaṃ  na detī''ti. ``mayaṃ janapadavāsino kāle bhojanaṃ kuhiṃ  labhissāmā''tipi tattha vacanokāso natthi. catūsu hi dvāresu  rājaṅgaṇe ca anekāni bhattacāṭisahassāni paṭiyattāneva honti.  tasmā mahājano icchiticchitaṭṭhāne massuṃ kāretvā nhāyitvā vatthāni  parivattetvā yathārucitaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya  rañño gehadvāraṃ gacchati. dovārikena ``uposathikā tumhe''ti  pucchitapucchitā ``āma āmā''ti vadanti. tena hi āgacchathāti  pavesetvā rañño dasseti. iti imehi dvīhi guṇehi atirekataro  ahosi. <br/><br/>[03] 312^b^.^eb^ ^b^devānaṃ tāvatiṃsāna^eb^nti tāvatiṃsabhavane  nibbattadevānaṃ. te kira devā videharaṭṭhe mithilanagaravāsino rañño  ovāde ṭhatvā pañca sīlāni rakkhitvā uposathakammaṃ katvā tattha  nibbattā rañño guṇakathaṃ kathenti. te sandhāya vuttaṃ ``devānaṃ  tāvatiṃsāna''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nisinno^eb^ ^a^V3.0222^ea^ ^b^hotī^eb^ti pāsādavarassa uparigato dānañca  sīlañca upaparikkhamāno nisinno hoti. evaṃ kirassa ahosi --  ``dānaṃ nu kho mahantaṃ udāhu sīlaṃ, yadi dānaṃ mahantaṃ,  ajjhottharitvā dānameva dassāmi. atha sīlaṃ, sīlameva  pūrissāmī''ti. tassa ``idaṃ mahantaṃ idaṃ mahanta''nti nicchituṃ  asakkontasseva sakko gantvā purato pāturahosi. tena vuttaṃ ^b^atha  kho, ānanda,...pe0... sammukhe pāturahosī^eb^ti. evaṃ kirassa  ahosi -- ``rañño kaṅkhā uppannā, tassa kaṅkhacchedanatthaṃ pañhañca  kathessāmi, idhāgamanatthāya paṭiññañca gaṇhissāmī''ti ^a^P3.0314^ea^.  tasmā gantvā sammukhe pāturahosi. rājā adiṭṭhapubbaṃ  rūpaṃ disvā bhīto ahosi lomahaṭṭhajāto. atha naṃ sakko -- ``mā  bhāyi, mahārāja, vissattho pañhaṃ puccha, kaṅkhaṃ te  paṭivinodessāmī''ti āha.<br/><br/>[03] rājā ^a^M3.0217^ea^ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``pucchāmi taṃ mahārāja, sabbabhūtānamissara. <br/><br/>[22] dānaṃ vā brahmacariyaṃ vā, katamaṃ su mahapphala''nti..  -- <br/><br/>[25] pañhaṃ pucchi. sakko -- ``dānaṃ nāma kiṃ, sīlameva  guṇavisiṭṭhatāya mahantaṃ. ahañhi pubbe, mahārāja, dasavassasahassāni  dasannaṃ jaṭilasahassānaṃ dānaṃ datvā pettivisayato na mutto, sīlavantā  pana mayhaṃ dānaṃ bhuñjitvā brahmaloke nibbattā''ti vatvā imā gāthā  avoca -- <br/><br/>[21] ``hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati. <br/><br/>[22] majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhati.. <br/><br/>[21] na hete sulabhā kāyā, yācayogena kenaci. <br/><br/>[22] ye kāye upapajjanti, anāgārā tapassino''ti..  (jā0 2.22.429-430).<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^V3.0223^ea^ rañño kaṅkhaṃ vinodetvā devalokagamanāya paṭiññāgahaṇatthaṃ  ^b^lābhā te mahārājā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^avikampamāno^eb^ti  abhāyamāno. ^b^adhivāsesī^eb^ti ahaṃ mahājanaṃ kusalaṃ samādapemi,  puññavantānaṃ pana vasanaṭṭhānaṃ disvā āgatena manussapathe sukhaṃ kathetuṃ  hotīti adhivāsesi. <br/><br/>[03] 313^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ bhaddantavā^eb^ti evaṃ hotu bhaddakaṃ tava  vacananti vatvā. ^b^yojetvā^eb^ti ekasmiṃyeva yuge  sahassāssājānīye ^a^P3.0315^ea^ yojetvā. tesaṃ pana  pāṭiyekkaṃ yojanakiccaṃ natthi, manaṃ āgamma yuttāyeva honti. so  pana dibbaratho diyaḍḍhayojanasatiko hoti, naddhito paṭṭhāya rathasīsaṃ  paññāsayojanāni, akkhabandho paṇṇāsayojanāni, akkhabandhato paṭṭhāya  pacchābhāgo paṇṇāsayojanāni, sabbo sattavaṇṇaratanamayo. devaloko  nāma uddhaṃ, manussaloko adho, tasmā heṭṭhāmukhaṃ rathaṃ pesesīti na  sallakkhetabbaṃ. yathā pana pakatimaggaṃ peseti, evameva manussānaṃ  sāyamāsabhatte niṭṭhite candena saddhiṃ yuganaddhaṃ katvā pesesi,  yamakacandā uṭṭhitā viya ahesuṃ. mahājano disvā ``yamakacandā  uggatā''ti āha. āgacchante āgacchante na yamakacandā, ekaṃ  vimānaṃ, na vimānaṃ, eko rathoti. rathopi āgacchanto āgacchanto  ^a^M3.0218^ea^ pakatirathappamāṇova, assāpi pakatiassappamāṇāva ahesuṃ. evaṃ rathaṃ  āharitvā rañño pāsādaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pācīnasīhapañjaraṭṭhāne rathaṃ  nivattetvā āgatamaggābhimukhaṃ katvā sīhapañjare ṭhatvāva ārohanasajjaṃ  ṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abhiruha mahārājā^eb^ti rājā -- ``dibbayānaṃ me  laddha''nti na tāvadeva abhiruhi, nāgarānaṃ pana ovādaṃ adāsi  ``passatha tātā, yaṃ me sakkena devaraññā dibbaratho pesito, so ca  kho na jātigottaṃ vā kulappadesaṃ vā paṭicca pesito, mayhaṃ ^a^P3.0316^ea^  pana sīlācāraguṇe pasīditvā pesito. sace tumhepi sīlaṃ  rakkhissatha, tumhākampi pesessati, evaṃ rakkhituṃ yuttaṃ nāmetaṃ sīlaṃ.  nāhaṃ devalokaṃ gantvā cirāyissāmi, appamattā hothā''ti mahājanaṃ  ovaditvā pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā rathaṃ abhiruhi. tato mātali  saṅgāhako ``ahampi mahārājassa mamānucchavikaṃ karissāmī''ti  ākāsamhi dve magge dassetvā ^b^apica mahārājā^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^a^V3.0224^ea^ ^b^katamenā^eb^ti, mahārāja, imesu maggesu eko nirayaṃ  gacchati, eko devalokaṃ, tesu taṃ katamena nemi. ^b^yenā^eb^ti yena  maggena gantvā yattha pāpakammantā pāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ  paṭisaṃvediyanti, taṃ ṭhānaṃ sakkā hoti passitunti attho.  dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. jātakepi -- <br/><br/>[21] ``kena taṃ nemi maggena, rājaseṭṭha disampati. <br/><br/>[22] yena vā pāpakammantā, puññakammā ca ye narā''ti..  (jā0 2.22.450) -- <br/><br/>[25] gāthāya ayamevattho. tenevāha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``niraye tāva passāmi, āvāse pāpakamminaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] ṭhānāni luddakammānaṃ, dussīlānañca yā gatī''ti..  (jā0 2.22.451).<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ubhayeneva maṃ mātali nehī^eb^ti mātali dvīhi maggehi maṃ  nehi, ahaṃ nirayaṃ passitukāmo devalokampīti. paṭhamaṃ katamena  nemīti. paṭhamaṃ nirayamaggena nehīti. tato mātali attano  ānubhāvena rājānaṃ pañcadasa mahāniraye dassesi. vitthārakathā  panettha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``dassesi ^a^M3.0219^ea^ ^a^P3.0317^ea^ mātali rañño, duggaṃ  vetaraṇiṃ nadiṃ. <br/><br/>[22] kuthitaṃ khārasaṃyuttaṃ, tattaṃ aggisikhūpama''nti..  (jā0 2.22.452) -- <br/><br/>[25] jātake vuttanayena veditabbā. nirayaṃ dassetvā rathaṃ  nivattetvā devalokābhimukhaṃ gantvā bīraṇīdevadhītāya  soṇadinnadevaputtassa gaṇadevaputtānañca vimānāni dassento devalokaṃ  nesi. tatrāpi vitthārakathā -- <br/><br/>[21] ``yadi te sutā bīraṇī jīvaloke, <br/><br/>[27] āmāyadāsī ahu brāhmaṇassa. <br/><br/>[26] sā pattakāle atithiṃ viditvā, <br/><br/>[27] mātāva ^a^V3.0225^ea^ puttaṃ sakimābhinandī. <br/><br/>[26] saṃyamā saṃvibhāgā ca, <br/><br/>[22] sā vimānasmi modatī''ti.. (jā0 2.22.507)  -- <br/><br/>[25] jātake vuttanayeneva veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ gacchato pana tassa rathanemi vaṭṭiyā cittakūṭadvārakoṭṭhakassa  ummāre pahatamatteva devanagare kolāhalaṃ ahosi. sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ  ekakaṃyeva ohāya devasaṅgho mahāsattaṃ paccuggamanamakāsi, taṃ devatānaṃ  ādaraṃ disvā sakko cittaṃ sandhāretuṃ asakkonto -- ``abhirama,  mahārāja, devesu devānubhāvenā''ti āha. evaṃ kirassa ahosi --  ``ayaṃ rājā ajja āgantvā ekadivaseneva devagaṇaṃ attano  abhimukhamakāsi. sace ekaṃ dve divase vasissati, na maṃ devā  olokessantī''ti. so usūyamāno, ``mahārāja, tuyhaṃ imasmiṃ  devaloke vasituṃ puññaṃ natthi, aññesaṃ puññena vasāhī''ti iminā  adhippāyena evamāha. bodhisatto -- ``nāsakkhi jarasakko manaṃ  sandhāretuṃ, paraṃ nissāya laddhaṃ kho pana yācitvā laddhabhaṇḍakaṃ ^a^P3.0318^ea^  viya hotī''ti paṭikkhipanto ^b^alaṃ  mārisā^eb^tiādimāha. jātakepi vuttaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``yathā yācitakaṃ yānaṃ, yathā yācitakaṃ dhanaṃ. <br/><br/>[21] evaṃsampadameve taṃ, yaṃ parato dānapaccayā. <br/><br/>[22] na cāhametamicchāmi, yaṃ parato dānapaccayā''ti..  (jā0 2.22.585-586) -- <br/><br/>[25] sabbaṃ ^a^M3.0220^ea^ vattabbaṃ. bodhisatto pana manussattabhāvena  kativāre devalokaṃ gatoti. cattāro -- mandhāturājakāle  sādhinarājakāle guttilavīṇāvādakakāle nimimahārājakāleti. so  mandhātukāle devaloke asaṅkhyeyyaṃ kālaṃ vasi, tasmiñhi  vasamāneyeva chattiṃsa sakkā caviṃsu. sādhinarājakāle sattāhaṃ vasi,  manussagaṇanāya satta vassasatāni honti. guttilavīṇāvādakakāle ca  nimirājakāle ca muhuttamattaṃ vasi, manussagaṇanāya satta divasāni  honti. <br/><br/>[03] 314^b^.^eb^ ^b^tattheva^eb^ ^a^V3.0226^ea^ ^b^mithilaṃ paṭinesī^eb^ti paṭinetvā  pakatisirigabbheyeva patiṭṭhāpesi. <br/><br/>[03] 315^b^.^eb^ ^b^kaḷārajanako^eb^ti tassa nāmaṃ.  kaḷāradantatāya pana kaḷārajanakoti vutto. ^b^na so agārasmā  anagāriyaṃ pabbajī^eb^ti ettakamattameva na akāsi, sesaṃ sabbaṃ  pākatikameva ahosi. <br/><br/>[03] 316^b^.^eb^ ^b^samucchedo hotī^eb^ti ettha kalyāṇavattaṃ ko  samucchindati, kena samucchinnaṃ, ko pavatteti, kena pavattitaṃ nāma  hotīti ayaṃ vibhāgo veditabbo. tattha sīlavā bhikkhu ^a^P3.0319^ea^  ``na sakkā mayā arahattaṃ laddhu''nti vīriyaṃ akaronto  samucchindati. dussīlena samucchinnaṃ nāma hoti. satta sekhā  pavattenti. khīṇāsavena pavattitaṃ nāma hoti. sesaṃ sabbattha  uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] maghadevasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 34
title: ghaṭikārasuttavaṇṇanā^raṭṭhapālasuttavaṇṇanā^maghadevasuttavaṇṇanā^madhurasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 317^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0227^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti madhurasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^mahākaccāno^eb^ti gihikāle ujjenikarañño purohitaputto abhirūpo  dassanīyo pāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo ca. ^b^madhurāya^eb^nti  evaṃnāmake nagare. ^b^gundāvane^eb^ti kaṇhakagundāvane  ^a^M3.0221^ea^.  ^b^avantiputto^eb^ti avantiraṭṭhe rañño dhītāya putto. ^b^vuddho ceva  arahā cā^eb^ti daharaṃ arahantampi na tathā sambhāventi yathā mahallakaṃ,  thero pana vuddho ceva ahosi arahā ca. ^b^brāhmaṇā, bho  kaccānā^eb^ti so kira rājā brāhmaṇaladdhiko, tasmā evamāha.  ^b^brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo^eb^tiādīsu jātigottādīnaṃ paññāpanaṭṭhāne  brāhmaṇāva seṭṭhāti dasseti. ^b^hīno añño vaṇṇo^eb^ti itare tayo  vaṇṇā hīnā lāmakāti vadati. ^b^sukko^eb^ti ^a^P3.0320^ea^  paṇḍaro. ^b^kaṇho^eb^ti kāḷako. ^b^sujjhantī^eb^ti  jātigottādipaññāpanaṭṭhānesu sujjhanti. ^b^brahmuno puttā^eb^ti  mahābrahmuno puttā. ^b^orasā mukhato jātā^eb^ti ure vasitvā  mukhato nikkhantā, ure katvā saṃvaddhitāti vā orasā.  ^b^brahmajā^eb^ti brahmato nibbattā. ^b^brahmanimmitā^eb^ti brahmunā  nimmitā. ^b^brahmadāyādā^eb^ti brahmuno dāyādā. ^b^ghosoyeva  kho eso^eb^ti vohāramattamevetaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 318^b^.^eb^ ^b^ijjheyyā^eb^ti samijjheyya, yattakāni  dhanādīni pattheyya, tattakehissa manoratho pūreyyāti attho.  ^b^khattiyopissāssā^eb^ti khattiyopi assa issariyasampattassa  pubbuṭṭhāyī assa. ^b^nesaṃ ettha kiñcī^eb^ti na etesaṃ ettha kiñci. <br/><br/>[03] 322^b^.^eb^ ^b^āsanena vā nimanteyyāmā^eb^ti  nisinnāsanaṃ papphoṭetvā idha nisīdāti vadeyyāma.  ^b^abhinimanteyyāmapi na^eb^nti abhiharitvā taṃ nimanteyyāma. tattha  duvidho abhihāro vācāya ceva kāyena ca. ``tumhākaṃ  icchiticchitakkhaṇe mamaṃ cīvarādīhi vadeyyātha yenattho''ti vadanto  hi vācāya abhiharitvā nimanteti nāma. cīvarādivekallaṃ  sallakkhetvā ``idaṃ gaṇhathā''ti tāni dento pana kāyena abhiharitvā  nimanteti nāma. tadubhayampi ^a^P3.0321^ea^ sandhāya  ``abhinimanteyyāmapi na''nti āha. ^b^rakkhāvaraṇagutti^eb^nti  rakkhāsaṅkhātañceva āvaraṇasaṅkhātañca ^a^V3.0228^ea^ guttiṃ. yā panesā  āvudhahatthe purise ṭhapentena rakkhā, sā dhammikā nāma saṃvihitā na  hoti. yathā pana avelāya kaṭṭhahārikāpaṇṇahārikādayo vihāraṃ na  pavisanti, migaluddakādayo vihārasīmāya mige vā macche vā na  gaṇhanti, evaṃ saṃvidahantena dhammikā nāma saṃvihitā hoti. taṃ  sandhāyāha ``dhammika''nti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^M3.0222^ea^ santeb^ti evaṃ catunnampi vaṇṇānaṃ pabbajitānaṃ  pabbajitasakkārena same samāne. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] madhurasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 35
title: raṭṭhapālasuttavaṇṇanā^maghadevasuttavaṇṇanā^madhurasuttavaṇṇanā^bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 324^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0229^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti bodhirājakumārasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^kokanado^eb^ti kokanadaṃ vuccati padumaṃ. so ca  maṅgalapāsādo olokanakapadumaṃ dassetvā kato, tasmā kokanadoti  saṅkhaṃ labhi. <br/><br/>[03] 325^b^.^eb^ ^b^yāva pacchimasopānakaḷevarā^eb^ti ettha  ^b^pacchimasopānakaḷevara^eb^nti paṭhamaṃ sopānaphalakaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^addasā^eb^ ^a^P3.0322^ea^ ^b^kho^eb^ti olokanatthaṃyeva  dvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito addasa.^b^ bhagavā tuṇhī ahosī^eb^ti ``kissa  nu kho atthāya rājakumārena ayaṃ mahāsakkāro kato''ti āvajjanto  puttapatthanāya katabhāvaṃ aññāsi. so hi rājakumāro aputtako,  sutañcānena ahosi -- ``buddhānaṃ kira adhikāraṃ katvā manasā  icchitaṃ labhantī''ti. so -- ``sacāhaṃ puttaṃ labhissāmi,  sammāsambuddho mama celappaṭikaṃ akkamissati. no ce labhissāmi,  na akkamissatī''ti patthanaṃ katvā santharāpesi. atha bhagavā  ``nibbattissati nu kho etassa putto''ti āvajjetvā ``na  nibbattissatī''ti addasa.<br/><br/>[03] pubbe kira so ekasmiṃ dīpe vasamāno samacchandena  sakuṇapotake khādi. sacassa mātugāmo aññova bhaveyya, puttaṃ  labheyya. ubhohi pana samānacchandehi hutvā pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, tenassa  putto na nibbattissatīti aññāsi. dusse pana akkante --  ``buddhānaṃ adhikāraṃ katvā patthitapatthitaṃ labhantīti loke anussavo,  mayā ca mahāabhinīhāro kato, na ca puttaṃ labhāmi, tucchaṃ idaṃ  vacana''nti micchāgahaṇaṃ gaṇheyya. titthiyāpi -- ``natthi  samaṇānaṃ akattabbaṃ nāma, celappaṭikaṃ maddantā āhiṇḍantī''ti  ujjhāyeyyuṃ ^a^M3.0223^ea^. etarahi ca akkamantesu bahū bhikkhū paracittaviduno, te  bhabbaṃ jānitvā akkamissanti, abhabbaṃ jānitvā na akkamissanti.  anāgate pana upanissayo mando bhavissati, anāgataṃ na jānissanti.  tesu akkamantesu sace patthitaṃ ijjhissati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ ^a^P3.0323^ea^.  no ce ijjhissati, -- ``pubbe bhikkhusaṅghassa  abhinīhāraṃ katvā icchiticchitaṃ labhanti, taṃ idāni na labhanti  ^a^V3.0230^ea^.  teyeva maññe bhikkhū paṭipattipūrakā ahesuṃ, ime paṭipattiṃ pūretuṃ na  sakkontī''ti manussā vippaṭisārino bhavissantīti imehi kāraṇehi  bhagavā akkamituṃ anicchanto tuṇhī ahosi. sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi  ``na, bhikkhave, celappaṭikā akkamitabbā''ti (cūḷava0 268).  maṅgalatthāya paññattaṃ anakkamantesu pana akkamanatthāya anupaññattiṃ  ṭhapesi -- ``gihī, bhikkhave, maṅgalikā, anujānāmi, bhikkhave,  gihīnaṃ maṅgalatthāyā''ti (cūḷava0 268). <br/><br/>[03] 326^b^.^eb^ ^b^pacchimaṃ janataṃ tathāgato anukampatī^eb^ti  idaṃ thero vuttesu kāraṇesu tatiyaṃ kāraṇaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^na kho  sukhena sukha^eb^nti kasmā āha? kāmasukhallikānuyogasaññī hutvā  sammāsambuddho na akkami, tasmā ahampi satthārā samānacchando  bhavissāmīti maññamāno evamāha. <br/><br/>[03] 327^b^.^eb^ ^b^so kho aha^eb^ntiādi ``yāva rattiyā  pacchime yāme''ti tāva mahāsaccake (ma0 ni0 1.364 ādayo)  vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. tato paraṃ yāva pañcavaggiyānaṃ āsavakkhayā  pāsarāsisutte (ma0 ni0 1.272 ādayo) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 343^b^.^eb^ ^b^aṅkusagayhe sippe^eb^ti aṅkusagahaṇasippe.  ^b^kusalo aha^eb^nti cheko ahaṃ. kassa ^a^P3.0324^ea^ panāyaṃ  santike sippaṃ uggaṇhīti? pitu santike, pitāpissa pitu  santikeva uggaṇhi. kosambiyaṃ kira parantaparājā nāma rajjaṃ  kāresi. rājamahesī garubhārā ākāsatale raññā saddhiṃ bālātapaṃ  tappamānā rattakambalaṃ pārupitvā nisinnā hoti, eko  hatthiliṅgasakuṇo ``maṃsapesī''ti maññamāno gahetvā ākāsaṃ  pakkhandi. sā ``chaḍḍeyya ma''nti bhayena nissaddā ahosi, so taṃ  pabbatapāde rukkhaviṭape ṭhapesi. sā pāṇissaraṃ karontī  mahāsaddamakāsi. sakuṇo ^a^M3.0224^ea^ palāyi, tassā tattheva gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi.  tiyāmarattiṃ deve vassante kambalaṃ pārupitvā nisīdi. tato ca  avidūre tāpaso vasati. so tassā saddena aruṇe uggate rukkhamūlaṃ  āgato jātiṃ pucchitvā nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā otāretvā attano  vasanaṭṭhānaṃ netvā yāguṃ pāyesi. dārakassa meghautuñca pabbatautuñca  gahetvā jātattā udenoti nāmaṃ akāsi. tāpaso phalāphalāni  āharitvā dvepi jane posesi.<br/><br/>[03] sā ^a^V3.0231^ea^ ekadivasaṃ tāpasassa āgamanavelāya paccuggamanaṃ katvā  itthikuttaṃ dassetvā tāpasaṃ sīlabhedaṃ āpādesi. tesaṃ ekato  vasantānaṃ kāle gacchante parantaparājā kālaṃ akāsi. tāpaso  rattibhāge nakkhattaṃ oloketvā rañño matabhāvaṃ ñatvā -- ``tuyhaṃ  rājā mato, putto te kiṃ idha vasituṃ icchati, udāhu pettike rajje  chattaṃ ussāpetu''nti pucchi. sā puttassa ādito paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ  pavattiṃ ācikkhitvā chattaṃ ussāpetukāmatañcassa ñatvā tāpasassa  ārocesi. tāpaso ca hatthiganthasippaṃ jānāti, kutonena laddhaṃ?  sakkassa ^a^P3.0325^ea^ santikā. pubbe kirassa sakko upaṭṭhānaṃ  āgantvā ``kena kilamathā''ti pucchi. so ``hatthiparissayo  atthī''ti ārocesi. tassa sakko hatthiganthañceva vīṇakañca datvā  ``palāpetukāmatāya sati imaṃ tantiṃ vādetvā imaṃ silokaṃ vadeyyātha,  pakkositukāmatāya sati imaṃ silokaṃ vadeyyāthā''ti āha. tāpaso  taṃ sippaṃ kumārassa adāsi. so ekaṃ vaṭarukkhaṃ abhiruhitvā  hatthīsu āgatesu tantiṃ vādetvā silokaṃ vadati, hatthī bhītā  palāyiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] so sippassa ānubhāvaṃ ñatvā punadivase pakkosanasippaṃ  payojesi. jeṭṭhakahatthī āgantvā khandhaṃ upanāmesi. so tassa  khandhagato yuddhasamatthe taruṇahatthī uccinitvā kambalañca muddikañca  gahetvā mātāpitaro vanditvā nikkhanto anupubbena taṃ taṃ gāmaṃ  pavisitvā -- ``ahaṃ rañño putto, sampattiṃ atthikā āgacchantū''ti  janasaṅgahaṃ katvā nagaraṃ parivāretvā -- ``ahaṃ rañño putto, mayhaṃ  chattaṃ dethā''ti asaddahantānaṃ kambalañca muddikañca dassetvā chattaṃ  ussāpesi. so hatthivittako hutvā ``asukaṭṭhāne sundaro hatthī  atthī''ti vutte gantvā gaṇhāti. caṇḍapajjoto ^a^M3.0225^ea^ ``tassa santike  sippaṃ gaṇhissāmī''ti kaṭṭhahatthiṃ payojetvā tassa anto yodhe  nisīdāpetvā taṃ hatthiṃ gahaṇatthāya āgataṃ gaṇhitvā tassa santike  sippaṃ gahaṇatthāya dhītaraṃ uyyojesi. so tāya saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ  kappetvā taṃ gahetvā attano nagaraṃyeva agamāsi. tassā kucchiyaṃ  uppanno ayaṃ bodhirājakumāro attano pitu santike sippaṃ uggaṇhi. <br/><br/>[03] 344^b^.^eb^ ^b^padhāniyaṅgānī^eb^ti padhānaṃ vuccati  padahanabhāvo, padhānamassa atthīti padhāniyo. padhāniyassa  bhikkhuno aṅgānīti padhāniyaṅgāni. ^b^saddho^eb^ti saddhāya  samannāgato. sā panesā ^a^P3.0326^ea^ āgamanasaddhā  ^a^V3.0232^ea^ adhigamasaddhā okappanasaddhā pasādasaddhāti catubbidhā. tattha  sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ saddhā abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya āgatattā  ^b^āgamanasaddhā^eb^ nāma. ariyasāvakānaṃ paṭivedhena adhigatattā  ^b^adhigamasaddhā^eb^ nāma. buddho dhammo saṅghoti vutte acalabhāvena  okappanaṃ ^b^okappanasaddhā^eb^ nāma. pasāduppatti ^b^pasādasaddhā^eb^  nāma, idha pana okappanasaddhā adhippetā. ^b^bodhi^eb^nti  catumaggañāṇaṃ. taṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ tathāgatenāti saddahati, desanāsīsameva  cetaṃ, iminā pana aṅgena tīsupi ratanesu saddhā adhippetā. yassa  hi buddhādīsu pasādo balavā, tassa padhānaṃ vīriyaṃ ijjhati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^appābādho^eb^ti arogo. ^b^appātaṅko^eb^ti niddukkho.  ^b^samavepākiniyā^eb^ti samavipācaniyā. ^b^gahaṇiyā^eb^ti  kammajatejodhātuyā. ^b^nātisītāya nāccuṇhāyā^eb^ti  atisītagahaṇiko hi sītabhīrū hoti, accuṇhagahaṇiko uṇhabhīrū,  tesaṃ padhānaṃ na ijjhati. majjhimagahaṇikassa ijjhati. tenāha  ``majjhimāya padhānakkhamāyā''ti. ^b^yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ  āvikattā^eb^ti yathābhūtaṃ attano aguṇaṃ pakāsetā.  ^b^udayatthagāminiyā^eb^ti udayañca atthañca gantuṃ paricchindituṃ  samatthāya, etena paññāsalakkhaṇapariggāhikaṃ udayabbayañāṇaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^ariyāyā^eb^ti parisuddhāya. ^b^nibbedhikāyā^eb^ti  anibbiddhapubbe lobhakkhandhādayo nibbijjhituṃ samatthāya.  ^b^sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0327^ea^ tadaṅgavasena  kilesānaṃ pahīnattā yaṃ dukkhaṃ khīyati, tassa dukkhassa  khayagāminiyā. iti sabbehipi imehi padehi vipassanāpaññāva  kathitā. duppaññassa hi padhānaṃ na ijjhati. imāni ca pañca  padhāniyaṅgāni lokiyāneva veditabbāni. <br/><br/>[03] 345^b^.^eb^ ^b^sāyamanusiṭṭho^eb^ ^a^M3.0226^ea^ ^b^pāto visesaṃ  adhigamissatī^eb^ti atthaṅgate sūriye anusiṭṭho aruṇuggamane visesaṃ  adhigamissati. ^b^pātamanusiṭṭho sāya^eb^nti aruṇuggamane anusiṭṭho  sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāyaṃ. ayañca pana desanā neyyapuggalavasena vuttā.  dandhapañño hi neyyapuggalo sattahi divasehi arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti,  tikkhapañño ekadivasena, sesadivase majjhimapaññāvasena veditabbaṃ.  ^b^aho buddho aho dhammo aho dhammassa svākkhātatā^eb^ti yasmā  buddhadhammānaṃ uḷāratāya dhammassa ca svākkhātatāya pāto kammaṭṭhānaṃ  kathāpetvā sāyaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmā pasaṃsanto evamāha.  ^b^yatra hi nāmā^eb^ti vimhayatthe nipāto. <br/><br/>[03] 346^b^.^eb^ ^b^kucchimatī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0233^ea^ āpannasattā. ^b^yo me  ayaṃ, bhante, kucchigato^eb^ti kiṃ panevaṃ saraṇaṃ gahitaṃ hotīti. na  hoti. acittakasaraṇagamanaṃ nāma natthi, ārakkho panassa  paccupaṭṭhitova hoti. atha naṃ yadā mahallakakāle mātāpitaro, --  ``tāta, kucchigatameva taṃ saraṇaṃ gaṇhāpayimhā''ti sārenti, so ca  sallakkhetvā ``ahaṃ saraṇaṃ gato upāsako''ti satiṃ uppādeti, tadā  saraṇaṃ gahitaṃ nāma hoti. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 36
title: maghadevasuttavaṇṇanā^madhurasuttavaṇṇanā^bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 347^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0234^ea^ ^a^P3.0328^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  aṅgulimālasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^aṅgulīnaṃ mālaṃ dhāretī^eb^ti kasmā  dhāreti? ācariyavacanena. tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā --<br/><br/>[03] ayaṃ kira kosalarañño purohitassa mantāṇiyā nāma  brāhmaṇiyā kucchismiṃ paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. brāhmaṇiyā rattibhāge  gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi. tassa mātukucchito nikkhamanakāle sakalanagare  āvudhāni pajjaliṃsu, rañño maṅgalasakuntopi sirisayane ṭhapitā  asilaṭṭhipi ^a^M3.0227^ea^ pajjali. brāhmaṇo nikkhamitvā nakkhattaṃ olokento  coranakkhattena jātoti rañño santikaṃ gantvā sukhaseyyabhāvaṃ pucchi.<br/><br/>[03] rājā ``kuto, me ācariya, sukhaseyyā? mayhaṃ maṅgalāvudhaṃ  pajjali, rajjassa vā jīvitassa vā antarāyo bhavissati maññe''ti.  mā bhāyi, mahārāja, mayhaṃ ghare kumāro jāto, tassānubhāvena na  kevalaṃ tuyhaṃ nivesane, sakalanagarepi āvudhāni pajjalitānīti. kiṃ  bhavissati ācariyāti? coro bhavissati mahārājāti. kiṃ  ekacorako, udāhu rajjadūsako coroti? ekacorako devāti. evaṃ  vatvā ca pana rañño manaṃ gaṇhitukāmo āha -- ``māretha naṃ  devā''ti. ekacorako samāno kiṃ karissati? karīsasahassakhette  ekasālisīsaṃ viya hoti, paṭijaggatha nanti. tassa nāmaggahaṇaṃ  gaṇhantā sayane ṭhapitamaṅgalāsilaṭṭhi, chadane ṭhapitā sarā,  kappāsapicumhi ^a^P3.0329^ea^ ṭhapitaṃ tālavaṇṭakaraṇasatthakanti  ete pajjalantā kiñci na hiṃsiṃsu, tasmā ^b^ahiṃsako^eb^ti nāmaṃ  akaṃsu. taṃ sippuggahaṇakāle takkasīlaṃ pesayiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] so dhammantevāsiko hutvā sippaṃ paṭṭhapesi. vattasampanno  kiṃkārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī piyavādī ahosi. sesāntevāsikā  bāhirakā ahesuṃ. te -- ``ahiṃsakamāṇavakassa āgatakālato paṭṭhāya  mayaṃ na paññāyāma, kathaṃ naṃ bhindeyyāmā''ti? nisīditvā  mantayantā ^a^V3.0235^ea^ -- ``sabbehi atirekapaññattā duppaññoti. na sakkā  vattuṃ, vattasampannattā dubbattoti. na sakkā vattuṃ, jātisampannattā  dujjātoti na sakkā vattuṃ, kinti karissāmā''ti? tato ekaṃ  kharamantaṃ mantayiṃsu ``ācariyassa antaraṃ katvā naṃ  bhindissāmā''ti tayo rāsī hutvā paṭhamaṃ ekacce ācariyaṃ  upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu. kiṃ tātāti? imasmiṃ gehe ekā  kathā suyyatīti. kiṃ tātāti? ahiṃsakamāṇavo tumhākaṃ antare  dubbhatīti maññāmāti. ācariyo santajjetvā -- ``gacchatha vasalā,  mā me puttaṃ mayhaṃ antare paribhindathā''ti niṭṭhubhi. tato itare, atha  itarehi tayopi koṭṭhāsā āgantvā tatheva vatvā -- ``amhākaṃ  asaddahantā upaparikkhitvā jānāthā''ti āhaṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] ācariyo ^a^M3.0228^ea^ sinehena vadante disvā ``atthi maññe santhavo''ti  paribhijjitvā cintesi ``ghātemi na''nti. tato cintesi --  ``sace ghātessāmi `disāpāmokkho ācariyo attano santikaṃ  sippuggahaṇatthaṃ āgate māṇavake dosaṃ uppādetvā jīvitā voropetī'ti.  puna koci sippuggahaṇatthaṃ na āgamissati, evaṃ me lābho  parihāyissati, atha ^a^P3.0330^ea^ naṃ sippassa  pariyosānupacāroti vatvā jaṅghasahassaṃ ghātehīti vakkhāmi.  avassaṃ ettha eko uṭṭhāya taṃ ghātessatī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] atha naṃ āha -- ``ehi tāta jaṅghasahassaṃ ghātehi, evaṃ te  sippassa upacāro kato bhavissatī''ti. mayaṃ ahiṃsakakule jātā,  na sakkā ācariyāti. aladdhupacāraṃ sippaṃ phalaṃ na deti tātāti.  so pañcāvudhaṃ gahetvā ācariyaṃ vanditvā aṭaviṃ paviṭṭho. aṭaviṃ  pavisanaṭṭhānepi aṭavimajjhepi aṭavito nikkhamanaṭṭhānepi ṭhatvā  manusse ghāteti. vatthaṃ vā veṭhanaṃ vā na gaṇhāti. eko dveti  gaṇitamattameva karonto gacchati, gaṇanampi na uggaṇhāti.  pakatiyāpi paññavā esa, pāṇātipātino pana cittaṃ na patiṭṭhāti,  tasmā anukkamena gaṇanampi na sallakkhesi, ekekaṃ aṅguliṃ chinditvā  ṭhapeti. ṭhapitaṭṭhāne aṅguliyo vinassanti, tato vijjhitvā  aṅgulīnaṃ mālaṃ katvā dhāresi, teneva cassa aṅgulimāloti saṅkhā  udapādi. so sabbaṃ araññaṃ nissañcāramakāsi, dāruādīnaṃ atthāya  araññaṃ gantuṃ samattho nāma natthi.<br/><br/>[03] rattibhāge ^a^V3.0236^ea^ antogāmampi āgantvā pādena paharitvā dvāraṃ  ugghāteti. tato sayiteyeva māretvā eko ekoti gahetvā gacchati.  gāmo osaritvā nigame aṭṭhāsi, nigamo nagare. manussā  tiyojanato paṭṭhāya gharāni pahāya dārake hatthesu gahetvā āgamma  sāvatthiṃ parivāretvā khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā --  ``coro, te deva, vijite aṅgulimālo nāmā''tiādīni ^a^P3.0331^ea^  vadantā kandanti. bhaggavo ``mayhaṃ putto bhavissatī''ti  ñatvā brāhmaṇiṃ āha -- bhoti aṅgulimālo nāma coro uppanno, so  na añño, tava putto ahiṃsakakumāro. idāni rājā taṃ gaṇhituṃ  nikkhamissati, kiṃ kattabbanti? gaccha ^a^M3.0229^ea^ sāmi, puttaṃ me gahetvā  ehīti. nāhaṃ bhadde ussahāmi, catūsu hi janesu vissāso nāma  natthi, coro me purāṇasahāyoti avissāsanīyo, sākhā me  purāṇasanthatāti avissāsanīyā, rājā maṃ pūjetīti avissāsanīyo,  itthī me vasaṃ gatāti avissāsanīyāti. mātu hadayaṃ pana mudukaṃ  hoti. tasmā ahaṃ pana gantvā mayhaṃ puttaṃ ānessāmīti nikkhantā.<br/><br/>[03] taṃdivasañca bhagavā paccūsasamaye lokaṃ volokento aṅgulimālaṃ  disvā -- ``mayi gate etassa sotthi bhavissati. agāmake  araññe ṭhito catuppadikaṃ gāthaṃ sutvā mama santike pabbajitvā cha  abhiññā sacchikarissati. sace na gamissāmi, mātari  aparajjhitvā anuddharaṇīyo bhavissati, karissāmissa saṅgaha''nti  pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā piṇḍāya pavisitvā katabhattakicco taṃ  saṅgaṇhitukāmo vihārā nikkhami. etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ``atha kho  bhagavā''tiādi vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 348^b^.^eb^ ^b^saṅkaritvā saṅkaritvā^eb^ti saṅketaṃ katvā  vaggavaggā hutvā. ^b^hatthatthaṃ gacchantī^eb^ti hatthe atthaṃ vināsaṃ  gacchanti. kiṃ pana te bhagavantaṃ sañjānitvā evaṃ vadanti  asañjānitvāti? asañjānitvā. aññātakavesena hi bhagavā  ^a^P3.0332^ea^ ekakova agamāsi. coropi tasmiṃ samaye  dīgharattaṃ dubbhojanena ca dukkhaseyyāya ca ukkaṇṭhito hoti. kittakā  panānena manussā māritāti? ekenūnasahassaṃ. so pana idāni  ekaṃ labhitvā sahassaṃ pūressatīti saññī hutvā yameva paṭhamaṃ passāmi,  taṃ ghātetvā gaṇanaṃ pūretvā sippassa upacāraṃ katvā kesamassuṃ  ohāretvā nhāyitvā vatthāni parivattetvā mātāpitaro passissāmīti  aṭavimajjhato aṭavimukhaṃ ^a^V3.0237^ea^ āgantvā ekamantaṃ ṭhitova bhagavantaṃ addasa.  etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ``addasā kho''tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsī^eb^ti mahāpathaviṃ ummiyo  uṭṭhapento viya saṃharitvā aparabhāge akkamati, orabhāge valiyo  nikkhamanti, aṅgulimālo sarakkhepamattaṃ muñcitvā gacchati. bhagavā  purato mahantaṃ aṅgaṇaṃ dassetvā sayaṃ majjhe hoti, coro ante. so  ``idāni naṃ pāpuṇitvā gaṇhissāmī''ti sabbathāmena dhāvati.  bhagavā aṅgaṇassa pārimante ^a^M3.0230^ea^ hoti, coro majjhe. so ``ettha naṃ  pāpuṇitvā gaṇhissāmī''ti vegena dhāvati. bhagavā tassa purato  mātikaṃ vā thalaṃ vā dasseti, etenupāyena tīṇi yojanāni gahetvā  agamāsi. coro kilami, mukhe kheḷo sussi, kacchehi sedā  mucciṃsu. athassa ``acchariyaṃ vata bho''ti etadahosi.  ^b^migampī^eb^ti migaṃ kasmā gaṇhāti? chātasamaye āhāratthaṃ. so  kira ekaṃ gumbaṃ ghaṭṭetvā mige uṭṭhāpeti. tato cittaruciyaṃ migaṃ  anubandhanto gaṇhitvā pacitvā khādati. ^b^puccheyya^eb^nti yena  kāraṇenāyaṃ gacchantova ṭhito nāma ^a^P3.0333^ea^, ahañca  ṭhitova aṭṭhito nāma, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ samaṇaṃ taṃ kāraṇaṃ puccheyyanti  attho. <br/><br/>[03] 349^b^.^eb^ ^b^nidhāyā^eb^ti yo vihiṃsanatthaṃ bhūtesu daṇḍo  pavattayitabbo siyā, taṃ nidhāya apanetvā mettāya khantiyā  paṭisaṅkhāya avihiṃsāya sāraṇīyadhammesu ca ṭhito ahanti attho.  ^b^tuvamaṭṭhitosī^eb^ti pāṇesu asaññatattā ettakāni pāṇasahassāni  ghātentassa tava mettā vā khanti vā paṭisaṅkhā vā avihiṃsā vā  sāraṇīyadhammo vā natthi, tasmā tuvaṃ aṭṭhitosi, idāni iriyāpathena  ṭhitopi niraye dhāvissasi, tiracchānayoniyaṃ pettivisaye asurakāye  vā dhāvissasīti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] tato coro -- ``mahā ayaṃ sīhanādo, mahantaṃ gajjitaṃ, na  idaṃ aññassa bhavissati, mahāmāyāya puttassa siddhatthassa samaṇarañño  etaṃ gajjitaṃ, diṭṭho vatamhi maññe tikhiṇacakkhunā sammāsambuddhena,  saṅgahakaraṇatthaṃ me bhagavā āgato''ti cintetvā ^b^cirassaṃ vata  me^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^mahito^eb^ti devamanussādīhi  catupaccayapūjāya pūjito. ^b^paccupādī^eb^ti cirassaṃ ^a^V3.0238^ea^ kālassa  accayena mayhaṃ saṅgahatthāya imaṃ mahāvanaṃ paṭipajji. ^b^pahāya  pāpa^eb^nti pajahitvā pāpaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^itvevā^eb^ti evaṃ vatvāyeva. ^b^āvudha^eb^nti ^a^P3.0334^ea^  pañcāvudhaṃ. ^b^sobbhe^eb^ti samantato chinne.  ^b^papāte^eb^ti ekato chinne. ^b^narake^eb^ti phalitaṭṭhāne. idha pana  tīhipi imehi padehi araññameva vuttaṃ. ^b^akirī^eb^ti khipi  chaḍḍesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tamehi^eb^ ^a^M3.0231^ea^ ^b^bhikkhūti tadā avocā^eb^ti bhagavato imaṃ  pabbājento kuhiṃ satthakaṃ labhissāmi, kuhiṃ pattacīvaranti  pariyesanakiccaṃ natthi, kammaṃ pana olokesi. athassa pubbe  sīlavantānaṃ aṭṭhaparikkhārabhaṇḍakassa dinnabhāvaṃ ñatvā dakkhiṇahatthaṃ  pasāretvā -- ``ehi bhikkhu svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ  sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā''ti āha. so saha vacaneneva  iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ paṭilabhi. tāvadevassa gihiliṅgaṃ antaradhāyi,  samaṇaliṅgaṃ pāturahosi. <br/><br/>[21] ``ticīvarañca patto ca, vāsi sūci ca bandhanaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] parissāvanena aṭṭhete, yuttayogassa bhikkhuno''ti.. -- <br/><br/>[25] evaṃ vuttā aṭṭha parikkhārā sarīrapaṭibaddhāva hutvā  nibbattiṃsu. ^b^eseva tassa ahu bhikkhubhāvo^eb^ti esa  ehibhikkhubhāvo tassa upasampannabhikkhubhāvo ahosi, na hi  ehibhikkhūnaṃ visuṃ upasampadā nāma atthi. <br/><br/>[03] 350^b^.^eb^ ^b^pacchāsamaṇenā^eb^ti bhaṇḍaggāhakena  pacchāsamaṇena, teneva attano pattacīvaraṃ gāhāpetvā taṃ pacchāsamaṇaṃ  katvā gatoti attho. mātāpissa aṭṭhausabhamattena ṭhānena antaritā,  -- ``tāta, ahiṃsaka kattha ṭhitosi, kattha nisinnosi, kuhiṃ  gatosi? mayā saddhiṃ na kathesi tātā''ti vadantī āhiṇḍitvā  apassamānā ettova gatā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pañcamattehi^eb^ ^a^P3.0335^ea^ ^b^assasatehī^eb^ti sace  corassa parājayo bhavissati, anubandhitvā naṃ gaṇhissāmi. sace  mayhaṃ parājayo bhavissati, vegena palāyissāmīti sallahukena balena  nikkhami ^a^V3.0239^ea^. ^b^yena ārāmo^eb^ti kasmā ārāmaṃ agamāsi? so  kira corassa bhāyati, cittena gantukāmo na gacchati, garahābhayena  nikkhami. tenassa etadahosi -- ``sammāsambuddhaṃ vanditvā  nisīdissāmi, so pucchissati `kasmā balaṃ gahetvā  nikkhantosī'ti. athāhaṃ ārocessāmi, bhagavā hi maṃ na kevalaṃ  samparāyikeneva atthena saṅgaṇhāti, diṭṭhadhammikenapi saṅgaṇhātiyeva.  so sace mayhaṃ jayo bhavissati, adhivāsessati. sace parājayo  bhavissati `kiṃ te, mahārāja, ekaṃ coraṃ ārabbha gamanenā'ti  vakkhati. tato ^a^M3.0232^ea^ maṃ jano evaṃ sañjānissati -- `rājā coraṃ gahetuṃ  nikkhanto, sammāsambuddhena pana nivattito'ti'' garahamokkhaṃ  sampassamāno agamāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kuto panassā^eb^ti kasmā āha? api nāma bhagavā tassa  upanissayaṃ oloketvā taṃ ānetvā pabbājeyyāti bhagavato  parigaṇhanatthaṃ āha. ^b^rañño^eb^ti na kevalaṃ raññoyeva bhayaṃ  ahosi, avasesopi mahājano bhīto phalakāvudhāni chaḍḍetvā  sammukhasammukhaṭṭhāneva palāyitvā nagaraṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya  aṭṭālake āruyha olokento aṭṭhāsi. evañca avoca --  ``aṅgulimālo `rājā mayhaṃ santikaṃ āgacchatī'ti ñatvā paṭhamataraṃ  āgantvā jetavane nisinno, rājā tena gahito, mayaṃ pana palāyitvā  muttā''ti. ^b^natthi te ito bhaya^eb^nti ayañhi idāni  kunthakipillikaṃ jīvitā na voropeti, natthi te imassa santikā  bhayanti attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kathaṃ gotto^eb^ti? kasmā pucchati? pabbajitaṃ  dāruṇakammena ^a^P3.0336^ea^ uppannanāmaṃ gahetvā voharituṃ na yuttaṃ,  mātāpitūnaṃ gottavasena naṃ samudācarissāmīti maññamāno pucchi.  ^b^parikkhārāna^eb^nti etesaṃ atthāya ahaṃ ussukkaṃ karissāmīti  attho. kathentoyeva ca udare baddhasāṭakaṃ muñcitvā therassa pādamūle  ṭhapesi. <br/><br/>[03] 351^b^.^eb^ ^b^āraññiko^eb^tiādīni cattāri dhutaṅgāni  pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni. therena pana terasapi samādinnāneva ahesuṃ, tasmā  alanti āha. ^b^yañhi mayaṃ, bhante^eb^ti kiṃ sandhāya vadati?  ``hatthimpi dhāvantaṃ anubandhitvā gaṇhāmī''ti āgataṭṭhāne raññā  pesitahatthādayo so evaṃ aggahesi. rājāpi -- ``hatthīhiyeva naṃ  parikkhipitvā gaṇhatha, asseheva, rathehevā''ti evaṃ ^a^V3.0240^ea^ anekavāraṃ bahū  hatthādayo pesesi. evaṃ gatesu pana tesu -- ``ahaṃ are  aṅgulimālo''ti tasmiṃ uṭṭhāya saddaṃ karonte ekopi āvudhaṃ parivattetuṃ  nāsakkhi, sabbeva koṭṭetvā māresi. hatthī araññahatthī, assā  araññāssā, rathāpi tattheva bhijjantīti idaṃ sandhāya rājā evaṃ  vadati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^piṇḍāya pāvisī^eb^ti na idaṃ paṭhamaṃ pāvisi.  itthidassanadivasaṃ sandhāya panetaṃ vuttaṃ. devasikampi panesa  pavisateva, manussā ca naṃ disvā uttasantipi palāyantipi dvārampi  thakenti, ekacce aṅgulimāloti sutvāva palāyitvā araññaṃ vā  pavisanti, gharaṃ vā pavisitvā dvāraṃ thakenti. palāyituṃ ^a^M3.0233^ea^ asakkontā  piṭṭhiṃ datvā tiṭṭhanti ^a^P3.0337^ea^. thero uḷuṅgayāgumpi  kaṭacchubhikkhampi na labhati, piṇḍapātena kilamati. bahi alabhanto  nagaraṃ sabbasādhāraṇanti nagaraṃ pavisati. yena dvārena pavisati,  tattha aṅgulimālo āgatoti kūṭasahassānaṃ bhijjanakāraṇaṃ hoti.  ^b^etadahosī^eb^ti kāruññappattiyā ahosi. ekena  ūnamanussasahassaṃ ghātentassa ekadivasampi kāruññaṃ nāhosi,  gabbhamūḷhāya itthiyā dassanamatteneva kathaṃ uppannanti? pabbajjābalena,  pabbajjābalañhi etaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tena hī^eb^ti yasmā te kāruññaṃ uppannaṃ, tasmāti attho.  ^b^ariyāya jātiyā^eb^ti, aṅgulimāla, etaṃ tvaṃ mā gaṇhi, nesā  tava jāti. gihikālo esa, gihī nāma pāṇampi hananti,  adinnādānādīnipi karonti. idāni pana te ariyā nāma jāti.  tasmā tvaṃ ``yato ahaṃ, bhagini, jāto''ti sace evaṃ vattuṃ  kukkuccāyasi, tena hi ``ariyāya jātiyā''ti evaṃ visesetvā  vadāhīti uyyojesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^taṃ itthiṃ etadavocā^eb^ti itthīnaṃ gabbhavuṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ nāma na  sakkā purisena upasaṅkamituṃ. thero kiṃ karosīti?  aṅgulimālatthero saccakiriyaṃ katvā sotthikaraṇatthāya āgatoti  ārocāpesi. tato te sāṇiyā parikkhipitvā therassa bahisāṇiyaṃ  pīṭhakaṃ paññāpesuṃ. thero tattha nisīditvā -- ``yato ahaṃ bhagini  sabbaññubuddhassa ariyāya jātiyā jāto''ti saccakiriyaṃ akāsi,  saha saccavacaneneva dhamakaraṇato muttaudakaṃ viya dārako nikkhami.  mātāputtānaṃ sotthi ahosi. imañca pana parittaṃ na kiñci  parissayaṃ na maddati, ^b^mahāparittaṃ^eb^ nāmetanti ^a^V3.0241^ea^ vuttaṃ. therena  ^a^P3.0338^ea^ nisīditvā saccakiriyakataṭṭhāne pīṭhakaṃ akaṃsu.  gabbhamūḷhaṃ tiracchānagatitthimpi ānetvā tattha nisajjāpenti, tāvadeva  sukhena gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti. yā dubbalā hoti na sakkā ānetuṃ,  tassā pīṭhakadhovanaudakaṃ netvā sīse siñcanti, taṅkhaṇaṃyeva  gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, aññampi rogaṃ vūpasameti. yāva kappā  tiṭṭhanakapāṭihāriyaṃ kiretaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ pana bhagavā theraṃ vejjakammaṃ kārāpesīti? na kārāpesi.  therañhi disvā manussā bhītā palāyanti. thero bhikkhāhārena  kilamati, samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti. tassa anuggahena  saccakiriyaṃ kāresi. evaṃ kirassa ahosi -- ``idāni kira  aṅgulimālatthero mettacittaṃ ^a^M3.0234^ea^ paṭilabhitvā saccakiriyāya manussānaṃ  sotthibhāvaṃ karotīti manussā theraṃ upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti,  tato bhikkhāhārena akilamanto samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ sakkhissatī''ti  anuggahena saccakiriyaṃ kāresi. na hi saccakiriyā vejjakammaṃ  hoti. therassāpi ca ``samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmī''ti mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ  gahetvā rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhāne nisinnassa cittaṃ kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ na  gacchati, aṭaviyaṃ ṭhatvā manussānaṃ ghātitaṭṭhānameva pākaṭaṃ hoti.  ``duggatomhi, khuddakaputtomhi, jīvitaṃ me dehi sāmīti maraṇabhītānaṃ  vacanākāro ca hatthapādavikāro ca āpāthaṃ āgacchati, so  vippaṭisārī hutvā tatova uṭṭhāya gacchati, athassa bhagavā taṃ jātiṃ  abbohārikaṃ katvāvāyaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhissatīti  ariyāya jātiyā saccakiriyaṃ kāresi. ^b^eko vūpakaṭṭho^eb^tiādi  vatthasutte (ma0 ni0 1.80) vitthāritaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 352^b^.^eb^ ^b^aññenapi leḍḍu khitto^eb^ti  kākasunakhasūkarādīnaṃ paṭikkamāpanatthāya samantā sarakkhepamatte ṭhāne  yena kenaci ^a^P3.0339^ea^ disābhāgena khitto āgantvā  therasseva kāye patati. kittake ṭhāne evaṃ hoti? gaṇṭhikaṃ  paṭimuñcitvā piṇḍāya caritvā paṭinivattetvā yāva  gaṇṭhikapaṭimukkaṭṭhānaṃ āgacchati, tāva hoti. ^b^bhinnena sīsenā^eb^ti  mahācammaṃ chinditvā yāva aṭṭhimariyādā bhinnena.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^brāhmaṇā^eb^ti khīṇāsavabhāvaṃ sandhāya āha. ^b^yassa kho  tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kammassa vipākenā^eb^ti idaṃ sabhāgadiṭṭhadhammavedanīyakammaṃ  sandhāya vuttaṃ. kammañhi kariyamānameva tayo koṭṭhāse pūreti.  sattasu ^a^V3.0242^ea^ cittesu kusalā vā akusalā vā paṭhamajavanacetanā  ^b^diṭṭhadhammavedanīyakammaṃ^eb^ nāma hoti. taṃ imasmiṃyeva attabhāve  vipākaṃ deti. tathā asakkontaṃ ahosikammaṃ, nāhosi kammavipāko,  na bhavissati kammavipāko, natthi kammavipākoti imassa tikassa  vasena ^b^ahosikammaṃ^eb^ nāma hoti. atthasādhikā  sattamajavanacetanā ^b^upapajjavedanīyakammaṃ^eb^ nāma. taṃ anantare  attabhāve vipākaṃ deti. tathā asakkontaṃ vuttanayeneva taṃ ahosikammaṃ  nāma hoti. ubhinnamantare pañcajavanacetanā  ^b^aparāpariyavedanīyakammaṃ^eb^ nāma hoti. taṃ anāgate yadā  okāsaṃ labhati, tadā ^a^M3.0235^ea^ vipākaṃ deti. sati saṃsārappavattiyā  ahosikammaṃ nāma na hoti. therassa pana upapajjavedanīyañca  aparāpariyavedanīyañcāti imāni dve kammāni kammakkhayakarena  arahattamaggena samugghāṭitāni, diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ atthi ^a^P3.0340^ea^.  taṃ arahattappattassāpi vipākaṃ detiyeva. taṃ sandhāya  bhagavā ``yassa kho tva''ntiādimāha. tasmā ^b^yassa kho^eb^ti  ettha yādisassa kho tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kammassa vipākenāti evaṃ attho  veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abbhā mutto^eb^ti desanāsīsamattametaṃ, abbhā mahikā dhūmo  rajo rāhūti imehi pana upakkilesehi mutto candimā idha adhippeto.  yathā hi evaṃ nirupakkileso candimā lokaṃ pabhāseti, evaṃ  pamādakilesavimutto appamatto bhikkhu imaṃ attano  khandhāyatanadhātulokaṃ pabhāseti, vihatakilesandhakāraṃ karoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kusalena pidhīyatī^eb^ti maggakusalena pidhīyati  appaṭisandhikaṃ karīyati. ^b^yuñjati buddhasāsane^eb^ti buddhasāsane  kāyena vācāya manasā ca yuttappayutto viharati. imā tisso  therassa udānagāthā nāma.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^disā hi me^eb^ti idaṃ kira thero attano parittāṇākāraṃ  karonto āha. tattha ^b^disā hi me^eb^ti mama sapattā. ye maṃ  evaṃ upavadanti -- ``yathā mayaṃ aṅgulimālena māritānaṃ ñātakānaṃ  vasena dukkhaṃ vediyāma, evaṃ aṅgulimālopi vediyatū''ti, te mayhaṃ  disā catusaccadhammakathaṃ suṇantūti attho. ^b^yuñjantū^eb^ti  kāyavācāmanehi yuttappayuttā viharantu. ^b^ye  dhammamevādapayanti^eb^ ^a^V3.0243^ea^  ^b^santo^eb^ti ye santo sappurisā dhammaṃyeva ādapenti samādapenti  gaṇhāpenti, te manujā mayhaṃ sapattā bhajantu sevantu payirupāsantūti  attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^avirodhappasaṃsīna^eb^nti ^a^P3.0341^ea^ avirodho  vuccati mettā, mettāpasaṃsakānanti attho. ^b^suṇantu dhammaṃ  kālenā^eb^ti khaṇe khaṇe khantimettāpaṭisaṅkhāsāraṇīyadhammaṃ suṇantu.  ^b^tañca anuvidhīyantū^eb^ti tañca dhammaṃ anukarontu pūrentu.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^na hi jātu so mamaṃ hiṃse^eb^ti yo mayhaṃ diso, so maṃ  ekaṃseneva na hiṃseyya. ^b^aññaṃ vā pana kiñci na^eb^nti na kevalaṃ  maṃ, aññampi pana ^a^M3.0236^ea^ kañci puggalaṃ mā hiṃsantu mā viheṭhentu.  ^b^pappuyya paramaṃ santi^eb^nti paramaṃ santibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇitvā.  ^b^rakkheyya tasathāvare^eb^ti ^b^tasā^eb^ vuccanti sataṇhā, ^b^thāvarā^eb^  nittaṇhā. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- yo nibbānaṃ pāpuṇāti, so sabbaṃ  tasathāvaraṃ rakkhituṃ samattho hoti. tasmā mayhampi disā nibbānaṃ  pāpuṇantu, evaṃ maṃ ekaṃseneva na hiṃsissantīti. imā tisso gāthā  attano parittaṃ kātuṃ āha.<br/><br/>[03] idāni attanova paṭipattiṃ dīpento ^b^udakañhi nayanti^eb^  ^a^P3.0342^ea^ ^b^nettikā^eb^ti āha. tattha ^b^nettikā^eb^ti  ye mātikaṃ sodhetvā bandhitabbaṭṭhāne bandhitvā udakaṃ nayanti.  ^b^usukārā^eb^ti usukārakā. ^b^namayantī^eb^ti telakañjikena  makkhetvā kukkuḷe tāpetvā unnatunnataṭṭhāne namentā ujuṃ karonti.  ^b^tejana^eb^nti kaṇḍaṃ. tañhi issāso tejaṃ karoti, parañca  tajjeti, tasmā tejananti vuccati. ^b^attānaṃ damayantī^eb^ti yathā  nettikā ujumaggena udakaṃ nayanti, usukārā tejanaṃ, tacchakā ca dāruṃ  ujuṃ karonti, evamevaṃ paṇḍitā attānaṃ damenti ujukaṃ karonti  nibbisevanaṃ karonti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tādinā^eb^ti iṭṭhāniṭṭhādīsu nibbikārena --  ``pañcahākārehi bhagavā tādī, iṭṭhāniṭṭhe tādī, vantāvīti tādī,  cattāvīti tādī, tiṇṇāvīti tādī, tanniddesāti tādī''ti  (mahāni0 38; 192) evaṃ tādilakkhaṇappattena satthārā.  ^b^bhavanettī^eb^ti bhavarajju, taṇhāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. tāya hi goṇā viya  gīvāya rajjuyā, sattā hadaye baddhā taṃ taṃ bhavaṃ nīyanti, tasmā  bhavanettīti vuccati. ^b^phuṭṭho^eb^ ^a^P3.0343^ea^  ^b^kammavipākenā^eb^ti maggacetanāya phuṭṭho. yasmā hi maggacetanāya  ^a^V3.0244^ea^ kammaṃ paccati vipaccati ḍayhati, parikkhayaṃ gacchati, tasmā sā  kammavipākoti vuttā. tāya hi phuṭṭhattā esa ^b^aṇaṇo^eb^  nikkileso jāto, na dukkhavedanāya aṇaṇo. ^b^bhuñjāmī^eb^ti cettha  theyyaparibhogo iṇaparibhogo dāyajjaparibhogo sāmiparibhogoti cattāro  paribhogā veditabbā. tattha dussīlassa paribhogo theyyaparibhogo  nāma. so hi cattāro paccaye thenetvā bhuñjati. vuttampi cetaṃ  ``theyyāya vo, bhikkhave, raṭṭhapiṇḍo bhutto''ti (pārā0 195).  sīlavato pana apaccavekkhaṇaparibhogo iṇaparibhogo nāma. sattannaṃ  sekkhānaṃ paribhogo dāyajjaparibhogo nāma. khīṇāsavassa paribhogo  sāmiparibhogo ^a^M3.0237^ea^ nāma. idha kilesaiṇānaṃ abhāvaṃ sandhāya  ``aṇaṇo''ti vuttaṃ. ``aniṇo''tipi pāṭho. sāmiparibhogaṃ  sandhāya ``bhuñjāmi bhojana''nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kāmaratisanthava^eb^nti duvidhesupi kāmesu taṇhāratisanthavaṃ  mā anuyuñjatha mā karittha. ^b^nayidaṃ dummantitaṃ mamā^eb^ti yaṃ  mayā sammāsambuddhaṃ disvā pabbajissāmīti mantitaṃ, taṃ mama mantitaṃ  na dummantitaṃ. ^b^saṃvibhattesu dhammesū^eb^ti ahaṃ satthāti evaṃ loke  uppannehi ye dhammā saṃvibhattā, tesu dhammesu yaṃ seṭṭhaṃ nibbānaṃ, tadeva  ahaṃ upagamaṃ upagato sampatto, tasmā mayhaṃ idaṃ āgamanaṃ svāgataṃ nāma  gatanti. ^b^tisso vijjā^eb^ti  pubbenivāsadibbacakkhuāsavakkhayapaññā. ^b^kataṃ^eb^ ^a^P3.0344^ea^  ^b^buddhassa sāsana^eb^nti yaṃ buddhassa sāsane kattabbakiccaṃ  atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ mayā kataṃ. tīhi vijjāhi navahi ca  lokuttaradhammehi desanaṃ matthakaṃ pāpesīti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 37
title: madhurasuttavaṇṇanā^bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanā^piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 353^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0245^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti piyajātikasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^neva kammantā paṭibhantī^eb^ti na sabbena sabbaṃ paṭibhanti,  pakatiniyāmena pana na paṭibhanti. dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. ettha  ca ^b^na paṭibhātī^eb^ti na ruccati. ^b^āḷāhana^eb^nti susānaṃ.  ^b^aññathatta^eb^nti vivaṇṇatāya aññathābhāvo. ^b^indriyāni^eb^  nāma manoviññeyyā dhammā, patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ pana sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^piyajātikā^eb^ti piyato jāyanti. ^b^piyappabhāvikā^eb^ti  piyato pabhavanti. <br/><br/>[03] 355^b^.^eb^ ^b^sace taṃ, mahārājā^eb^ti tassa atthaṃ  asallakkhayamānāpi satthari saddhāya evaṃ vadati. ^b^cara pire^eb^ti  apehi amhākaṃ pare, anajjhattikabhūteti attho. atha vā ^b^cara  pire^eb^ti parato gaccha, mā idha tiṭṭhātipi attho. <br/><br/>[03] 356^b^.^eb^ ^b^dvidhā^eb^ ^a^M3.0238^ea^ ^b^chetvā^eb^ti asinā dve koṭṭhāse  karonto chinditvā. ^b^attānaṃ^eb^ ^a^P3.0345^ea^  ^b^upphālesī^eb^ti teneva asinā attano udaraṃ phālesi. yadi hi  tassa sā appiyā bhaveyya, idāni aññaṃ mātugāmaṃ gaṇhissāmīti  attānaṃ na ghāteyya. yasmā panassa sā piyā ahosi, tasmā  paralokepi tāya saddhiṃ samaṅgibhāvaṃ patthayamāno evamakāsi. <br/><br/>[03] 357^b^.^eb^ ^b^piyā te vajirī^eb^ti evaṃ kirassā ahosi  -- ``sacāhaṃ, `bhūtapubbaṃ, mahārāja, imissāyeva sāvatthiyaṃ  aññatarissā itthiyā'tiādikathaṃ katheyyaṃ, `ko te evaṃ akāsi,  apehi natthi eta'nti maṃ paṭisedheyya, vattamāneneva naṃ  saññāpessāmī''ti cintetvā evamāha. ^b^vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā^eb^ti  ettha maraṇavasena vipariṇāmo, kenaci saddhiṃ palāyitvā gamanavasena  aññathābhāvo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vāsabhāyā^eb^ti vāsabhā nāma rañño ekā devī, taṃ  sandhāyāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^piyā^eb^ ^a^V3.0246^ea^ ^b^te aha^eb^nti kasmā sabbapacchā āha? evaṃ  kirassā ahosi -- ``ayaṃ rājā mayhaṃ kupito, sacāhaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ  `piyā te aha'nti puccheyyaṃ, `na me tvaṃ piyā, cara pire'ti vadeyya,  evaṃ sante kathā patiṭṭhānaṃ na labhissatī''ti kathāya patiṭṭhānatthaṃ  sabbapacchā pucchi. ^b^kāsikosalesu^eb^ chaḍḍitabhāvena vipariṇāmo,  paṭirājūnaṃ hatthagamanavasena aññathābhāvo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ācamehī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0346^ea^ ācamanodakaṃ dehi.  ācamitvā hatthapāde dhovitvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā satthāraṃ  namassitukāmo evamāha. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 38
title: bodhirājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanā^piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanā^bāhitikasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 358^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0247^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti bāhitikasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^ekapuṇḍarīkaṃ nāga^eb^nti evaṃnāmakaṃ hatthiṃ. tassa kira phāsukānaṃ  upari tālaphalamattaṃ paṇḍaraṭṭhānaṃ atthi ^a^M3.0239^ea^, tenassa ekapuṇḍarīkoti nāmaṃ  akaṃsu. ^b^sirivaḍḍhaṃ mahāmatta^eb^nti paccekahatthiṃ abhiruhitvā  kathāphāsukatthaṃ saddhiṃ gacchantaṃ evaṃnāmakaṃ mahāmattaṃ.  ^b^āyasmāno^eb^ti ettha ^b^no^eb^ti pucchāya nipāto. mahāmatto  therassa saṅghāṭipattadhāraṇākāraṃ sallakkhetvā ``evaṃ, mahārājā''ti  āha. <br/><br/>[03] 359^b^.^eb^ ^b^opārambho^eb^ti upārambhaṃ dosaṃ āropanāraho.  kiṃ pucchāmīti rājā pucchati. sundarivatthusmiṃ uppannamidaṃ suttaṃ,  taṃ pucchāmīti pucchati. ^b^yañhi mayaṃ, bhante^eb^ti, bhante, yaṃ mayaṃ  viññūhīti idaṃ padaṃ gahetvā pañhena paripūretuṃ nāsakkhimhā, taṃ kāraṇaṃ  āyasmatā evaṃ vadantena paripūritaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 360^b^.^eb^ ^b^akusalo^eb^ti akosallasambhūto.  ^b^sāvajjo^eb^ti ^a^P3.0347^ea^ sadoso. ^b^sabyābajjho^eb^ti  sadukkho. ^b^dukkhavipāko^eb^ti idha nissandavipāko kathito.  ^b^tassā^eb^ti tassa evaṃ attabyābādhādīnaṃ atthāya  pavattakāyasamācārassa.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sabbākusaladhammapahīno kho, mahārāja, tathāgato  kusaladhammasamannāgato^eb^ti ettha sabbesaṃyeva akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānaṃ  vaṇṇetīti. āma vaṇṇetīti vutte yathā pucchā, tathā attho vutto  bhaveyya. evaṃ byākaraṇaṃ pana na bhāriyaṃ. appahīnākusalopi hi  pahānaṃ vaṇṇeyya, bhagavā pana pahīnākusalatāya yathākārī tathāvādīti  dassetuṃ evaṃ byākāsi. sukkapakkhepi eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 362^b^.^eb^ ^b^bāhitikā^eb^ti bāhitiraṭṭhe uṭṭhitavatthassetaṃ  nāmaṃ. ^b^soḷasasamā āyāmenā^eb^ti āyāmena samasoḷasahatthā.  ^b^aṭṭhasamā vitthārenā^eb^ti vitthārena samāṭṭhahatthā. <br/><br/>[03] 363^b^.^eb^ ^b^bhagavato^eb^ ^a^V3.0248^ea^ ^b^pādāsī^eb^ti bhagavato niyyātesi.  datvā ca pana gandhakuṭiyaṃ vitānaṃ katvā bandhi. tato paṭṭhāya  gandhakuṭi bhiyyosomattāya ^a^M3.0240^ea^ sobhi. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.  neyyapuggalassa pana vasena ayaṃ desanā niṭṭhitāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] bāhitikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 39
title: aṅgulimālasuttavaṇṇanā^piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanā^bāhitikasuttavaṇṇanā^dhammacetiyasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 364^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0249^ea^ ^a^P3.0348^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  dhammacetiyasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^medāḷupa^eb^nti nāmetaṃ tassa, tassa hi  nigamassa medavaṇṇā pāsāṇā kirettha ussannā ahesuṃ, tasmā  medāḷupanti saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. senāsanaṃ panettha aniyataṃ, tasmā na taṃ  vuttaṃ. ^b^nagaraka^eb^nti evaṃnāmakaṃ sakyānaṃ nigamaṃ. ^b^kenacideva  karaṇīyenā^eb^ti na aññena karaṇīyena, ayaṃ pana bandhulasenāpatiṃ  saddhiṃ dvattiṃsāya puttehi ekadivaseneva gaṇhathāti āṇāpesi,  taṃdivasañcassa bhariyāya mallikāya pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ bhagavā  nimantito, buddhappamukhe bhikkhusaṅghe gharaṃ āgantvā nisinnamatte  ``senāpati kālaṅkato''ti sāsanaṃ āharitvā mallikāya adaṃsu. sā  paṇṇaṃ gahetvā mukhasāsanaṃ pucchi. ``raññā ayye senāpati saddhiṃ  dvattiṃsāya puttehi ekappahāreneva gahāpito''ti ārocesuṃ. mahājanagataṃ  mā karitthāti ovaṭṭikāya paṇṇaṃ katvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi.  tasmiṃ samaye ekā sappicāṭi nīharitā, sā ummāre āhacca bhinnā,  taṃ apanetvā aññaṃ āharāpetvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. <br/><br/>[01] satthā katabhattakicco kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ --  ``sappicāṭiyā bhinnapaccayā na cintetabba''nti āha. tasmiṃ samaye  mallikā paṇṇaṃ nīharitvā ^a^P3.0349^ea^ bhagavato purato ṭhapetvā  -- ``bhagavā imaṃ dvattiṃsāya puttehi saddhiṃ senāpatino matasāsanaṃ,  ahaṃ etampi na cintayāmi, sappicāṭipaccayā kiṃ cinteyyāmī''ti  āha. bhagavā -- ``mallike, mā cintayi, anamatagge saṃsāre nāma  vattamānānaṃ hoti eta''nti aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammakathaṃ katvā  agamāsi. mallikā dvattiṃsasuṇisāyo pakkosāpetvā ovādaṃ adāsi.  rājā mallikaṃ pakkosāpetvā ``senāpatino amhākaṃ antare  ^a^M3.0241^ea^ bhinnadoso atthi natthī''ti pucchi. natthi sāmīti. so tassā  vacanena tassa niddosabhāvaṃ ñatvā vippaṭisārī balavadomanassaṃ  uppādesi. so -- ``evarūpaṃ nāma adosakārakaṃ maṃ sambhāvayitvā  āgataṃ sahāyakaṃ vināsesi''nti tato paṭṭhāya pāsāde vā nāṭakesu vā  rajjasukhesu vā cittassādaṃ alabhamāno tattha tattha vicarituṃ āraddho.  etadeva kiccaṃ ahosi. idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ``kenacideva  karaṇīyenā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dīghaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0250^ea^ ^b^kārāyana^eb^nti dīghakārāyano nāma  bandhulasenāpatissa bhāgineyyo ``etassa me mātulo adosakārako  nikkāraṇena ghātito''ti raññā senāpatiṭṭhāne ṭhapito. taṃ sandhāyetaṃ  vuttaṃ. ^b^mahaccā rājānubhāvenā^eb^ti mahatā rājānubhāvena ^a^P3.0350^ea^,  dharaṇitalaṃ bhindanto viya sāgaraṃ parivattento viya  vicittavesasobhena mahatā balakāyenāti attho.  ^b^pāsādikānī^eb^ti dassaneneva saha rañjanakāni.  ^b^pasādanīyānī^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. atha vā  ^b^pāsādikānī^eb^ti pasādajanakāni. ^b^appasaddānī^eb^ti  nissaddāni. ^b^appanigghosānī^eb^ti avibhāvitatthena nigghosena  rahitāni. ^b^vijanavātānī^eb^ti vigatajanavātāni.  ^b^manussarāhasseyyakānī^eb^ti manussānaṃ rahassakammānucchavikāni,  rahassamantaṃ mantentānaṃ anurūpānīti attho.  ^b^paṭisallānasāruppānī^eb^ti nilīyanabhāvassa ekībhāvassa  anucchavikāni. ^b^yattha sudaṃ maya^eb^nti na tena tattha bhagavā  payirupāsitapubbo, tādisesu pana payirupāsitapubbo, tasmā yādisesu  sudaṃ mayanti ayamettha attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atthi, mahārājā^eb^ti paṇḍito senāpati ``rājā bhagavantaṃ  mamāyatī''ti jānāti, so sace maṃ rājā ``kahaṃ bhagavā''ti vadeyya,  adandhāyantena ācikkhituṃ yuttanti carapurise payojetvā bhagavato  nivāsanaṭṭhānaṃ ñatvāva viharati. tasmā evamāha. ^b^ārāmaṃ  pāvisī^eb^ti bahinigame khandhāvāraṃ bandhāpetvā kārāyanena saddhiṃ  pāvisi. <br/><br/>[03] 366^b^.^eb^ ^b^vihāro^eb^ti gandhakuṭiṃ sandhāyāhaṃsu.  ^b^āḷinda^eb^nti ^a^P3.0351^ea^ pamukhaṃ. ^b^ukkāsitvā^eb^ti  ukkāsitasaddaṃ katvā. ^b^aggaḷa^eb^nti kavāṭaṃ. ^b^ākoṭehī^eb^ti  agganakhena īsakaṃ kuñcikacchiddasamīpe koṭehīti vuttaṃ hoti. dvāraṃ  kira atiupari amanussā, atiheṭṭhā dīghajātikā koṭenti. tathā  akoṭetvā ^a^M3.0242^ea^ majjhe chiddasamīpe koṭetabbaṃ, idaṃ dvārakoṭṭakavattanti  dīpentā vadanti. ^b^tatthevā^eb^ti bhikkhūhi vuttaṭṭhāneyeva.  ^b^khaggañca uṇhīsañcā^eb^ti desanāmattametaṃ, <br/><br/>[21] vālabījanimuṇhīsaṃ, khaggaṃ chattañcupāhanaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] oruyha rājā yānamhā, ṭhapayitvā paṭicchadanti.. -- <br/><br/>[25] āgatāni pana pañcapi rājakakudhabhaṇḍāni adāsi.  kasmā pana adāsīti. atigaruno sammāsambuddhassa ^a^V3.0251^ea^ santikaṃ  uddhatavesena gantuṃ na yuttanti ca, ekakova upasaṅkamitvā attano  rucivasena sammodissāmi cāti. pañcasu hi rājakakudhabhaṇḍesu  nivattitesu tvaṃ nivattāti vattabbaṃ na hoti, sabbe sayameva nivattanti.  iti imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi adāsi. ^b^rahāyatī^eb^ti rahassaṃ  karoti nigūhati. ayaṃ kirassa adhippāyo ``pubbepi ayaṃ rājā  samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ catukkaṇṇamantaṃ mantetvā mayhaṃ mātulaṃ saddhiṃ  dvattiṃsāya puttehi gaṇhāpesi, idānipi catukkaṇṇamantaṃ mantetukāmo,  kacci nu kho maṃ gaṇhāpessatī''ti. evaṃ kopavasenassa etadahosi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vivari^eb^ ^a^P3.0352^ea^ ^b^bhagavā dvāra^eb^nti na  bhagavā uṭṭhāya dvāraṃ vivari, vivaratūti pana hatthaṃ pasāresi. tato --  ``bhagavā tumhehi anekesu kappakoṭīsu dānaṃ dadamānehi na sahatthā  dvāravivaraṇakammaṃ kata''nti sayameva dvāraṃ vivaṭaṃ. taṃ pana yasmā  bhagavato manena vivaṭaṃ, tasmā ``vivari bhagavā dvāra''nti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.  ^b^vihāraṃ pavisitvā^eb^ti gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā. tasmiṃ pana  paviṭṭhamatteyeva kārāyano pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍāni gahetvā khandhāvāraṃ  gantvā viṭaṭūbhaṃ āmantesi ``chattaṃ samma ussāpehī''ti. mayhaṃ  pitā kiṃ gatoti? pitaraṃ mā puccha, sace tvaṃ na ussāpesi, taṃ  gaṇhitvā ahaṃ ussāpemīti. ``ussāpemi sammā''ti sampaṭicchi.  kārāyano rañño ekaṃ assañca asiñca ekameva ca paricārikaṃ itthiṃ  ṭhapetvā -- ``sace rājā jīvitena atthiko, mā āgacchatū''ti  viṭaṭūbhassa chattaṃ ussāpetvā taṃ gahetvā sāvatthimeva gato. <br/><br/>[03] 367^b^.^eb^ ^b^dhammanvayo^eb^ti ^a^M3.0243^ea^ paccakkhañāṇasaṅkhātassa  dhammassa anunayo anumānaṃ, anubuddhīti attho. idāni yenassa  dhammanvayena ``sammāsambuddho bhagavā''tiādi hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ  ^b^idha panāhaṃ, bhante^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^āpāṇakoṭika^eb^nti  pāṇoti jīvitaṃ, taṃ mariyādaṃ anto karitvā, maraṇasamayepi  carantiyeva, taṃ na vītikkamantīti vuttaṃ hoti.  ``apāṇakoṭika''ntipi pāṭho, ājīvitapariyantanti attho. yathā  ^a^P3.0353^ea^ ekacce jīvitahetu atikkamantā pāṇakoṭikaṃ katvā  caranti, na evanti attho. ^b^ayampi kho me, bhante^eb^ti  buddhasubuddhatāya dhammasvākkhātatāya saṅghasuppaṭipannatāya ca etaṃ evaṃ  hoti, evañhi me, bhante, ayaṃ bhagavati dhammanvayo hotīti dīpeti.  eseva nayo sabbattha. <br/><br/>[03] 369^b^.^eb^ ^b^na^eb^ ^a^V3.0252^ea^ ^b^viya maññe cakkhuṃ bandhante^eb^ti cakkhuṃ  abandhante viya. apāsādikañhi disvā puna olokanakiccaṃ na  hoti, tasmā so cakkhuṃ na bandhati nāma. pāsādikaṃ disvā  punappunaṃ olokanakiccaṃ hoti, tasmā so cakkhuṃ bandhati nāma.  ime ca apāsādikā, tasmā evamāha. ^b^bandhukarogo no^eb^ti  kularogo. amhākaṃ kule jātā evarūpā hontīti vadanti.  ^b^uḷāra^eb^nti mahesakkhaṃ. ^b^pubbenāpara^eb^nti pubbato aparaṃ  visesaṃ. tattha kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā samāpattiṃ nibbattento uḷāraṃ  pubbe visesaṃ sañjānāti nāma, samāpattiṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ  vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhanto uḷāraṃ pubbato aparaṃ visesaṃ sañjānāti  nāma. <br/><br/>[03] 370^b^.^eb^ ^b^ghātetāyaṃ vā ghātetu^eb^nti ghātetabbayuttakaṃ  ghātetuṃ. ^b^jāpetāyaṃ vā jāpetu^eb^nti dhanena vā jāpetabbayuttakaṃ  jāpetuṃ jānituṃ adhanaṃ kātuṃ. ^b^pabbājetāyaṃ vā pabbājetu^eb^nti  raṭṭhato vā pabbājetabbayuttakaṃ pabbājetuṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 373^b^.^eb^ ^b^isidattapurāṇā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0354^ea^  isidatto ca purāṇo ca. tesu eko brahmacārī, eko sadārasantuṭṭho.  ^b^mamabhattā^eb^ti mama santakaṃ bhattaṃ ^a^M3.0244^ea^ etesanti mamabhattā.  ^b^mamayānā^eb^ti mama santakaṃ yānaṃ etesanti mamayānā.  ^b^jīvikāya dātā^eb^ti jīvitavuttiṃ dātā. ^b^vīmaṃsamāno^eb^ti  upaparikkhamāno. tadā kira rājā niddaṃ anokkantova okkanto viya  hutvā nipajji. atha te thapatayo ``katarasmiṃ disābhāge bhagavā''ti  pucchitvā ``asukasmiṃ nāmā''ti sutvā mantayiṃsu -- ``yena  sammāsambuddho, tena sīse kate rājā pādato hoti. yena rājā,  tena sīse kate satthā pādato hoti, kiṃ karissāmā''ti? tato  nesaṃ etadahosi -- ``rājā kuppamāno yaṃ amhākaṃ deti, taṃ  acchindeyya. na kho pana mayaṃ sakkoma jānamānā satthāraṃ pādato  kātu''nti rājānaṃ pādato katvā nipajjiṃsu. taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ rājā  evamāha. <br/><br/>[03] 374^b^.^eb^ ^b^pakkāmī^eb^ti gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā  kārāyanassa ṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ gato, taṃ tattha adisvā khandhāvāraṭṭhānaṃ gato,  tatthāpi aññaṃ adisvā taṃ itthiṃ pucchi. sā sabbaṃ pavattiṃ  ācikkhi. rājā -- ``na idāni mayā ekakena tattha gantabbaṃ,  rājagahaṃ gantvā bhāgineyyena saddhiṃ āgantvā mayhaṃ rajjaṃ  gaṇhissāmī''ti rājagahaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge kaṇājakabhattañceva  ^a^V3.0253^ea^ bhuñji, bahalaudakañca pivi. tassa sukhumālapakatikassa āhāro na  sammā pariṇāmi. so rājagahaṃ pāpuṇantopi vikāle dvāresu pihitesu  ^a^P3.0355^ea^ pāpuṇi. ``ajja sālāyaṃ sayitvā sve mayhaṃ  bhāgineyyaṃ passissāmī''ti bahinagare sālāya nipajji. tassa  rattibhāge uṭṭhānāni pavattiṃsu, katipayavāre bahi nikkhami. tato  paṭṭhāya padasā gantuṃ asakkonto tassā itthiyā aṅke nipajjitvā  balavapaccūse kālamakāsi. sā tassa matabhāvaṃ ñatvā -- ``dvīsu  rajjesu rajjaṃ kāretvā idāni parassa bahinagare anāthasālāya  anāthakālakiriyaṃ katvā nipanno mayhaṃ sāmi kosalarājā''tiādīni  vadamānā uccāsaddena paridevituṃ ārabhi. manussā sutvā rañño  ārocesuṃ. rājā āgantvā disvā sañjānitvā āgatakāraṇaṃ ñatvā  mahāparihārena sarīrakiccaṃ karitvā ``viṭaṭūbhaṃ gaṇhissāmī''ti bheriṃ  carāpetvā balakāyaṃ sannipātesi. amaccā pādesu patitvā --  ``sace, deva, tumhākaṃ mātulo arogo assa, tumhākaṃ gantuṃ yuttaṃ  bhaveyya, idāni pana viṭaṭūbhopi tumhe ^a^M3.0245^ea^ nissāya chattaṃ ussāpetuṃ  arahatiyevā''ti saññāpetvā nivāresuṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dhammacetiyānī^eb^ti dhammassa cittīkāravacanāni. tīsu  hi ratanesu yattha katthaci cittīkāre kate sabbattha katoyeva hoti,  tasmā bhagavati cittīkāre kate dhammopi katova hotīti bhagavā  ``dhammacetiyānī''ti āha. ^b^ādibrahmacariyakānī^eb^ti  maggabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtāni, pubbabhāgapaṭipattibhūtānīti attho.  sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] dhammacetiyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 40
title: piyajātikasuttavaṇṇanā^bāhitikasuttavaṇṇanā^dhammacetiyasuttavaṇṇanā^kaṇṇakatthalasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 375^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0254^ea^ ^a^P3.0356^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  kaṇṇakatthalasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^uruññāya^eb^nti ^b^uruññā^eb^ti tassa  raṭṭhassapi nagarassapi etadeva nāmaṃ, bhagavā uruññānagaraṃ upanissāya  viharati. ^b^kaṇṇakatthale migadāye^eb^ti tassa nagarassa avidūre  kaṇṇakatthalaṃ nāma eko ramaṇīyo bhūmibhāgo atthi, so migānaṃ  abhayatthāya dinnattā migadāyoti vuccati, tasmiṃ kaṇṇakatthale  migadāye. ^b^kenacideva karaṇīyenā^eb^ti na aññena, anantarasutte  vuttakaraṇīyeneva. ^b^somā ca bhaginī sakulā ca bhaginī^eb^ti imā  dve bhaginiyo rañño pajāpatiyo. ^b^bhattābhihāre^eb^ti bhattaṃ  abhiharaṇaṭṭhāne. rañño bhuñjanaṭṭhānañhi sabbāpi orodhā  kaṭacchuādīni gahetvā rājānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ gacchanti, tāpi tatheva agamaṃsu. <br/><br/>[03] 376^b^.^eb^ ^b^kiṃ pana, mahārājā^eb^ti kasmā evamāha?  rañño garahaparimocanatthaṃ. evañhi parisā cinteyya -- ``ayaṃ  rājā āgacchamānova mātugāmānaṃ sāsanaṃ āroceti, mayaṃ attano  dhammatāya bhagavantaṃ daṭṭhuṃ āgatoti maññāma, ayaṃ pana mātugāmānaṃ  sāsanaṃ gahetvā āgato, mātugāmadāso maññe, esa pubbepi imināva  kāraṇena āgacchatī''ti. pucchito pana so attano āgamanakāraṇaṃ  kathessati, evamassa ayaṃ garahā na uppajjissatīti garahamocanatthaṃ  evamāha. <br/><br/>[03] 378^b^.^eb^ ^b^abbhudāhāsī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0246^ea^ kathesi. ^b^sakideva^eb^  ^a^P3.0357^ea^ ^b^sabbaṃ ussati sabbaṃ dakkhitī^eb^ti yo  ekāvajjanena ekacittena atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ sabbaṃ ussati vā  dakkhiti vā, so natthīti attho. ekena hi cittena atītaṃ sabbaṃ  jānissāmīti āvajjitvāpi atītaṃ sabbaṃ jānituṃ na sakkā,  ekadesameva jānāti. anāgatapaccuppannaṃ pana tena cittena sabbeneva  sabbaṃ na jānātīti. esa nayo itaresu. evaṃ ekacittavasenāyaṃ  pañho kathito. ^b^heturūpa^eb^nti hetusabhāvaṃ kāraṇajātikaṃ.  ^b^saheturūpa^eb^nti sakāraṇajātikaṃ. ^b^samparāyikāhaṃ, bhante^eb^ti  samparāyaguṇaṃ ahaṃ, bhante, pucchāmi. <br/><br/>[03] 379^b^.^eb^ ^b^pañcimānī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0255^ea^ imasmiṃ sutte pañca  padhāniyaṅgāni lokuttaramissakāni kathitāni.  kathinaṅgaṇavāsīcūḷasamuddatthero pana ``tumhākaṃ, bhante, kiṃ ruccatī''ti  vutte ``mayhaṃ lokuttarānevāti ruccatī''ti āha.  ^b^padhānavemattata^eb^nti padhānanānattaṃ. aññādisameva hi puthujjanassa  padhānaṃ, aññādisaṃ sotāpannassa, aññādisaṃ sakadāgāmino,  aññādisaṃ anāgāmino, aññādisaṃ arahato, aññādisaṃ  asītimahāsāvakānaṃ, aññādisaṃ dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ, aññādisaṃ  paccekabuddhānaṃ, aññādisaṃ sabbaññubuddhānaṃ. puthujjanassa padhānaṃ  sotāpannassa padhānaṃ na pāpuṇāti...pe0... paccekabuddhassa padhānaṃ  sabbaññubuddhassa padhānaṃ na pāpuṇāti. imamatthaṃ sandhāya  ``padhānavemattataṃ vadāmī''ti āha. ^b^dantakāraṇaṃ gaccheyyu^eb^nti yaṃ  akūṭakaraṇaṃ, anavacchindanaṃ ^a^P3.0358^ea^, dhurassa  acchindananti dantesu kāraṇaṃ dissati, taṃ kāraṇaṃ upagaccheyyunti  attho. ^b^dantabhūmi^eb^nti dantehi gantabbabhūmiṃ.  ^b^assaddho^eb^tiādīsu puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmino  cattāropi assaddhā nāma. puthujjano hi sotāpannassa saddhaṃ  appattoti assaddho, sotāpanno sakadāgāmissa, sakadāgāmī  anāgāmissa, anāgāmī arahato saddhaṃ appattoti assaddho, ābādho  arahatopi uppajjatīti pañcapi ^b^bahvābādhā nāma^eb^ honti.  ariyasāvakassa pana saṭho māyāvīti nāmaṃ natthi. teneva thero --  ``pañca padhāniyaṅgāni lokuttarāni kathitānīti mayhaṃ ruccatī''ti  āha. assakhaḷuṅkasuttante pana -- ``tayo ca, bhikkhave,  assakhaḷuṅke tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke desessāmī''ti (a0 ni0   3.141) ettha ariyasāvakassāpi sambodhināmaṃ āgataṃ  ^a^M3.0247^ea^, tassa  vasena lokuttaramissakā kathitāti vuttaṃ. puthujjano pana  sotāpattimaggavīriyaṃ asampatto...pe0... anāgāmī arahattamaggavīriyaṃ  asampattoti kusītopi assaddho viya cattārova honti, tathā  duppañño.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ panettha opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ -- adantahatthiādayo  viya hi maggapadhānarahito puggalo. dantahatthiādayo viya  maggapadhānavā. yathā adantā hatthiādayo kūṭākāraṃ akatvā  avicchinditvā dhuraṃ apātetvā dantagamanaṃ vā gantuṃ dantabhūmiṃ vā pattuṃ  na sakkonti, evamevaṃ maggapadhānarahito maggapadhānavatā pattabbaṃ  pāpuṇituṃ nibbattetabbaṃ guṇaṃ nibbattetuṃ na sakkoti. yathā pana  dantahatthiādayo kūṭākāraṃ akatvā avicchinditvā dhuraṃ apātetvā  dantagamanaṃ vā gantuṃ dantabhūmiṃ vā pattuṃ sakkonti ^a^P3.0359^ea^,  evamevaṃ maggapadhānavā maggapadhānavatā pattabbaṃ ^a^V3.0256^ea^ pāpuṇituṃ nibbattetabbaṃ  guṇaṃ nibbattetuṃ sakkoti. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti --  ``sotāpattimaggapadhānavā sotāpattimaggapadhānavatā pattokāsaṃ pāpuṇituṃ  nibbattetabbaṃ guṇaṃ nibbattetuṃ sakkoti...pe0... arahattamaggapadhānavā  arahattamaggapadhānavatā pattokāsaṃ pāpuṇituṃ nibbattetabbaṃ guṇaṃ nibbattetuṃ  sakkotī''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 380^b^.^eb^ ^b^sammappadhānā^eb^ti maggapadhānena sammappadhānā.  ^b^na kiñci nānākaraṇaṃ vadāmi yadidaṃ vimuttiyā vimutti^eb^nti  yaṃ ekassa phalavimuttiyā itarassa phalavimuttiṃ ārabbha nānākaraṇaṃ  vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ na kiñci vadāmīti attho. ^b^acciyā vā  acci^eb^nti acciyā vā accimhi. sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo,  bhummatthe hi etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^kiṃ pana tvaṃ, mahārājā^eb^ti,  mahārāja, kiṃ tvaṃ? ``santi devā cātumahārājikā, santi devā  tāvatiṃsā...pe0... santi devā paranimmitavasavattino, santi devā  tatuttari''nti evaṃ devānaṃ atthibhāvaṃ na jānāsi, yena evaṃ vadesīti.  tato atthibhāvaṃ jānāmi, manussalokaṃ pana āgacchanti ^a^P3.0360^ea^  nāgacchantīti idaṃ pucchanto ^b^yadi vā te,  bhante^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^sabyābajjhā^eb^ti sadukkhā, samucchedappahānena  appahīnacetasikadukkhā. ^b^āgantāro^eb^ti upapattivasena āgantāro.  ^b^abyābajjhā^eb^ti samucchinnadukkhā. ^b^anāgantāro^eb^ti  upapattivasena anāgantāro. <br/><br/>[03] 381^b^.^eb^ ^b^pahotī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0248^ea^ sakkoti. rājā hi  puññavantampi lābhasakkārasampannaṃ yathā na koci upasaṅkamati, evaṃ  karonto tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ sakkoti. taṃ apuññavantampi sakalagāmaṃ  piṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ alabhantaṃ yathā lābhasakkārasampanno hoti,  evaṃ karonto tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ sakkoti. brahmacariyavantampi  itthīhi saddhiṃ sampayojetvā sīlavināsaṃ pāpento balakkārena vā  uppabbājento tamhā ṭhānā cāvetuṃ sakkoti. abrahmacariyavantampi  sampannakāmaguṇaṃ amaccaṃ bandhanāgāraṃ pavesetvā itthīnaṃ mukhampi passituṃ  adento tamhā ṭhānā cāveti nāma. raṭṭhato pana yaṃ icchati, taṃ  pabbājeti nāma.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dassanāyapi nappahontī^eb^ti kāmāvacare tāva abyābajjhe  deve sabyābajjhā devā cakkhuviññāṇadassanāyapi nappahonti. kasmā?  arahato tattha ṭhānābhāvato. rūpāvacare pana ekavimānasmiṃyeva  tiṭṭhanti ca nisīdanti cāti cakkhuviññāṇadassanāya pahonti, etehi  diṭṭhaṃ ^a^V3.0257^ea^ pana sallakkhitaṃ paṭividdhaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ daṭṭhuṃ sallakkhituṃ paṭivijjhituṃ  ^a^P3.0361^ea^ na sakkontīti ñāṇacakkhunā dassanāya  nappahonti, uparideve ca cakkhuviññāṇadassanenāpīti. <br/><br/>[03] 382^b^.^eb^ ^b^ko nāmo ayaṃ, bhante^eb^ti rājā theraṃ  jānantopi ajānanto viya pucchati. kasmā? pasaṃsitukāmatāya.  ^b^ānandarūpo^eb^ti ānandasabhāvo. brahmapucchāpi vuttanayeneva  veditabbā. ^b^atha kho aññataro puriso^eb^ti sā kira kathā  viṭaṭūbheneva kathitā, te ``tayā kathitā, tayā kathitā''ti kupitā  aññamaññaṃ imasmiṃyeva ṭhāne attano attano balakāyaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā  kalahampi kareyyunti nivāraṇatthaṃ so rājapuriso etadavoca. sesaṃ  sabbattha uttānameva. ayaṃ pana desanā neyyapuggalassa vasena  niṭṭhitāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] kaṇṇakatthalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] catutthavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]  


volume: 32
item: 41
title: brāhmaṇavaggo^^^brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 383^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0258^ea^ ^a^M3.0249^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti brahmāyusuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhi^eb^nti ^b^mahatā^eb^ti guṇamahattenapi  mahatā, saṅkhyāmahattenapi. so hi bhikkhusaṅghe guṇehipi mahā  ahosi appicchatādiguṇasamannāgatattā, saṅkhyāyapi mahā  pañcasatasaṅkhyattā. bhikkhūnaṃ saṅghena ^b^bhikkhusaṅghena,^eb^  diṭṭhisīlasāmaññasaṅghātasaṅkhātena samaṇagaṇenāti attho.  ^b^saddhi^eb^nti ekato. ^b^pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī^eb^ti pañca  mattā etesanti pañcamattāni. mattāti pamāṇaṃ vuccati, tasmā yathā  bhojane ^a^P3.0362^ea^ mattaññūti vutte bhojane mattaṃ jānāti  pamāṇaṃ jānātīti attho hoti, evamidhāpi tesaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ  pañcamattā pañcapamāṇanti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. bhikkhūnaṃ satāni  bhikkhusatāni. tehi ^b^pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vīsavassasatiko^eb^ti vīsādhikavassasatiko. ^b^tiṇṇaṃ  vedāna^eb^nti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedānaṃ. oṭṭhapahatakaraṇavasena pāraṃ  gatoti ^b^pāragū^eb^. saha nighaṇḍunā ca keṭubhena ca  ^b^sanighaṇḍukeṭubhānaṃ, nighaṇḍū^eb^ti nāmanighaṇṭurukkhādīnaṃ  vevacanappakāsakaṃ satthaṃ. ^b^keṭubha^eb^nti kiriyākappavikappo kavīnaṃ  upakārāya satthaṃ. saha akkharappabhedena ^b^sakkharappabhedānaṃ.  akkharappabhedo^eb^ti sikkhā ca nirutti ca.  ^b^itihāsapañcamāna^eb^nti āthabbaṇavedaṃ catutthaṃ katvā ``itiha āsa  itiha āsā''ti īdisavacanappaṭisaṃyutto purāṇakathāsaṅkhāto  itihāso pañcamo etesanti itihāsapañcamā, tesaṃ  ^b^itihāsapañcamānaṃ^eb^. padañca tadavasesañca byākaraṇaṃ adhīyati  pavedeti cāti ^b^padako veyyākaraṇo. lokāyataṃ^eb^ vuccati  vitaṇḍavādasatthaṃ. ^b^mahāpurisalakkhaṇa^eb^nti ^a^P3.0363^ea^  mahāpurisānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ lakkhaṇadīpakaṃ dvādasasahassaganthappamāṇaṃ satthaṃ,  yattha soḷasasahassagāthāparimāṇāya ^a^V3.0259^ea^ ^b^buddhamantā^eb^ nāma ahesuṃ, yesaṃ  vasena ``iminā lakkhaṇena samannāgatā buddhā nāma honti, iminā  paccekabuddhā nāma honti, iminā dve aggasāvakā, asītimahāsāvakā,  buddhamātā, buddhapitā, aggupaṭṭhāko, aggupaṭṭhāyikā, rājā cakkavattī''ti  ayaṃ viseso ^a^M3.0250^ea^ ñāyati. ^b^anavayo^eb^ti imesu  lokāyatamahāpurisalakkhaṇesu anūno paripūrakārī, avayo na hotīti  vuttaṃ hoti. avayo nāma yo tāni atthato ca ganthato ca  sandhāretuṃ na sakkoti. ^b^assosi kho^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ  siyā, taṃ sāleyyakasutte (ma0 ni0 1.439 ādayo) vuttameva. <br/><br/>[03] 384^b^.^eb^ ^b^ayaṃ tātā^eb^ti ayaṃ mahallakatāya gantuṃ  asakkonto māṇavaṃ āmantetvā evamāha. apica esa brāhmaṇo  cintesi ``imasmiṃ loke `ahaṃ buddho ahaṃ buddho'ti uggatassa nāmaṃ  gahetvā bahū janā vicaranti, tasmā na me anussavamatteneva  upasaṅkamituṃ yuttaṃ. ekaccañhi upasaṅkamantassa apakkamanampi garu  hoti, anatthopi uppajjati. yaṃnūnāhaṃ mama antevāsikaṃ pesetvā  `buddho vā no vā'ti jānitvā upasaṅkameyya''nti tasmā māṇavaṃ  āmantetvā ``ayaṃ tātā''tiādimāha. ^b^taṃ bhavanta^eb^nti tassa  bhavato. ^b^tathā santaṃyevā^eb^ti tathā satoyeva. idañhi  itthambhūtākhyānatthe upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^yathā^eb^ ^a^P3.0364^ea^  ^b^kathaṃ panāhaṃ, bho^eb^ti ettha kathaṃ panāhaṃ, bho, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ  jānissāmi, yathā sakkā so ñātuṃ, tathā me ācikkhāti attho.  ^b^yathā^eb^ti vā nipātamattamevetaṃ. ^b^katha^eb^nti ayaṃ ākārapucchā,  kenākārenāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ jānissāmīti attho.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vutte kira naṃ upajjhāyo -- ``kiṃ tvaṃ, tāta, pathaviyaṃ  ṭhito pathaviṃ na passāmīti viya candimasūriyānaṃ obhāse ṭhito  candimasūriye na passāmīti viya vadasī''tiādīni vatvā  jānanākāraṃ dassento ^b^āgatāni kho tātā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha  ^b^mantesū^eb^ti vedesu. tathāgato kira uppajjissatīti paṭikacceva  suddhāvāsā devā vedesu lakkhaṇāni pakkhipitvā ``buddhamantā nāma  ete''ti brāhmaṇavesena vede vācenti ``tadanusārena mahesakkhā sattā  tathāgataṃ jānissantī''ti. tena pubbe vedesu mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni  āgacchanti. parinibbute pana tathāgate anukkamena antaradhāyanti,  tena etarahi natthi. ^b^mahāpurisassā^eb^ti  paṇidhisamādānañāṇakaruṇādiguṇamahato purisassa. ^b^dveyeva  gatiyo^eb^ti dve eva niṭṭhā ^a^V3.0260^ea^. kāmañcāyaṃ gatisaddo -- ``pañca kho  imā ^a^M3.0251^ea^, sāriputta, gatiyo''tiādīsu (ma0 ni0 1.153) bhavabhede  vattati, ``gati migānaṃ pavana''ntiādīsu (pari0 339)  nivāsaṭṭhāne, ``evaṃ adhimattagatimanto''tiādīsu (ma0 ni0  1.161) paññāya, ``gatigata''ntiādīsu visaṭabhāve, idha pana  niṭṭhāyaṃ vattatīti veditabbo. tattha kiñcāpi yehi samannāgato  ^a^P3.0365^ea^ rājā hoti, na teheva buddho hoti,  jātisāmaññato pana tāniyeva tānīti vuccanti. tena vuttaṃ --  ``yehi samannāgatassā''ti. ^b^sace agāraṃ ajjhāvasatī^eb^ti yadi  agāre vasati, rājā hoti cakkavattī. catūhi acchariyadhammehi  saṅgahavatthūhi ca lokaṃ rañjanato ^b^rājā^eb^. cakkaratanaṃ vatteti,  catūhi sampatticakkehi vatteti, tehi ca paraṃ vatteti, parahitāya ca  iriyāpathacakkānaṃ vatto etasmiṃ atthīti ^b^cakkavattī^eb^. ettha ca  rājāti sāmaññaṃ, cakkavattīti visesanaṃ. dhammena caratīti  ^b^dhammiko,^eb^ ñāyena samena vattatīti attho. dhammena rajjaṃ  labhitvā rājā jātoti ^b^dhammarājā^eb^. parahitadhammakaraṇena vā  ^b^dhammiko,^eb^ attahitadhammakaraṇena ^b^dhammarājā^eb^. caturantāya  issaroti ^b^cāturanto,^eb^ catusamuddantāya catubbidhadīpabhūsitāya ca  pathaviyā issaroti attho. ajjhattaṃ kopādipaccatthike bahiddhā ca  sabbarājāno vijesīti ^b^vijitāvī. janapadatthāvariyappatto^eb^ti  janapade thāvarabhāvaṃ dhuvabhāvaṃ patto, na sakkā kenaci cāletuṃ, janapado  vā tamhi thāvariyappatto anussukko sakammanirato acalo  asampavedhīti janapadatthāvariyappatto. ^b^seyyathida^eb^nti nipāto,  tassa tāni katamānīti attho. ^b^cakkaratana^eb^ntiādīsu cakkañca  taṃ ratijananatthena ratanañcāti ^b^cakkaratanaṃ^eb^. eseva nayo sabbattha.<br/><br/>[03] imesu ^a^P3.0366^ea^ pana ratanesu ayaṃ cakkavattirājā  cakkaratanena ajitaṃ jināti, hatthiassaratanehi vijite yathāsukhaṃ  anuvicarati, pariṇāyakaratanena vijitamanurakkhati, sesehi  upabhogasukhamanubhavati. paṭhamena cassa ussāhasattiyogo,  hatthiassagahapatiratanehi pabhusattiyogo, pacchimena mantasattiyogo  suparipuṇṇo hoti, itthimaṇiratanehi tividhasattiyogaphalaṃ. so  itthimaṇiratanehi bhogasukhamanubhavati, sesehi ^a^M3.0252^ea^ issariyasukhaṃ.  visesato cassa purimāni tīṇi adosakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvena  sampajjanti, majjhimāni alobhakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvena,  pacchimamekaṃ amohakusalamūlajanitakammānubhāvenāti veditabbaṃ.  ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana bojjhaṅgasaṃyutte ^a^V3.0261^ea^ ratanasuttassa (saṃ0  ni0  5.222-223) upadesato gahetabbo. apica  bālapaṇḍitasuttepi (ma0 ni0 3.255) imesaṃ ratanānaṃ uppattikkamena  saddhiṃ vaṇṇanā āgamissati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^parosahassa^eb^nti atirekasahassaṃ. ^b^sūrā^eb^ti  abhīrukajātikā. ^b^vīraṅgarūpā^eb^ti devaputtasadisakāyā, evaṃ tāva  eke vaṇṇayanti, ayaṃ panettha sabhāvo -- ^b^vīrā^eb^ti uttamasūrā  vuccanti. vīrānaṃ aṅgaṃ vīraṅgaṃ, vīrakāraṇaṃ vīriyanti vuttaṃ hoti.  vīraṅgaṃ rūpaṃ etesanti ^b^vīraṅgarūpā,^eb^ vīriyamayasarīrā viyāti  vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^parasenappamaddanā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0367^ea^ sace  paṭimukhaṃ tiṭṭheyya parasenā, taṃ maddituṃ samatthāti adhippāyo.  ^b^dhammenā^eb^ti ``pāṇo na hantabbo''tiādinā pañcasīladhammena.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^arahaṃ hoti sammāsambuddho loke vivaṭṭacchado^eb^ti ettha  rāgadosamohamānadiṭṭhiavijjāduccaritachadanehi sattahi paṭicchanne  kilesandhakāraloke taṃ chadanaṃ vivaṭṭetvā samantato sañjātāloko hutvā  ṭhitoti ^b^vivaṭṭacchado^eb^. tattha paṭhamena padena pūjārahatā, dutiyena  tassā hetu yasmā sammāsambuddhoti, tatiyena buddhattahetubhūtā  vivaṭṭacchadatā vuttāti veditabbā. atha vā vivaṭṭo ca vicchado  cāti ^b^vivaṭṭacchado,^eb^ vaṭṭarahito chadanarahito cāti vuttaṃ hoti.  tena arahaṃ vaṭṭābhāvena, sammāsambuddho chadanābhāvenāti evaṃ  purimapadadvayasseva hetudvayaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. dutiyavesārajjena cettha  purimasiddhi, paṭhamena dutiyasiddhi, tatiyacatutthehi tatiyasiddhi hoti.  purimañca dhammacakkhuṃ, dutiyaṃ buddhacakkhuṃ, tatiyaṃ samantacakkhuṃ  sādhetītipi veditabbaṃ. ^b^tvaṃ mantānaṃ paṭiggahetā^eb^ti imināssa  sūrabhāvaṃ janeti. <br/><br/>[03] 385^b^.^eb^ sopi tāya ācariyakathāya lakkhaṇesu  vigatasammoho ekobhāsajāto viya buddhamante sampassamāno ^b^evaṃ,  bho^eb^ti āha. tassattho -- yathā, bho, maṃ tvaṃ vadasi, evaṃ  karissāmīti. ^b^samannesī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0368^ea^ gavesi, ekaṃ  dveti vā gaṇayanto samānayi. ^b^addasā kho^eb^ti ^a^M3.0253^ea^ kathaṃ addasa?  buddhānañhi nisinnānaṃ vā nipannānaṃ vā koci lakkhaṇaṃ pariyesituṃ na  sakkoti, ṭhitānaṃ pana caṅkamantānaṃ vā sakkoti. tasmā  lakkhaṇapariyesanatthaṃ āgataṃ disvā buddhā uṭṭhāyāsanā tiṭṭhanti vā  caṅkamaṃ vā adhiṭṭhahanti. iti lakkhaṇadassanānurūpe iriyāpathe  vattamānassa ^a^V3.0262^ea^ addasa. ^b^yebhuyyenā^eb^ti pāyena, bahukāni addasa,  appāni na addasāti attho. tato yāni na addasa, tesaṃ dīpanatthaṃ  vuttaṃ ^b^ṭhapetvā dve^eb^ti. ^b^kaṅkhatī^eb^ti ``aho vata  passeyya''nti patthanaṃ uppādeti. ^b^vicikicchatī^eb^ti tato tato  tāni vicinanto kicchati na sakkoti daṭṭhuṃ. ^b^nādhimuccatī^eb^ti  tāya vicikicchāya sanniṭṭhānaṃ na gacchati. ^b^na sampasīdatī^eb^ti  tato ``paripuṇṇalakkhaṇo aya''nti bhagavati pasādaṃ nāpajjati.  kaṅkhāya vā dubbalā vimati vuttā, vicikicchāya majjhimā,  anadhimuccanatāya balavatī, asampasādena tehi tīhi dhammehi cittassa  kālussiyabhāvo. ^b^kosohite^eb^ti vatthikosena paṭicchanne.  ^b^vatthaguyhe^eb^ti aṅgajāte. bhagavato hi vāraṇasseva  kosohitavatthaguyhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ padumagabbhasamānaṃ, taṃ so  vatthapaṭicchannattā, antomukhagatāya ^a^P3.0369^ea^ ca jivhāya  pahūtabhāvaṃ asallakkhento tesu dvīsu lakkhaṇesu kaṅkhī ahosi  vicikicchī.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atha kho bhagavā^eb^ti atha bhagavā cintesi -- ``sacāhaṃ  imassa etāni dve lakkhaṇāni na dassessāmi, nikkaṅkho na  bhavissati. etassa kaṅkhāya sati ācariyopissa nikkaṅkho na  bhavissati, atha maṃ dassanāya na āgamissati, anāgato dhammaṃ na  sossati, dhammaṃ asuṇanto tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni na sacchikarissati.  etasmiṃ pana nikkaṅkhe ācariyopissa nikkaṅkho maṃ upasaṅkamitvā  dhammaṃ sutvā tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni sacchikarissati. etadatthaṃyeva ca  mayā pāramiyo pūritā. dassessāmissa tāni lakkhaṇānī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāramakāsi^eb^. kathaṃrūpaṃ? kimettha  aññena vattabbaṃ? vuttametaṃ nāgasenatthereneva milindaraññā puṭṭhena --<br/><br/>[03] āha ca dukkaraṃ, bhante nāgasena, bhagavatā katanti. kiṃ  mahārājāti? mahājanena hirikaraṇokāsaṃ brahmāyubrāhmaṇassa ca  antevāsiuttarassa ca bāvariyassa antevāsīnaṃ soḷasabrāhmaṇānañca  selassa ca brāhmaṇassa antevāsīnaṃ tisatamāṇavānañca dassesi,  bhanteti. na, mahārāja, bhagavā guyhaṃ ^a^M3.0254^ea^ dasseti, chāyaṃ bhagavā dasseti,  iddhiyā abhisaṅkharitvā nivāsananivatthaṃ kāyabandhanabaddhaṃ cīvarapārutaṃ  chāyārūpakamattaṃ dassesi mahārājāti. chāyaṃ diṭṭhe sati ^a^V3.0263^ea^ diṭṭhoyeva.  nanu, bhanteti? tiṭṭhatetaṃ, mahārāja, hadayarūpaṃ disvā bujjhanakasatto  bhaveyya, hadayamaṃsaṃ ^a^P3.0370^ea^ nīharitvā dasseyya  sammāsambuddhoti. kallosi, bhante nāgasenāti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ninnāmetvā^eb^ti nīharitvā. ^b^anumasī^eb^ti kathinasūciṃ  viya katvā anumajji. tathā karaṇena cettha mudubhāvo,  kaṇṇasotānumasanena dīghabhāvo, nāsikasotānumasanena tanubhāvo,  nalāṭacchādanena puthulabhāvo pakāsitoti veditabbo. ^b^ubhopi  kaṇṇasotānī^eb^tiādīsu cettha buddhānaṃ kaṇṇasotesu malaṃ vā jallikā  vā natthi, dhovitvā ṭhapitarajatapanāḷikā viya honti, tathā  nāsikasotesu, tānipi hi suparikammakatakañcanapanāḷikā viya ca  maṇipanāḷikā viya ca honti. tasmā jivhaṃ nīharitvā  kathinasūciṃ viya katvā mukhapariyante upasaṃharanto dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotaṃ  pavesetvā tato nīharitvā vāmakaṇṇasotaṃ pavesesi, tato nīharitvā  dakkhiṇanāsikasotaṃ pavesetvā tato nīharitvā vāmanāsikasotaṃ  pavesesi, tato nīharitvā puthulabhāvaṃ dassento rattavalāhakena  aḍḍhacandaṃ viya ca suvaṇṇapattaṃ viya ca rattakambalapaṭalena  vijjujotasadisāya jivhāya kevalakappaṃ nalāṭamaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^yaṃnūnāha^eb^nti kasmā cintesi? ahañhi  mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni samannesitvā gato ``diṭṭhāni te, tāta,  mahāpurisalakkhaṇānī''ti ācariyena pucchito ``āma,  ācariyā''ti vattuṃ sakkhissāmi. sace pana maṃ  ``kiriyākaraṇamassa kīdisa''nti pucchissati ^a^P3.0371^ea^,  taṃ vattuṃ na sakkhissāmi, na jānāmīti vutte pana ācariyo  kujjhissati ``nanu tvaṃ mayā sabbampetaṃ jānanatthāya pesito, kasmā  ajānitvā āgatosī''ti, tasmā yannūnāhanti cintetvā anubandhi.  bhagavā nhānaṭṭhānaṃ mukhadhovanaṭṭhānaṃ sarīrapaṭijagganaṭṭhānaṃ  rājarājamahāmattādīnaṃ orodhehi saddhiṃ parivāretvā nisinnaṭṭhānanti  imāni cattāri ṭhānāni ṭhapetvā sesaṭṭhānesu antamaso  ekagandhakuṭiyampi okāsamakāsi.<br/><br/>[03] gacchante ^a^M3.0255^ea^ gacchante kāle -- ``ayaṃ kira brahmāyubrāhmaṇassa  māṇavo uttaro nāma `buddho vā no vā'ti tathāgatassa buddhabhāvaṃ  vīmaṃsanto carati, buddhavīmaṃsako nāmāya''nti pākaṭo jāto. yamhi  yamhi ṭhāne buddhā vasanti, pañca kiccāni katāneva honti, tāni  heṭṭhā dassitāneva ^a^V3.0264^ea^. tattha pacchābhattaṃ alaṅkatadhammāsane nisīditvā  dantakhacitaṃ cittabījaniṃ gahetvā mahājanassa dhammaṃ desente bhagavati  uttaropi avidūre nisīdati. dhammassavanapariyosāne saddhā manussā  svātanāya bhagavantaṃ nimantetvā māṇavampi upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti  -- ``tāta, amhehi bhagavā nimantito, tvampi bhagavatā saddhiṃ  āgantvā amhākaṃ gehe bhattaṃ gaṇheyyāsī''ti. punadivase tathāgato  bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto gāmaṃ pavisati, uttaropi padavāre padavāre  pariggaṇhanto padānupadiko anubandhati. kulagehaṃ paviṭṭhakāle  dakkhiṇodakaggahaṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ olokento nisīdati.  bhattakiccāvasāne tathāgatassa pattaṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnakāle  māṇavakassa pātarāsabhattaṃ sajjenti. so ekamante nisinno bhuñjitvā  puna āgantvā satthu santike ṭhatvā bhattānumodanaṃ sutvā bhagavatā  saddhiṃyeva vihāraṃ gacchati.<br/><br/>[03] tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ bhattakiccapariyosānaṃ āgamento  gandhamaṇḍalamāḷe nisīdati. bhikkhūhi bhattakiccaṃ ^a^P3.0372^ea^  katvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā āgamma vanditvā kāle  ārocite bhagavā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisati, māṇavopi bhagavatā saddhiṃyeva  gacchati. bhagavā parivāretvā āgataṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gandhakuṭippamukhe  ṭhito ovaditvā uyyojetvā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisati, māṇavopi pavisati.  bhagavā khuddakamañce appamattakaṃ kālaṃ nisīdati, māṇavopi avidūre  olokento nisīdati. bhagavā muhuttaṃ nisīditvā sīsokkamanaṃ  dasseti, -- ``bhoto gotamassa vihāravelā bhavissatī''ti māṇavo  gandhakuṭidvāraṃ pidahanto nikkhamitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdati. manussā  purebhattaṃ dānaṃ datvā bhuttapātarāsā samādinnauposathaṅgā suddhuttarāsaṅgā  mālāgandhādihatthā dhammaṃ suṇissāmāti vihāraṃ āgacchanti,  cakkavattino khandhāvāraṭṭhānaṃ viya hoti.<br/><br/>[03] bhagavā muhuttaṃ sīhaseyyaṃ kappetvā vuṭṭhāya pubbabhāgena  paricchinditvā samāpattiṃ samāpajjati. samāpattito vuṭṭhāya  mahājanassa āgatabhāvaṃ ñatvā ^a^M3.0256^ea^ gandhakuṭito nikkhamma mahājanaparivuto  gandhamaṇḍalamāḷaṃ gantvā paññattavarabuddhāsanagato parisāya dhammaṃ deseti.  māṇavopi avidūre nisīditvā -- ``kiṃ nu kho samaṇo gotamo  gehassitavasena parisaṃ ussādento vā apasādento vā dhammaṃ deseti,  udāhu no''ti akkharakkharaṃ padaṃ padaṃ pariggaṇhāti. bhagavā tathāvidhaṃ  kathaṃ akathetvāva kālaṃ ñatvā desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. māṇavo iminā  ^a^V3.0265^ea^ niyāmena pariggaṇhanto satta māse ekato vicaritvā bhagavato  kāyadvārādīsu aṇumattampi avakkhalitaṃ na addasa. anacchariyañcetaṃ,  yaṃ buddhabhūtassa ^a^P3.0373^ea^ manussabhūto māṇavo na passeyya,  yassa bodhisattabhūtassa chabbassāni padhānabhūmiyaṃ amanussabhūto māro  devaputto gehassitavitakkamattampi adisvā buddhabhūtaṃ ekasaṃvaccharaṃ  anubandhitvā kiñci apassanto -- <br/><br/>[21] ``satta vassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato''ti..  (su0 ni0 448) -- <br/><br/>[25] ādigāthāyo vatvā pakkāmi. tato māṇavo cintesi  -- ``ahaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ satta māse anubandhamāno kiñci vajjaṃ na  passāmi. sace panāhaṃ aññepi satta māse satta vā vassāni  vassasataṃ vā vassasahassaṃ vā anubandheyyaṃ, nevassa vajjaṃ passeyyaṃ.  ācariyo kho panassa me mahallako, yogakkhemaṃ nāma na sakkā  jānituṃ. samaṇassa gotamassa sabhāvaguṇeneva buddhabhāvaṃ vatvā mayhaṃ  ācariyassa ārocessāmī''ti bhagavantaṃ āpucchitvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ  vanditvā nikkhami. <br/><br/>[01] ācariyassa santikañca pana gantvā -- ``kacci, tāta  uttara, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ tathāsantaṃyeva saddo abbhuggato''ti pucchito,  ``ācariya, kiṃ vadesi? cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ, bhavaggaṃ atinīcaṃ,  tassa hi, bhoto gotamassa ākāsaṃ viya apariyanto guṇagaṇo.  tathāsantaṃyeva, bho, taṃ bhavantaṃ gotama''ntiādīni vatvā yathādiṭṭhāni  dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭipāṭiyā ācikkhitvā kiriyasamācāraṃ  ācikkhi. tena vuttaṃ -- ``atha kho uttaro māṇavo...pe0...  ediso ca ediso ca bhavaṃ gotamo tato ca bhiyyo''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 386^b^.^eb^ tattha ^a^M3.0257^ea^ ^a^P3.0374^ea^  ^b^suppatiṭṭhitapādo^eb^ti yathā hi aññesaṃ bhūmiyaṃ pādaṃ ṭhapentānaṃ  aggatalaṃ vā paṇhi vā passaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ phusati, vemajjhaṃ vā pana  chiddaṃ hoti, ukkhipantānampi aggatalādīsu ekakoṭṭhāsova paṭhamaṃ  uṭṭhahati, na evaṃ tassa. tassa pana suvaṇṇapādukatalaṃ viya  ekappahāreneva sakalaṃ pādatalaṃ bhūmiṃ phusati, bhūmito uṭṭhahati. tasmā  ``suppatiṭṭhitapādo kho pana so bhavaṃ gotamo''ti vadati.<br/><br/>[03] tatridaṃ ^a^V3.0266^ea^ bhagavato suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya -- sacepi hi bhagavā  anekasataporisaṃ narakaṃ akkamissāmīti pādaṃ nīharati, tāvadeva  ninnaṭṭhānaṃ vātapūritaṃ viya kammārabhastaṃ unnamitvā pathavīsamaṃ hoti,  unnataṭṭhānampi anto pavisati. dūre akkamissāmīti  abhinīharantassa sineruppamāṇopi pabbato seditavettaṅkuro viya  namitvā pādasamīpaṃ āgacchati. tathā hissa yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā  yugandharapabbataṃ akkamissāmīti pāde abhinīharato pabbato namitvā  pādasamīpaṃ āgato, so taṃ akkamitvā dutiyapādena tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ  akkami. na hi cakkalakkhaṇena patiṭṭhātabbaṭṭhānaṃ visamaṃ bhavituṃ  sakkoti. khāṇu vā kaṇḍako vā sakkharakathalā vā uccārapassāvo  vā kheḷasiṅghāṇikādīni vā purimatarāva apagacchanti, tattha tattheva  ca pathaviṃ pavisanti. tathāgatassa hi sīlatejena paññātejena  dhammatejena dasannaṃ pāramīnaṃ ānubhāvena ayaṃ ^a^P3.0375^ea^  mahāpathavī samā mudu pupphābhikiṇṇā hoti. tatra tathāgato samaṃ  pādaṃ nikkhipati, samaṃ uddharati, sabbāvantehi pādatalehi bhūmiṃ  phusati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cakkānī^eb^ti dvīsu pādesu dve cakkāni. tesaṃ arā ca nemi  ca nābhi ca pāḷiyaṃ vuttāva. ^b^sabbākāraparipūrānī^eb^ti iminā  pana ayaṃ viseso veditabbo -- tesaṃ kira cakkānaṃ pādatalassa majjhe  nābhi dissati, nābhiparicchinnā vaṭṭalekhā dissati,  nābhimukhaparikkhepapaṭṭo dissati, panāḷimukhaṃ dissati, arā  dissanti, aresu vaṭṭalekhā dissanti, nemī dissanti, nemimaṇikā  dissanti. idaṃ tāva pāḷiāgatameva.<br/><br/>[03] sambahulavāro pana anāgato, so evaṃ daṭṭhabbo -- satti siri  vaccho nandi sovattiko vaṭaṃsako vaḍḍhamānakaṃ macchayugalaṃ bhaddapīṭhaṃ  aṅkusaṃ ^a^M3.0258^ea^ tomaro pāsādo toraṇaṃ setacchattaṃ khaggo tālavaṇṭaṃ  morahatthako vāḷabījanī uṇhīsaṃ patto maṇi kusumadāmaṃ nīluppalaṃ  rattuppalaṃ setuppalaṃ padumaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ puṇṇaghaṭo puṇṇapāti samuddo  cakkavāḷo himavā sineru candimasūriyā nakkhattāni cattāro  mahādīpā dveparittadīpasahassāni, antamaso cakkavattirañño parisaṃ  upādāya sabbo cakkalakkhaṇasseva parivāro.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^āyatapaṇhī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0376^ea^ dīghapaṇhi,  paripuṇṇapaṇhīti attho. yathā hi aññesaṃ aggapādo dīgho hoti,  paṇhimatthake jaṅghā patiṭṭhāti, paṇhi tacchetvā ṭhapitā viya hoti, na  evaṃ tathāgatassa ^a^V3.0267^ea^. tathāgatassa pana catūsu koṭṭhāsesu dve koṭṭhāsā  aggapādo hoti, tatiye koṭṭhāse jaṅghā patiṭṭhāti, catutthe koṭṭhāse  āraggena vaṭṭetvā ṭhapitā viya rattakambale geṇḍukasadisā paṇhi hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dīghaṅgulī^eb^ti yathā aññesaṃ kāci aṅguli dīghā hoti,  kāci rassā, na evaṃ tathāgatassa. tathāgatassa pana makkaṭasseva  dīghahatthapādaṅguliyo mūle thūlā anupubbena gantvā agge tanukā  niyyāsatelena madditvā vaṭṭitaharitālavaṭṭisadisā honti. tena vuttaṃ  ``dīghaṅgulī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^mudutalunahatthapādo^eb^ti sappimaṇḍe osādetvā ṭhapitaṃ  satavāravihatakappāsapaṭalaṃ viya mudū, jātamattakumārassa viya ca  niccakālaṃ talunā ca hatthapādā assāti mudutalunahatthapādo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^jālahatthapādo^eb^ti na cammena paṭibaddhāṅgulantaro.  ediso hi phaṇahatthako purisadosena upahato pabbajjampi na labhati.  tathāgatassa pana catasso hatthaṅguliyo pañcapi pādaṅguliyo  ekappamāṇā honti, tāsaṃ ekappamāṇattāya yavalakkhaṇaṃ aññamaññaṃ  paṭivijjhitvā tiṭṭhati. athassa hatthapādā kusalena vaḍḍhakinā  yojitajālavātapānasadisā honti. tena vuttaṃ ``jālahatthapādo''ti.<br/><br/>[03] uddhaṃ patiṭṭhitagopphakattā ussaṅkhā pādā assāti ^a^P3.0377^ea^  ^b^ussaṅkhapādo^eb^. aññesañhi piṭṭhipāde gopphakā  honti. tena tesaṃ pādā āṇibaddhā viya thaddhā honti, na yathāsukhaṃ  parivattanti, gacchantānaṃ pādatalāni na dissanti ^a^M3.0259^ea^. tathāgatassa pana  abhiruhitvā upari gopphakā patiṭṭhahanti. tenassa nābhito paṭṭhāya  uparimakāyo nāvāya ṭhapitasuvaṇṇapaṭimā viya niccalo hoti,  adhokāyova iñjati. sukhena pādā parivattanti. puratopi  pacchatopi ubhayapassesupi ṭhatvā passantānaṃ pādatalāni paññāyanti,  na hatthīnaṃ viya pacchatoyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^eṇijaṅgho^eb^ti eṇimigasadisajaṅgho maṃsussadena  paripuṇṇajaṅgho, na ekato baddhapiṇḍikamaṃso ^a^V3.0268^ea^, samantato samasaṇṭhitena  maṃsena parikkhittāhi suvaṭṭitāhi sāligabbhasadisāhi jaṅghāhi  samannāgatoti attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^anonamanto^eb^ti anamanto. etenassa  akhujjāvāmanabhāvo dīpito. avasesajanā hi khujjā vā honti  vāmanā vā, khujjānaṃ uparimakāyo aparipuṇṇo hoti, vāmanānaṃ  heṭṭhimakāyo. te aparipuṇṇakāyattā na sakkonti anonamantā  jaṇṇukāni parimajjituṃ. tathāgato pana paripuṇṇaubhayakāyattā sakkoti.<br/><br/>[03] usabhavāraṇādīnaṃ viya suvaṇṇapadumakaṇṇikasadise kose ohitaṃ  paṭicchannaṃ vatthaguyhaṃ assāti ^b^kosohitavatthaguyho.  vatthaguyha^eb^nti vatthena gūhitabbaṃ aṅgajātaṃ vuccati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^suvaṇṇavaṇṇo^eb^ti jātihiṅgulakena majjitvā dīpidāṭhāya  ghaṃsitvā gerukaparikammaṃ katvā ṭhapitaghanasuvaṇṇarūpakasadisoti attho.  etenassa ghanasiniddhasaṇhasarīrataṃ dassetvā chavivaṇṇadassanatthaṃ  ^b^kañcanasannibhattaco^eb^ti vuttaṃ, purimassa vā vevacanameva etaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^rajojalla^eb^nti ^a^P3.0378^ea^ rajo vā malaṃ vā.  ^b^na upalimpatī^eb^ti na laggati, padumapalāsato udakabindu viya  vivaṭṭati. hatthadhovanapādadhovanādīni pana utuggahaṇatthāya ceva  dāyakānaṃ puññaphalatthāya ca buddhā karonti, vattasīsenāpi ca  karontiyeva. senāsanaṃ pavisantena hi bhikkhunā pāde dhovitvā  pavisitabbanti vuttametaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^uddhaggalomo^eb^ti āvaṭṭapariyosāne uddhaggāni hutvā  mukhasobhaṃ ullokayamānāni viya ṭhitāni lomāni assāti  uddhaggalomo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^brahmujugatto^eb^ti ^a^M3.0260^ea^ brahmā viya ujugatto, ujumeva  uggatadīghasarīro. yebhuyyena hi sattā khandhe kaṭiyaṃ jāṇūsūti tīsu  ṭhānesu namanti. te kaṭiyaṃ namantā pacchato namanti, itaresu dvīsu  ṭhānesu purato. dīghasarīrā paneke passavaṅkā honti, eke mukhaṃ  unnāmetvā nakkhattāni gaṇayantā ^a^V3.0269^ea^ viya caranti, eke appamaṃsalohitā  sūlasadisā honti, pavedhamānā gacchanti. tathāgato pana ujumeva  uggantvā dīghappamāṇo devanagare ussitasuvaṇṇatoraṇaṃ viya hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sattussado^eb^ti dve hatthapiṭṭhiyo dve pādapiṭṭhiyo dve  aṃsakūṭāni khandhoti imesu sattasu ṭhānesu paripuṇṇamaṃsussado  assāti sattussado. aññesaṃ pana hatthapādapiṭṭhīsu nhārujālā  paññāyanti, aṃsakūṭakhandhesu ^a^P3.0379^ea^ aṭṭhikoṭiyo, te  manussapetā viya khāyanti, na tathāgato. tathāgato pana sattasu  ṭhānesu paripuṇṇamaṃsussadattā nigūḷhanhārujālehi hatthapiṭṭhādīhi vaṭṭetvā  ṭhapitasuvaṇṇavaṇṇāliṅgasadisena khandhena silārūpakaṃ viya  cittakammarūpakaṃ viya ca khāyati.<br/><br/>[03] sīhassa pubbaddhaṃ viya kāyo assāti ^b^sīhapubbaddhakāyo^eb^.  sīhassa hi puratthimakāyova paripuṇṇo hoti, pacchimakāyo  aparipuṇṇo. tathāgatassa pana sīhassa pubbaddhakāyova sabbo kāyo  paripuṇṇo. sopi sīhasseva na tattha tattha vinatunnatādivasena  dussaṇṭhitavisaṇṭhito, dīghayuttaṭhāne pana dīgho,  rassakisathūlānuvaṭṭitayuttaṭṭhānesu tathāvidhova hoti. vuttañhetaṃ --<br/><br/>[03] ``manāpiye ca kho, bhikkhave, kammavipāke paccupaṭṭhite yehi  aṅgehi dīghehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni dīghāni saṇṭhahanti. yehi  aṅgehi rassehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni rassāni saṇṭhahanti. yehi  aṅgehi thūlehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni thūlāni saṇṭhahanti. yehi  aṅgehi kisehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni kisāni saṇṭhahanti. yehi  aṅgehi vaṭṭehi sobhati, tāni aṅgāni vaṭṭāni saṇṭhahantī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] iti ^a^M3.0261^ea^ nānācittena puññacittena cittito dasahi pāramīhi  sajjito tathāgatassa attabhāvo, tassa loke sabbasippino vā  iddhimanto vā paṭirūpakampi kātuṃ na sakkonti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^citantaraṃso^eb^ti ^a^P3.0380^ea^ antaraṃsaṃ vuccati dvinnaṃ  koṭṭānamantaraṃ, taṃ citaṃ paripuṇṇamassāti citantaraṃso. aññesañhi  taṃ ṭhānaṃ ninnaṃ hoti, dve piṭṭhikoṭṭā pāṭiyekkaṃ paññāyanti.  tathāgatassa pana kaṭito paṭṭhāya maṃsapaṭalaṃ yāva khandhā uggamma  samussitasuvaṇṇaphalakaṃ viya piṭṭhiṃ chādetvā patiṭṭhitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo^eb^ti ^a^V3.0270^ea^ nigrodho viya parimaṇḍalo. yathā  paṇṇāsahatthatāya vā satahatthatāya vā samakkhandhasākho nigrodho  dīghatopi vitthāratopi ekappamāṇova hoti, evaṃ kāyatopi  byāmatopi ekappamāṇo. yathā aññesaṃ kāyo vā dīgho hoti  byāmo vā, na evaṃ visamappamāṇoti attho. teneva ``yāvatakvassa  kāyo''tiādi vuttaṃ. tattha yāvatako assāti ^b^yāvatakvassa^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^samavaṭṭakkhandho^eb^ti samavaṭṭitakkhandho. yathā eke koñcā  viya bakā viya varāhā viya ca dīghagalā vaṅkagalā puthulagalā ca  honti, kathanakāle sirājālaṃ paññāyati, mando saro nikkhamati, na  evaṃ tassa. tathāgatassa pana suvaṭṭitasuvaṇṇāliṅgasadiso khandho  hoti, kathanakāle sirājālaṃ na paññāyati, meghassa viya gajjato  saro mahā hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^rasaggasaggī^eb^ti ettha rasaṃ gasantīti rasaggasā ^a^P3.0381^ea^,  rasaharaṇīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tā aggā assāti  rasaggasaggī. tathāgatassa hi satta rasaharaṇisahassāni uddhaggāni  hutvā gīvāyameva paṭimukkāni. tilaphalamattopi āhāro jivhagge  ṭhapito sabbaṃ kāyaṃ anupharati, teneva mahāpadhānaṃ padahantassa  ekataṇḍulādīhipi kāḷāyayūsapasatenāpi kāyassa yāpanaṃ ahosi.  aññesaṃ pana tathā abhāvā na sakalakāyaṃ ojā pharati, tena te  bahvābādhā honti. idaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ appābādhatāsaṅkhātassa  nissandaphalassa vasena pākaṭaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] sīhasseva ^a^M3.0262^ea^ hanu assāti ^b^sīhahanu^eb^. tattha sīhassa  heṭṭhimahanumeva paripuṇṇaṃ hoti, na uparimaṃ. tathāgatassa pana sīhassa  heṭṭhimaṃ viya dvepi paripuṇṇāni dvādasiyaṃ pakkhassa candasadisāni  honti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cattālīsadanto^eb^tiādīsu uparimahanuke patiṭṭhitā vīsati,  heṭṭhime vīsatīti cattālīsa dantā assāti cattālīsadanto.  aññesañhi paripuṇṇadantānampi dvattiṃsa dantā honti, tathāgatassa  cattālīsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] aññesañca ^a^V3.0271^ea^ keci dantā uccā keci nīcāti visamā honti,  tathāgatassa pana ayapaṭṭachinnasaṅkhapaṭalaṃ viya samā.<br/><br/>[03] aññesaṃ kumbhīlānaṃ viya dantā viraḷā honti, macchamaṃsādīni  khādantānaṃ dantantaraṃ pūrati. tathāgatassa pana kanakalatāya  samussāpitavajirapanti viya aviraḷā tulikāya dassitaparicchedā  viya dantā honti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^susukkadāṭho^eb^ti aññesañca pūtidantā uṭṭhahanti, tena kāci  dāṭhā kāḷāpi vivaṇṇāpi honti. tathāgato susukkadāṭho ^a^P3.0382^ea^  osadhitārakampi atikkamma virocamānāya pabhāya  samannāgatadāṭho, tena vuttaṃ ``susukkadāṭho''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pahūtajivho^eb^ti aññesaṃ jivhā thūlāpi hoti kisāpi  rassāpi thaddhāpi visamāpi, tathāgatassa pana mudu dīghā puthulā  vaṇṇasampannā hoti. so taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ pariyesituṃ āgatānaṃ  kaṅkhāvinodanatthaṃ mudukattā taṃ jivhaṃ kathinasūciṃ viya vaṭṭetvā ubho  nāsikasotāni parāmasati, dīghattā ubho kaṇṇasotāni parāmasati,  puthulattā kesantapariyosānaṃ kevalampi nalāṭaṃ paṭicchādeti. evaṃ  tassā mududīghaputhulabhāvaṃ pakāsento kaṅkhaṃ vinodeti. evaṃ  tilakkhaṇasampannaṃ jivhaṃ sandhāya ``pahūtajivho''ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^brahmassaro^eb^ti aññe chinnassarāpi bhinnassarāpi  kākassarāpi honti, tathāgato pana mahābrahmuno sarasadisena sarena  samannāgato. mahābrahmuno hi pittasemhehi apalibuddhattā saro visuddho  hoti. tathāgatenāpi katakammaṃ vatthuṃ sodheti, vatthussa suddhattā  nābhito paṭṭhāya samuṭṭhahanto saro visuddho aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatova samuṭṭhāti.  karaviko viya bhaṇatīti ^b^karavikabhāṇī,^eb^  mattakaravikarutamañjughosoti attho.<br/><br/>[03] tatridaṃ ^a^M3.0263^ea^ karavikarutassa mañjutāya -- karavikasakuṇe kira  madhurarasaṃ ambapakkaṃ mukhatuṇḍakena paharitvā paggharitaṃ rasaṃ sāyitvā  ^a^P3.0383^ea^ pakkhena tālaṃ datvā vikūjamāne catuppadādīni  mattāni viya laḷituṃ ārabhanti. gocarappasutāpi catuppadā  mukhagatānipi tiṇāni ^a^V3.0272^ea^ chaḍḍetvā taṃ saddaṃ suṇanti, vāḷamigā  khuddakamige anubandhamānā ukkhittapādaṃ anukkhipitvāva tiṭṭhanti,  anubaddhamigāpi maraṇabhayaṃ hitvāpi tiṭṭhanti, ākāse  pakkhandapakkhinopi pakkhe pasāretvā tiṭṭhanti, udake macchāpi  kaṇṇapaṭalaṃ apphoṭentā taṃ saddaṃ suṇamānāva tiṭṭhanti. evaṃ mañjurutā  karavikā.<br/><br/>[03] asandhimittāpi dhammāsokassa devī -- ``atthi nu kho,  bhante, buddhasaddena sadiso kassaci saddo''ti saṅghaṃ pucchi. atthi  karavikasakuṇassāti. kuhiṃ, bhante, sakuṇāti? himavanteti. sā  rājānaṃ āha, -- ``deva, karavikasakuṇaṃ daṭṭhukāmā''ti. rājā  ``imasmiṃ pañjare nisīditvā karaviko āgacchatū''ti suvaṇṇapañjaraṃ  vissajjesi. pañjaro gantvā ekassa karavikassa purato aṭṭhāsi.  so ``rājāṇāya āgato pañjaro, na sakkā agantu''nti tattha  nisīdi. pañjaro āgantvā rañño puratova aṭṭhāsi. karavikaṃ saddaṃ  kārāpetuṃ na sakkonti. atha rājā ``kathaṃ bhaṇe ime saddaṃ  karontī''ti āha? ñātake disvā devāti. atha naṃ rājā  ādāsehi parikkhipāpesi. so attanova chāyaṃ disvā ``ñātakā  me āgatā''ti maññamāno pakkhena tāḷaṃ datvā mañjussarena maṇivaṃsaṃ  dhamamāno viya viravi. sakalanagare manussā mattā viya laḷiṃsu.  asandhimittā cintesi -- ``imassa tāva tiracchānassa evaṃ madhuro  saddo, kīdiso nu kho sabbaññutaññāṇasirippattassa bhagavato ^a^P3.0384^ea^  ahosī''ti pītiṃ uppādetvā taṃ pītiṃ avijahitvā sattahi  jaṅghasatehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. evaṃ madhuro  karavikasaddo. tato satabhāgena sahassabhāgena ca madhurataro  tathāgatassa saddo, loke pana karavikato aññassa madhurarassa  abhāvato ``karavikabhāṇī''ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abhinīlanetto^eb^ti na sakalanīlanettova, nīlayuttaṭṭhāne  panassa umāpupphasadisena ativisuddhena nīlavaṇṇena samannāgatāni  akkhīni honti. pītayuttaṭṭhāne kaṇikārapupphasadisena pītavaṇṇena,  lohitayuttaṭṭhāne ^a^M3.0264^ea^ bandhujīvakapupphasadisena lohitavaṇṇena, setayuttaṭṭhāne  osadhitārakasadisena setavaṇṇena, kāḷayuttaṭṭhāne addāriṭṭhakasadisena  kāḷavaṇṇena samannāgatāni suvaṇṇavimāne  ugghāṭitamaṇisīhapañjarasadisāni khāyanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^gopakhumo^eb^ti ettha ^b^pakhuma^eb^nti sakalaṃ cakkhubhaṇḍaṃ  adhippetaṃ. taṃ kāḷavacchakassa bahaladhātukaṃ ^a^V3.0273^ea^ hoti, rattavacchakassa  vippasannaṃ, taṃmuhuttajātarattavacchasadisacakkhubhaṇḍoti attho.  aññesañhi akkhibhaṇḍā aparipuṇṇā honti, hatthimūsikakākādīnaṃ  akkhisadisehi viniggatehi gambhīrehipi akkhīhi samannāgatā  honti. tathāgatassa pana dhovitvā majjitvā ṭhapitamaṇiguḷikā viya  mudusiniddhanīlasukhumapakhumācitāni akkhīni.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^uṇṇā^eb^ti uṇṇalomaṃ. ^b^bhamukantare^eb^ti ^a^P3.0385^ea^  dvinnaṃ bhamukānaṃ vemajjhe nāsikamatthakeyeva jātā.  uggantvā pana nalāṭamajjhajātā. ^b^odātā^eb^ti parisuddhā  osadhitārakavaṇṇā. ^b^mudū^eb^ti sappimaṇḍe osādetvā  ṭhapitasatavāravihatakappāsapaṭalasadisā. ^b^tūlasannibhā^eb^ti  simbalitūlalatātūlasamānā, ayamassā odātatāya upamā. sā  panesā koṭiyaṃ gahetvā ākaḍḍhiyamānā upaḍḍhabāhuppamāṇā hoti,  vissaṭṭhā dakkhiṇāvaṭṭavasena āvaṭṭitvā uddhaggā hutvā santiṭṭhati,  suvaṇṇaphalakamajjhe ṭhapitarajatapupphuḷakā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato  nikkhamamānā khīradhārā viya aruṇappabhārañjite gamanatale  osadhitārakā viya ca atimanoharāya siriyā virocati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^uṇhīsasīso^eb^ti idaṃ paripuṇṇanalāṭatañceva  paripuṇṇasīsatañcāti dve atthavase paṭicca vuttaṃ. tathāgatassa hi  dakkhiṇakaṇṇacūḷikato paṭṭhāya maṃsapaṭalaṃ uṭṭhahitvā sakalaṃ nalāṭaṃ  chādayamānaṃ pūrayamānaṃ gantvā vāmakaṇṇacūḷikāya patiṭṭhitaṃ, rañño  baddhauṇhīsapaṭṭo viya virocati. pacchimabhavikabodhisattānaṃ kira  imaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ viditvā rājūnaṃ uṇhīsapaṭṭaṃ akaṃsu, ayaṃ tāva eko  attho. aññe pana janā aparipuṇṇasīsā honti, keci ^a^P3.0386^ea^  kappasīsā, keci phalasīsā, keci aṭṭhisīsā, keci  tumbasīsā, keci pabbhārasīsā. tathāgatassa pana āraggena vaṭṭetvā  ṭhapitaṃ viya suparipuṇṇaṃ udakapupphuḷasadisaṃ sīsaṃ hoti. tattha  purimanayena uṇhīsaveṭhitasīso ^a^M3.0265^ea^ viyāti uṇhīsasīso. dutiyanayena  uṇhīsaṃ viya sabbattha parimaṇḍalasīsoti uṇhīsasīso.<br/><br/>[03] imāni pana mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni kammaṃ kammasarikkhakaṃ  lakkhaṇaṃ lakkhaṇānisaṃsanti ime cattāro koṭṭhāse ekekasmiṃ lakkhaṇe  dassetvā kathitāni sukathitāni honti. tasmā bhagavatā  lakkhaṇasutte (dī0 ni0 3.200-202) vuttāni imāni kammādīni  dassetvā kathetabbāni ^a^V3.0274^ea^. suttavasena vinicchituṃ asakkontena  ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya^eb^ tasseva suttassa  vaṇṇanāya vuttanayena gahetabbāni.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^imehi kho, bho, so bhavaṃ gotamo^eb^ti, bho ācariya,  imehi dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇehi so bhavaṃ gotamo samannāgato  devanagare samussitaratanavicittaṃ suvaṇṇatoraṇaṃ viya yojanasatubbedho  sabbapāliphullo pāricchattako viya selantaramhi supupphitasālarukkho  viya tārāgaṇapaṭimaṇḍitagaganatalamiva ca attano sirivibhavena lokaṃ  ālokaṃ kurumāno viya caratīti imatthampi dīpetvā kiriyācāraṃ  ācikkhituṃ ^b^gacchanto kho panā^eb^tiādimāha. <br/><br/>[03] 387^b^.^eb^ ^b^dakkhiṇenā^eb^ti buddhānañhi ṭhatvā vā  nisīditvā vā nipajjitvā vā gamanaṃ abhinīharantānaṃ dakkhiṇapādova  purato hoti. satatapāṭihāriyaṃ kiretaṃ. ^b^nātidūre^eb^ ^a^P3.0387^ea^  ^b^pādaṃ uddharatī^eb^ti taṃ dakkhiṇapādaṃ na atidūre  ṭhapessāmīti uddharati. atidūrañhi abhihariyamāne dakkhiṇapādena  vāmapādo ākaḍḍhiyamāno gaccheyya, dakkhiṇapādopi dūraṃ gantuṃ na  sakkuṇeyya, āsanneyeva patiṭṭhaheyya, evaṃ sati padavicchedo nāma hoti.  dakkhiṇapāde pana pamāṇeneva uddhate vāmapādopi pamāṇeneva  uddhariyati, pamāṇena uddhato patiṭṭhahantopi pamāṇeyeva patiṭṭhāti.  evamanena tathāgatassa dakkhiṇapādakiccaṃ vāmapādena niyamitaṃ,  vāmapādakiccaṃ dakkhiṇapādena niyamitanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nātisīgha^eb^nti divā vihārabhattatthāya gacchanto bhikkhu viya na  atisīghaṃ gacchati. ^b^nātisaṇika^eb^nti yathā pacchato āgacchanto  okāsaṃ na labhati, evaṃ na atisaṇikaṃ gacchati. ^b^adduvena  adduva^eb^nti jaṇṇukena jaṇṇukaṃ, ^b^na^eb^ ^a^M3.0266^ea^ ^b^satthiṃ unnāmetī^eb^ti gambhīre  udake gacchanto viya na ūruṃ unnāmeti. ^b^na onāmetī^eb^ti  rukkhasākhāchedanadaṇḍaṅkusapādo viya na pacchato osakkāpeti. ^b^na  sannāmetī^eb^ti obaddhānābaddhaṭṭhānehi pādaṃ koṭṭento viya na thaddhaṃ  karoti. ^b^na^eb^ ^a^P3.0388^ea^ ^b^vināmetī^eb^ti yantarūpakaṃ  kīḷāpento viya na ito cito ca cāleti. ^b^adharakāyovā^eb^ti  heṭṭhimakāyova iñjati, uparimakāyo nāvāya ṭhapitasuvaṇṇapaṭimā viya  niccalo hoti. dūre ṭhatvā olokento hi buddhānaṃ ṭhitabhāvaṃ vā  gamanabhāvaṃ vā na jānāti ^a^V3.0275^ea^. ^b^kāyabalenā^eb^ti bāhā khipanto  sarīrato sedehi muccantehi na kāyabalena gacchati.  ^b^sabbakāyenevā^eb^ti gīvaṃ aparivattetvā rāhulovāde  vuttanāgāpalokitavaseneva apaloketi. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^na uddha^eb^ntiādīsu nakkhattāni gaṇento viya na  uddhaṃ ulloketi, naṭṭhaṃ kākaṇikaṃ vā māsakaṃ vā pariyesanto viya na  adho oloketi, na hatthiassādayo passanto viya ito cito ca  vipekkhamāno gacchati. ^b^yugamatta^eb^nti navavidatthimatte cakkhūni  ṭhapetvā gacchanto yugamattaṃ pekkhati nāma, bhagavāpi yuge yutto  sudantāajānīyo viya ettakaṃ passanto gacchati. ^b^tato cassa  uttarī^eb^ti yugamattato paraṃ na passatīti na vattabbo. na hi kuṭṭaṃ  vā kavāṭaṃ vā gaccho vā latā vā āvarituṃ sakkoti, atha khvassa  anāvaraṇañāṇassa anekāni cakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāneva honti.  ^b^antaraghara^eb^nti heṭṭhā mahāsakuludāyisutte indakhīlato paṭṭhāya  antaragharaṃ, idha gharaummārato paṭṭhāya veditabbaṃ. ^b^na^eb^ ^a^P3.0389^ea^  ^b^kāya^eb^ntiādi pakatīriyapatheneva pavisatīti  dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. daliddamanussānaṃ nīcagharakaṃ pavisantepi hi tathāgate  chadanaṃ vā uggacchati, pathavī vā ogacchati, bhagavā pana  pakatigamaneneva gacchati. ^b^nātidūre^eb^ti atidūre parivattantena hi  ekaṃ dve padavāre piṭṭhibhāgena gantvā nisīditabbaṃ hoti.  ^b^nāccāsanne^eb^ti accāsanne parivattantena ekaṃ dve padavāre purato  gantvā nisīditabbaṃ hoti. tasmā yasmiṃ padavāre ṭhitena purato vā  pacchato vā agantvā nisīditabbaṃ hoti, tattha parivattati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pāṇinā^eb^ti kaṭivātābādhiko viya na āsanaṃ hatthehi  gahetvā nisīdati. ^b^pakkhipatī^eb^ti yo kiñci kammaṃ katvā  kīḷanto ṭhitakova patati, yopi orimaṃ aṅgaṃ nissāya nisinno  ghaṃsanto yāva pārimaṅgā gacchati, pārimaṅgaṃ ^a^M3.0267^ea^ vā nissāya nisinno  tatheva yāva orimaṅgā āgacchati, sabbo so āsane kāyaṃ  pakkhipati nāma. bhagavā pana evaṃ akatvā āsanassa majjhe  olambakaṃ dhārento viya tūlapicuṃ ṭhapento viya saṇikaṃ nisīdati.  ^b^hatthakukkucca^eb^nti pattamukhavaṭṭiyaṃ udakabinduṭhapanaṃ makkhikabījaniyā  paṇṇacchedanaphālanādi hatthena asaṃyatakaraṇaṃ. ^b^pādakukkucca^eb^nti  pādena bhūmighaṃsanādi asaṃyatakaraṇaṃ. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^na chambhatī^eb^ti na bhāyati. ^b^na kampatī^eb^ti  na osīdati. ^b^na vedhatī^eb^ti na calati. ^b^na^eb^ ^a^P3.0390^ea^  ^b^paritassatī^eb^ti bhayaparitassanāyapi  taṇhāparitassanāyapi na paritassati. ekacco hi dhammakathādīnaṃ  atthāya ^a^V3.0276^ea^ āgantvā manussesu vanditvā ṭhitesu ``sakkhissāmi nu  kho tesaṃ cittaṃ gaṇhanto dhammaṃ vā kathetuṃ, pañhaṃ vā pucchito  vissajjetuṃ, bhattānumodanaṃ vā kātu''nti bhayaparitassanāya paritassati.  ekacco ``manāpā nu kho me yāgu āgacchissati, manāpaṃ  antarakhajjaka''nti vā taṇhāparitassanāya paritassati. tadubhayampi  tassa natthīti na paritassati. ^b^vivekāvaṭṭo^eb^ti viveke nibbāne  āvaṭṭamānaso hutvā. vivekavattotipi pāṭho, vivekavattayutto hutvāti  attho. vivekavattaṃ nāma katabhattakiccassa bhikkhuno divāvihāre  samathavipassanāvasena mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā  nisīdanaṃ. evaṃ nisinnassa hi iriyāpatho upasanto hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^na pattaṃ unnāmetī^eb^tiādīsu ekacco pattamukhavaṭṭiyā  udakadānaṃ āharanto viya pattaṃ unnāmeti, eko pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhapento  viya onāmeti, eko baddhaṃ katvā gaṇhāti, eko ito cito ca  phandāpeti, evaṃ akatvā ubhohi hatthehi gahetvā īsakaṃ nāmetvā udakaṃ  paṭiggaṇhātīti attho. ^b^na samparivattaka^eb^nti parivattetvā  paṭhamameva pattapiṭṭhiṃ na dhovati. ^b^nātidūre^eb^ti yathā  nisinnāsanato dūre patati, na evaṃ chaḍḍeti. ^b^nāccāsanne^eb^ti  pādamūleyeva na chaḍḍeti. ^b^vicchaḍḍayamāno^eb^ti ^a^P3.0391^ea^  vikiranto, yathā paṭiggāhako temati, na evaṃ chaḍḍeti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nātithoka^eb^nti ^a^M3.0268^ea^ yathā ekacco pāpiccho appicchataṃ  dassento muṭṭhimattameva gaṇhāti, na evaṃ. ^b^atibahu^eb^nti  yāpanamattato atirekaṃ. ^b^byañjanamattāyā^eb^ti byañjanassa mattā  nāma odanato catuttho bhāgo. ekacco hi bhatte manāpe bhattaṃ bahuṃ  gaṇhāti, byañjane manāpe byañjanaṃ bahuṃ. satthā pana tathā na gaṇhāti.  ^b^na ca byañjanenā^eb^ti amanāpañhi byañjanaṃ ṭhapetvā bhattameva  bhuñjanto, bhattaṃ vā ṭhapetvā byañjanameva khādanto byañjanena ālopaṃ  atināmeti nāma. satthā ekantarikaṃ byañjanaṃ gaṇhāti, bhattampi  byañjanampi ekatova niṭṭhanti. ^b^dvattikkhattu^eb^nti tathāgatassa hi  puthujivhāya dantānaṃ upanītabhojanaṃ dvattikkhattuṃ dantehi phuṭṭhamattameva  saṇhakaraṇīyapiṭṭhavilepanaṃ viya hoti, tasmā evamāha. ^b^na mukhe  avasiṭṭhā^eb^ti pokkharapatte patitaudakabindu viya vinivattitvā  paragalameva yāti, tasmā avasiṭṭhā na hoti. ^b^rasapaṭisaṃvedī^eb^ti  madhuratittakadukādirasaṃ jānāti. buddhānañhi antamaso pānīyepi  dibbojā pakkhittāva hoti, tena nesaṃ sabbattheva raso pākaṭo hoti,  rasagedho pana natthi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgata^eb^nti ^a^P3.0392^ea^ ``neva  davāyā''ti vuttehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgataṃ. ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^  panassa ^a^V3.0277^ea^ vinicchayo āgatoti sabbāsavasutte vuttametaṃ. ^b^hatthesu  dhotesū^eb^ti satthā kiṃ karoti? paṭhamaṃ pattassa gahaṇaṭṭhānaṃ dhovati.  tattha pattaṃ gahetvā sukhumajālahatthaṃ pesetvā dve vāre sañcāreti.  ettāvatā pokkharapatte patitaudakaṃ viya vinivattitvā gacchati.  ^b^na ca anatthiko^eb^ti yathā ekacco pattaṃ ādhārake ṭhapetvā patte  udakaṃ na puñchati, raje patante ajjhupekkhati, na evaṃ karoti.  ^b^na ca ativelānurakkhī^eb^ti yathā ekacco pamāṇātikkantaṃ ārakkhaṃ  ṭhapeti, bhuñjitvā vā patte udakaṃ puñchitvā cīvarabhogantaraṃ pavesetvā  pattaṃ udarena akkamitvā gaṇhāti, na evaṃ karoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^na ca anumodanassā^eb^ti yo hi bhuttamattova dārakesu  bhattatthāya rodantesu chātajjhattesu manussesu bhuñjitvā anāgatesveva  anumodanaṃ ārabhati, tato sabbakammāni chaḍḍetvā ekacce āgacchanti,  ekacce anāgatāva honti, ayaṃ kālaṃ atināmeti. yopi manussesu  ^a^M3.0269^ea^ āgantvā anumodanatthāya vanditvā nisinnesu anumodanaṃ akatvāva  ``kathaṃ tissa, kathaṃ phussa, kathaṃ sumana, kathaṃ tisse, kathaṃ phusse,  kathaṃ sumane, kaccittha arogā, sassaṃ sampanna''ntiādiṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ kathaṃ  samuṭṭhāpeti, ayaṃ anumodanassa kālaṃ atināmeti, manussānaṃ pana  okāsaṃ ñatvā āyācitakāle karonto nātināmeti nāma, satthā  tathā karoti. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^na taṃ bhatta^eb^nti kiṃ bhattaṃ nāmetaṃ uttaṇḍulaṃ  atikilinnantiādīni vatvā na garahati. ^b^na^eb^ ^a^P3.0393^ea^  ^b^aññaṃ bhatta^eb^nti svātanāya vā punadivasāya vā bhattaṃ  uppādessāmīti hi anumodanaṃ karonto aññaṃ bhattaṃ paṭikaṅkhati.  yo vā -- ``yāva mātugāmānaṃ bhattaṃ paccati, tāva anumodanaṃ  karissāmi, atha me anumodanāvasāne attano pakkabhattatopi thokaṃ  dassantī''ti anumodanaṃ vaḍḍheti, ayampi paṭikaṅkhati nāma.  satthā na evaṃ karoti. ^b^na ca muccitukāmo^eb^ti ekacco hi  paṭisaṃmuñcitvā gacchati, vegena anubandhitabbo hoti. satthā pana na  evaṃ gacchati, parisāya majjhe ṭhitova gacchati. ^b^accukkaṭṭha^eb^nti  yo hi yāva hanukaṭṭhito ukkhipitvā pārupati, tassa accukkaṭṭhaṃ nāma  hoti. yo yāva gopphakā otāretvāva pārupati, tassa accukkaṭṭhaṃ  hoti. yopi ubhato ukkhipitvā udaraṃ vivaritvā yāti, tassapi  accukkaṭṭhaṃ hoti. yo ekaṃsaṃ katvā thanaṃ vivaritvā yāti, tassapi  accukkaṭṭhaṃ. satthā taṃ sabbaṃ na karoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^allīna^eb^nti ^a^V3.0278^ea^ yathā aññesaṃ sedena tintaṃ allīyati, na evaṃ  satthu. ^b^apakaṭṭha^eb^nti khalisāṭako viya kāyato muccitvāpi na  tiṭṭhati. ^b^vāto^eb^ti verambhavātopi uṭṭhahitvā cāletuṃ na sakkoti.  ^b^pādamaṇḍanānuyoga^eb^nti iṭṭhakāya ghaṃsanādīhi pādasobhānuyogaṃ.  ^b^pakkhāletvā^eb^ti pādeneva pādaṃ dhovitvā. ^b^so neva  attabyābādhāyā^eb^tiādīni na pubbenivāsacetopariyañāṇānaṃ atthitāya  vadati, iriyāpathasantataṃ pana disvā anumānena vadati.  ^b^dhamma^eb^nti pariyattidhammaṃ. ^b^na ussādetī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0394^ea^  kiṃ mahāraṭṭhika, kiṃ mahākuṭumbikātiādīni vatvā  gehassitavasena na ussādeti. ^b^na apasādetī^eb^ti ``kiṃ,  upāsaka, kathaṃ te vihāramaggo ñāto? kiṃ bhayena nāgacchasi? na  hi bhikkhū kiñci acchinditvā gaṇhanti, mā bhāyī''ti ^a^M3.0270^ea^ vā ``kiṃ  tuyhaṃ evaṃ macchariyajīvitaṃ nāmā''ti vā ādīni vatvā  gehassitapemena na apasādeti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vissaṭṭho^eb^ti siniddho apalibuddho. ^b^viññeyyo^eb^ti  viññāpanīyo pākaṭo, vissaṭṭhattāyeva cesa viññeyyo hoti.  ^b^mañjū^eb^ti madhuro. ^b^savanīyo^eb^ti sotasukho, madhurattāyeva  cesa savanīyo hoti. ^b^bindū^eb^ti sampiṇḍito.  ^b^avisārī^eb^ti avisaṭo, binduttāyeva cesa avisārī hoti.  ^b^gambhīro^eb^ti gambhīrasamuṭṭhito. ^b^ninnādī^eb^ti ninnādavā,  gambhīrattāyeva cesa ninnādī hoti. ^b^yathāparisa^eb^nti  cakkavāḷapariyantampi ekābaddhaparisaṃ viññāpeti. ^b^bahiddhā^eb^ti  aṅgulimattampi parisato bahiddhā na gacchati. tasmā? so  evarūpo madhurassaro akāraṇā mā nassīti. iti bhagavato ghoso  parisāya matthakeneva carati. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^avalokayamānā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0395^ea^ sirasmiṃ  añjaliṃ ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ olokentāva paccosakkitvā  dassanavijahanaṭṭhāne vanditvā gacchanti. ^b^avijahitattā^eb^ti yo  hi kathaṃ sutvā vuṭṭhito aññaṃ diṭṭhasutādikaṃ kathaṃ kathento gacchati,  esa sabhāvena vijahati nāma. yo pana sutadhammakathāya vaṇṇaṃ  kathentova gacchati, ayaṃ na vijahati nāma, evaṃ avijahantabhāvena  pakkamanti. ^b^gacchanta^eb^nti rajjuyantavasena ratanasattubbedhaṃ  suvaṇṇagghikaṃ viya gacchantaṃ. ^b^addasāma ṭhita^eb^nti  samussitakañcanapabbataṃ viya ṭhitaṃ ^b^addasāma. tato ca  bhiyyo^eb^ti vitthāretvā guṇe kathetuṃ asakkonto avasese guṇe  saṃkhipitvā kalāpaṃ viya suttakabaddhaṃ viya ca katvā vissajjento  evamāha. ayamettha adhippāyo -- mayā kathitaguṇehi akathitāva  bahutarā. mahāpathavimahāsamuddādayo viya hi tassa bhoto anantā  appameyyā guṇā ākāsamiva vitthāritāti. <br/><br/>[03] 390^b^.^eb^ ^b^appaṭisaṃvidito^eb^ti ^a^V3.0279^ea^ aviññātāagamano.  pabbajite upasaṅkamantena hi cīvaraparikammādisamaye vā ekaṃ  nivāsetvā sarīrabhañjanasamaye vā upasaṅkamitvā tatova  paṭinivattitabbaṃ hoti, paṭisanthāramattampi na jāyati. puretaraṃ pana  okāse kārite divāṭṭhānaṃ sammajjitvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhu  vivitte ṭhāne nisīdati, taṃ āgantvā passantā dassanenapi  ^a^M3.0271^ea^ pasīdanti, paṭisanthāro jāyati, pañhabyākaraṇaṃ ^a^P3.0396^ea^  vā dhammakathā vā labbhati. tasmā paṇḍitā okāsaṃ kārenti. so  ca nesaṃ aññataro, tenassa etadahosi. ^b^jiṇṇo vuḍḍho^eb^ti  attano uggatabhāvaṃ akathetvā kasmā evamāha? buddhā nāma  anuddayasampannā honti, mahallakabhāvaṃ ñatvā sīghaṃ okāsaṃ karissatīti  evamāha. <br/><br/>[03] 391^b^.^eb^ ^b^oramiya okāsamakāsī^eb^ti vegena uṭṭhāya  dvidhā bhijjitvā okāsamakāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ye me^eb^ti ye mayā. ^b^nārīsamānasavhayā^eb^ti  nārīsamānanāmaṃ itthiliṅgaṃ, tena avhātabbāti nārīsamānasavhayā,  itthiliṅgena vattabbāti vohārakusalatāya evaṃ vadati.  ^b^pahūtajivho^eb^ti puthulajivho. ^b^ninnāmayeta^eb^nti nīhara etaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 393^b^.^eb^ ^b^kevalī^eb^ti sakalaguṇasampanno. <br/><br/>[03] 394^b^.^eb^ ^b^paccabhāsī^eb^ti ekappahārena pucchite aṭṭha  pañhe byākaronto patiabhāsi. ^b^yo vedī^eb^ti yo vidati  jānāti, yassa pubbenivāso pākaṭo. ^b^saggāpāyañca passatī^eb^ti  dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ kathitaṃ. ^b^jātikkhayaṃ^eb^ ^a^P3.0397^ea^  ^b^patto^eb^ti arahattaṃ patto.^b^ abhiññā vosito^eb^ti taṃ arahattaṃ  abhijānitvā vosito vosānappatto.^b^ munī^eb^ti  arahattañāṇamoneyyena samannāgato. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^visuddha^eb^nti paṇḍaraṃ. ^b^muttaṃ rāgehī^eb^ti  kilesarāgehi muttaṃ. ^b^pahīnajātimaraṇo^eb^ti jātikkhayappattattā  pahīnajātiko, jātipahāneneva pahīnamaraṇo. ^b^brahmacariyassa  kevalī^eb^ti yaṃ brahmacariyassa kevalī sakalabhāvo, tena samannāgato,  sakalacatumaggabrahmacariyavāsoti attho. ^b^pāragū sabbadhammāna^eb^nti  sabbesaṃ lokiyalokuttaradhammānaṃ abhiññāya pāraṃ gato, sabbadhamme  abhijānitvā ṭhitoti attho. ^b^pāragū^eb^ti vā ettāvatā  pariññāpāragū pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ, pahānapāragū sabbakilesānaṃ  ^a^V3.0280^ea^,  bhāvanāpāragū catunnaṃ maggānaṃ, sacchikiriyāpāragū nirodhassa,  samāpattipāragū sabbasamāpattīnanti ayamattho vutto. puna  ^b^sabbadhammāna^eb^nti iminā abhiññāpāragū vuttoti. ^b^buddho  tādī pavuccatī^eb^ti tādiso chahi ^a^M3.0272^ea^ ākārehi pāraṃ gato sabbākārena  catunnaṃ saccānaṃ buddhattā buddhoti pavuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ pana ettāvatā sabbe pañhā vissajjitā hontīti? āma  vissajjitā, cittaṃ visuddhaṃ jānāti, muttaṃ rāgehīti iminā tāva  bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇoti paṭhamapañho vissajjito hoti. pāragūti  iminā vedehi gatattā vedagūti dutiyapañho vissajjito hoti.  pubbenivāsantiādīhi imāsaṃ tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ ^a^P3.0398^ea^  atthitāya tevijjoti tatiyapañho vissajjito hoti. muttaṃ rāgehi  sabbasoti imināva nissaṭattā pāpadhammānaṃ sottiyoti catutthapañho  vissajjito hoti. jātikkhayaṃ pattoti iminā pana arahattasseva  vuttattā pañcamapañho vissajjito hoti. vositoti ca  brahmacariyassa kevalīti ca imehi chaṭṭhapañho vissajjito hoti.  abhiññā vosito munīti iminā sattamapañho vissajjito hoti.  pāragū sabbadhammānaṃ, buddho tādī pavuccatīti iminā aṭṭhamapañho  vissajjito hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 395^b^.^eb^ ^b^dānakatha^eb^ntiādīni heṭṭhā sutte  vitthāritāneva. ^b^paccapādī^eb^ti paṭipajji.  ^b^dhammassānudhamma^eb^nti imasmiṃ sutte dhammo nāma arahattamaggo,  anudhammo nāma heṭṭhimā tayo maggā tīṇi ca sāmaññaphalāni, tāni  paṭipāṭiyā paṭilabhīti attho. ^b^na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ  vihesesī^eb^ti mañca dhammakāraṇā na kilamesi, na punappunaṃ  kathāpesīti vuttaṃ hoti. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. ^b^tattha  parinibbāyī^eb^ti pana padena desanāya arahatteneva kūṭaṃ gahitanti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 42
title: ^^brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanā^selasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 396^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0281^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti selasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^aṅguttarāpesū^eb^tiādi potaliyasutte vitthāritameva.  ^b^aḍḍhateḷasehī^eb^ti aḍḍhena teḷasehi, dvādasahi ^a^M3.0273^ea^ satehi ^a^P3.0399^ea^  paññāsāya ca bhikkhūhi saddhinti vuttaṃ hoti. te pana  sāvakasannipāte sannipatitā bhikkhūyeva sabbe ehibhikkhupabbajjāya  pabbajitā khīṇāsavā. ^b^keṇiyo^eb^ti tassa nāmaṃ,  ^b^jaṭilo^eb^ti tāpaso. so kira brāhmaṇamahāsālo,  dhanarakkhaṇatthāya pana tāpasapabbajjaṃ samādāya rañño paṇṇākāraṃ datvā  bhūmibhāgaṃ gahetvā tattha assamaṃ kāretvā vasati pañcahi sakaṭasatehi  vaṇijjaṃ payojetvā kulasahassassa nissayo hutvā, assamepi cassa  eko tālarukkho divase divase ekaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ tālaphalaṃ muñcatīti  vadanti. so divā kāsāyāni dhāreti, jaṭā ca bandhati, rattiṃ  kāmasampattiṃ anubhavati. ^b^dhammiyā kathāyā^eb^ti  pānakānisaṃsapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya. ayañhi keṇiyo  tucchahattho bhagavato dassanāya gantuṃ lajjāyamāno --  ``vikālabhojanā viratānampi pānakaṃ kappatī''ti cintetvā  susaṅkhatabadarapānaṃ pañcahi kājasatehi gāhāpetvā agamāsi. evaṃ  gatabhāvo cassa -- ``atha kho keṇiyassa jaṭilassa etadahosi kiṃ  nu kho ahaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa harāpeyya''nti bhesajjakkhandhake  (mahāva0 300) pāḷiāruḷhoyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dutiyampi kho bhagavā^eb^ti kasmā punappunaṃ paṭikkhipi?  titthiyānaṃ paṭikkhepapasannatāya, akāraṇametaṃ, natthi buddhānaṃ paccayahetu  evarūpaṃ kohaññaṃ. ayaṃ pana aḍḍhateḷasāni bhikkhusatāni disvā  ettakānaṃyeva ^a^P3.0400^ea^ bhikkhaṃ paṭiyādessati, sveva selo  tīhi purisasatehi saddhiṃ pabbajissati. ayuttaṃ kho pana navake  aññato pesetvā imeheva saddhiṃ gantuṃ, ime vā aññato pesetvā  navakehi saddhiṃ gantuṃ. athāpi sabbe gahetvā gamissāmi,  bhikkhāhāro nappahossati. tato bhikkhūsu piṇḍāya carantesu  manussā ujjhāyissanti -- ``cirassāpi keṇiyo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ  nimantetvā yāpanamattaṃ dātuṃ nāsakkhī''ti, sayampi vippaṭisārī  bhavissati. paṭikkhepe pana kate ``samaṇo gotamo punappunaṃ `tvañca  brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno'ti ^a^V3.0282^ea^ brāhmaṇānaṃ nāmaṃ gaṇhātī''ti cintetvā  brāhmaṇepi nimantetukāmo bhavissati, tato brāhmaṇe pāṭiyekkaṃ  nimantessati ^a^M3.0274^ea^, te tena nimantitā bhikkhū hutvā bhuñjissanti.  evamassa saddhā anurakkhitā bhavissatīti punappunaṃ paṭikkhipi.  ^b^kiñcāpi kho, bho^eb^ti iminā idaṃ dīpeti, -- ``bho gotama,  kiṃ jātaṃ yadi ahaṃ brāhmaṇesu abhippasanno, adhivāsetu bhavaṃ gotamo,  ahaṃ brāhmaṇānampi dātuṃ sakkomi tumhākampī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kāyaveyyāvaṭika^eb^nti kāyaveyyāvaccaṃ.  ^b^maṇḍalamāḷa^eb^nti dussamaṇḍapaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 397^b^.^eb^ ^b^āvāho^eb^ti kaññāgahaṇaṃ. ^b^vivāho^eb^ti  kaññādānaṃ. ^b^so me nimantito^eb^ti so mayā nimantito.  atha brāhmaṇo paripakkopanissayattā buddhasaddaṃ sutvāva amatenevābhisitto  pasādaṃ āvikaronto ^b^buddhoti^eb^ ^a^P3.0401^ea^, ^b^bho  keṇiya, vadesī^eb^ti āha. keṇiyo yathābhūtaṃ ācikkhanto  ^b^buddhoti, bho sela, vadāmī^eb^ti āha. tato naṃ punapi  daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ pucchi, itaropi tatheva ārocesi. <br/><br/>[03] 398^b^.^eb^ athassa kappasatasahassehipi buddhasaddasseva  dullabhabhāvaṃ sampassato. ^b^etadahosī^eb^ti. etaṃ ``ghosopi  kho''tiādi ahosi. ^b^nīlavanarājī^eb^ti nīlavaṇṇarukkhapanti.  ^b^pade pada^eb^nti padappamāṇe padaṃ. accāsanne hi atidūre vā  pāde nikkhipamāne saddo uṭṭhāti, taṃ paṭisedhento evamāha.  ^b^sīhāva ekacarā^eb^ti gaṇavāsī sīho sīhapotakādīhi saddhiṃ  pamādaṃ āpajjati, ekacaro appamatto hoti. iti appamādavihāraṃ  dassento ekacarasīhena opammaṃ karoti. ^b^mā me bhonto^eb^ti  ācāraṃ sikkhāpento āha. ayañhettha adhippāyo -- sace tumhe  kathāvāraṃ alabhitvā mama kathāya antare kathaṃ pavesessatha,  ``antevāsike sikkhāpetuṃ nāsakkhī''ti mayhaṃ garahā uppajjissati,  tasmā okāsaṃ passitvā manteyyāthāti. ^b^no ca kho naṃ  jānāmī^eb^ti vipassīpi bodhisatto  caturāsītisahassattherapabbajitaparivāro satta māsāni bodhisattacārikaṃ  cari, buddhuppādakālo viya ahosi. amhākampi bodhisatto  chabbassāni bodhisattacārikaṃ cari. evaṃ paripuṇṇasarīralakkhaṇehi  ^a^P3.0402^ea^ samannāgatāpi buddhā na honti. tasmā brāhmaṇo  ``no ca kho naṃ jānāmī''ti āha. <br/><br/>[03] 399^b^.^eb^ ^b^paripuṇṇakāyo^eb^ti ^a^V3.0283^ea^ ^a^M3.0275^ea^ lakkhaṇehi paripuṇṇatāya  ahīnaṅgatāya ca paripuṇṇasarīro. ^b^surucī^eb^ti sundarasarīrappabho.  ^b^sujāto^eb^ti ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā saṇṭhānasampattiyā ca  sunibbatto. ^b^cārudassano^eb^ti sucirampi passantānaṃ  atittijanako manoharadassano. ^b^suvaṇṇavaṇṇo^eb^ti  suvaṇṇasadisavaṇṇo. ^b^susukkadāṭho^eb^ti suṭṭhu sukkadāṭho.  ^b^mahāpurisalakkhaṇā^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ vuttabyañjanāneva vacanantarena  nigamento āha.<br/><br/>[03] idāni tesu lakkhaṇesu attano cittarucitāni gahetvā thomento  ^b^pasannanetto^eb^tiādimāha. bhagavā hi pañcavaṇṇapasādasampattiyā  ^b^pasannanetto,^eb^ puṇṇacandasadisamukhatāya ^b^sumukho,^eb^  ārohapariṇāhasampattiyā ^b^brahā,^eb^ brahmujugattatāya ^b^uju,^eb^  jutimantatāya ^b^patāpavā^eb^. yampi cettha pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ ``majjhe  samaṇasaṅghassā''ti iminā pariyāyena thomayatā puna vuttaṃ. ediso  hi evaṃ virocati. uttaragāthāyapi eseva nayo.  ^b^uttamavaṇṇīno^eb^ti uttamavaṇṇasampannassa. ^b^rathesabho^eb^ti  uttamasārathi. ^b^jambusaṇḍassā^eb^ti jambudīpassa. pākaṭena  issariyaṃ ^a^P3.0403^ea^ issaro hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^khattiyā^eb^ti jātikhattiyā. ^b^bhogī^eb^ti bhogiyā.  ^b^rājāno^eb^ti ye keci rajjaṃ kārentā. ^b^rājābhirājā^eb^ti  rājūnaṃ pūjanīyo, adhirājā hutvā, cakkavattīti adhippāyo.  ^b^manujindo^eb^ti manussādhipati paramissaro hutvā.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vutte bhagavā -- ``ye te bhavanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā,  te sakavaṇṇe bhaññamāne attānaṃ pātukarontī''ti imaṃ selassa manorathaṃ  pūrento ^b^rājāhamasmī^eb^tiādimāha. tatrāyamadhippāyo -- yaṃ maṃ  tvaṃ sela ``rājā arahasi bhavitu''nti yācasi, ettha appossukko  hoti ^b^rājāhamasmi^eb^. sati ca rājatte yathā añño rājā  yojanasataṃ vā anusāsati yojanasahassaṃ vā, cakkavattī hutvāpi  catudīpapariyantamattaṃ vā, nāhamevaṃ paricchinnavisayo, ahañhi  ^b^dhammarājā anuttaro^eb^ bhavaggato avīcipariyantaṃ katvā tiriyaṃ  appamāṇalokadhātuyo anusāsāmi. yāvatā ^a^M3.0276^ea^ hi apadadvipadādibhedā  sattā, ahaṃ tesaṃ aggo. na hi me koci sīlena vā...pe0...  vimuttiñāṇadassanena vā paṭibhāgo atthi, svāhaṃ evaṃ dhammarājā  anuttaro anuttareneva catusatipaṭṭhānādibhedena ^b^dhammena cakkaṃ vattemi^eb^.  idaṃ pajahatha, idaṃ upasampajja viharathāti āṇācakkaṃ, idaṃ kho pana,  bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccantiādinā pariyattidhammena ^a^V3.0284^ea^ dhammacakkameva  vā. ^b^cakkaṃ appaṭivattiya^eb^nti ^a^P3.0404^ea^ yaṃ cakkaṃ  appaṭivattiyaṃ hoti samaṇena vā...pe0... kenaci vā lokasminti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ attānaṃ āvikarontaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā pītisomanassajāto  selo puna daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ ^b^sambuddho paṭijānāsī^eb^ti gāthādvayamāha.  tattha ^b^ko nu senāpatī^eb^ti rañño bhoto dhammena pavattitassa  cakkassa anupavattako senāpati ko nūti pucchi.<br/><br/>[03] tena ca samayena bhagavato dakkhiṇapasse āyasmā sāriputto  nisinno hoti suvaṇṇapuñjo viya siriyā sobhamāno, taṃ dassento  bhagavā ^b^mayā pavattita^eb^nti gāthamāha. tattha ^b^anujāto  tathāgata^eb^nti tathāgataṃ hetuṃ anujāto, tathāgatena hetunā jātoti  attho. apica avajāto anujāto atijātoti tayo vuttā. tesu  avajāto dussīlo, so tathāgatassa putto nāma na hoti.  atijāto nāma pitarā uttaritaro, tādisopi tathāgatassa putto  natthi. tathāgatassa pana eko anujātova putto hoti, taṃ dassento  evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ``ko nu senāpatī''ti pañhaṃ byākaritvā yaṃ selo āha  ``sambuddho paṭijānāsī''ti, tatra naṃ nikkaṅkhaṃ kātukāmo ``nāhaṃ  paṭiññāmatteneva paṭijānāmi, apicāhaṃ iminā kāraṇena buddho''ti  ñāpetuṃ ^b^abhiññeyya^eb^nti gāthamāha. tatra ^b^abhiññeyya^eb^nti  vijjā ca vimutti ca. ^b^bhāvetabbaṃ^eb^ maggasaccaṃ. ^b^pahātabbaṃ^eb^  samudayasaccaṃ. hetuvacanena pana phalasiddhito tesaṃ phalāni  nirodhasaccadukkhasaccānipi vuttāneva honti. evaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ  sacchikataṃ pariññātabbaṃ pariññātanti idampettha saṅgahitanti  catusaccabhāvanāphalañca vimuttiñca ^a^P3.0405^ea^ dassento  ``bujjhitabbaṃ bujjhitvā buddho jātosmī''ti yuttahetunā buddhabhāvaṃ  sādheti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^M3.0277^ea^ nippariyāyena attānaṃ āvikatvā attani  kaṅkhāvitaraṇatthaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ aticāriyamāno ^b^vinayassū^eb^ti  gāthattayamāha. tattha ^b^sallakatto^eb^ti rāgādisallakantano.  ^b^anuttaro^eb^ti yathā bāhiravejjena vūpasamitarogo imasmiññevattabhāve  kuppati, na evaṃ. mayā vūpasamitassa ^a^V3.0285^ea^ pana rogassa bhavantarepi  uppatti natthi, tasmā ahaṃ anuttaroti attho. ^b^brahmabhūto^eb^ti  seṭṭhabhūto. ^b^atitulo^eb^ti tulaṃ atīto, nirupamoti attho.  ^b^mārasenappamaddano^eb^ti kāmā te paṭhamā senāti evaṃ āgatāya  mārasenāya pamaddano. ^b^sabbāmitte^eb^ti  khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāramaccudevaputtamārasaṅkhāte sabbapaccatthike.  ^b^vasīkatvā^eb^ti attano vase vattetvā. ^b^akutobhayo^eb^ti  kutoci abhayo.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vutte selo brāhmaṇo tāvadeva bhagavati sañjātapasādo  pabbajjāpekkho hutvā ^b^imaṃ bhonto^eb^ti gāthattayamāha. tattha  ^b^kaṇhābhijātiko^eb^ti caṇḍālādinīcakule jāto. tato tepi  māṇavakā pabbajjāpekkhā hutvā ^b^evañce ruccati, bhoto^eb^ti  gāthamāhaṃsu. atha selo tesu māṇavakesu tuṭṭhacitto te ca dassento  pabbajjaṃ yācanto ^b^``brāhmaṇā''^eb^ti gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03] tato ^a^P3.0406^ea^ bhagavā yasmā selo atīte  padumuttarassa bhagavato sāsane tesaṃyeva tiṇṇaṃ purisasatānaṃ gaṇaseṭṭho  hutvā tehi saddhiṃ pariveṇaṃ kāretvā dānādīni puññāni katvā tena  kammena devamanussasampattiṃ anubhavamāno pacchime bhave tesaṃyeva  ācariyo hutvā nibbatto, tañca tesaṃ kammaṃ vimuttiparipākāya  paripakkaṃ ehibhikkhubhāvassa ca upanissayabhūtaṃ, tasmā te sabbeva  ehibhikkhupabbajjaṃ pabbājento ^b^svākkhāta^eb^nti gāthamāha. tattha  ^b^sandiṭṭhika^eb^nti sayameva daṭṭhabbaṃ paccakkhaṃ. ^b^akālika^eb^nti  maggānantaraphaluppattiyā na kālantaraṃ pattabbaphalaṃ. ^b^yattha  amoghā^eb^ti yasmiṃ maggabrahmacariye appamattassa sikkhattayapūraṇena  sikkhato pabbajjā amoghā hoti, saphalāti attho. evañca vatvā  ``etha bhikkhavo''ti bhagavā avoca. te sabbe pattacīvaradharā hutvā  ākāsenāgantvā vassasatikattherā viya suvinītā bhagavantaṃ  abhivādayiṃsu. evamimaṃ tesaṃ ehibhikkhubhāvaṃ sandhāya ``alattha  kho selo''tiādi vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 400^b^.^eb^ ^b^imāhī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0278^ea^ imāhi keṇiyassa  cittānukūlāhi gāthāhi. tattha aggiparicariyaṃ vinā brāhmaṇānaṃ  yaññābhāvato ``aggihuttamukhā yaññā''ti vuttaṃ. aggihuttaseṭṭhā  aggijuhanappadhānāti attho. vede sajjhāyantehi paṭhamaṃ  sajjhāyitabbato, sāvittī, ``chandaso mukha''nti vutto. manussānaṃ  ^a^P3.0407^ea^ seṭṭhato rājā ``mukha''nti vutto. nadīnaṃ  ādhārato paṭisaraṇato ca sāgaro ``mukha''nti vutto.  candayogavasena ``ajja kattikā ajja rohiṇī''ti saññāṇato  ^a^V3.0286^ea^ ālokakaraṇato sommabhāvato ca ``nakkhattānaṃ mukhaṃ cando''ti vuttaṃ.  tapantānaṃ aggattā ādicco ``tapataṃ mukha''nti vutto.  dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ pana aggattā visesena tasmiṃ samaye buddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ  sandhāya ``puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānānaṃ, saṅgho eva yajataṃ mukha''nti vuttaṃ.  tena saṅgho puññassa āyamukhanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03] yaṃ taṃ ^b^saraṇa^eb^nti aññaṃ byākaraṇagāthamāha. tassattho --  pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumā bhagavā yasmā mayaṃ ito aṭṭhame divase taṃ  saraṇaṃ āgatamhā, tasmā attanā tava sāsane anuttarena damathena  dantāmhā, aho te saraṇassa ānubhāvoti.<br/><br/>[03] tato paraṃ bhagavantaṃ dvīhi gāthāhi thometvā tatiyāya vandanaṃ  yācanto ^b^bhikkhavo tisatā ime^eb^tiādimāhāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] selasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 43
title: ^brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanā^selasuttavaṇṇanā^assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 401^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0287^ea^ ^a^P3.0408^ea^ ^b^me sutanti  assalāyanasuttaṃ. tattha nānāverajjakāna^eb^nti aṅgamagadhādīhi  nānappakārehi verajjehi āgatānaṃ, tesu vā raṭṭhesu jātasaṃvaḍḍhānantipi  attho.^b^ kenacidevā^eb^ti yaññupāsanādinā aniyamitakiccena.  ^b^cātuvaṇṇi^eb^nti catuvaṇṇasādhāraṇaṃ. mayaṃ pana nhānasuddhiyā  bhāvanāsuddhiyāpi brāhmaṇāva sujjhantīti vadāma, ayuttampi samaṇo  gotamo karotīti maññamānā evaṃ cintayiṃsu. ^b^vuttasiro^eb^ti  vāpitasiro.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dhammavādī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0279^ea^ sabhāvavādī. ^b^duppaṭimantiyā^eb^ti  amhādisehi adhammavādīhi dukkhena paṭimantitabbā honti.  dhammavādino nāma parājayo na sakkā kātunti dasseti.  ^b^paribbājaka^eb^nti pabbajjāvidhānaṃ, tayo vede uggahetvā sabbapacchā  pabbajantā yehi mantehi pabbajanti, pabbajitā ca ye mante  pariharanti, yaṃ vā ācāraṃ ācaranti, taṃ sabbaṃ bhotā caritaṃ  sikkhitaṃ. tasmā tuyhaṃ parājayo natthi, jayova bhavissatīti  maññantā evamāhaṃsu. <br/><br/>[03] 402^b^.^eb^ ^b^dissanti kho panā^eb^tiādi tesaṃ  laddhibhindanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. tattha ^b^brāhmaṇiyo^eb^ti brāhmaṇānaṃ  puttapaṭilābhatthāya āvāhavivāhavasena kulā ānītā brāhmaṇiyo  dissanti ^a^P3.0409^ea^. tā kho panetā aparena samayena  ^b^utuniyopi^eb^ honti, sañjātapupphāti attho. ^b^gabbhiniyo^eb^ti  sañjātagabbhā. ^b^vijāyamānā^eb^ti puttadhītaro janayamānā.  ^b^pāyamānā^eb^ti dārake thaññaṃ pāyantiyo. ^b^yonijāva  samānā^eb^ti brāhmaṇīnaṃ passāvamaggena jātā samānā.  ^b^evamāhaṃsū^eb^ti evaṃ vadanti. kathaṃ? ^b^brāhmaṇova seṭṭho  vaṇṇo...pe0... brahmadāyādā^eb^ti. yadi pana nesaṃ saccavacanaṃ siyā,  brāhmaṇīnaṃ kucchi mahābrahmuno uro bhaveyya, brāhmaṇīnaṃ passāvamaggo  mahābrahmuno mukhaṃ bhaveyya, ettāvatā ``mayaṃ mahābrahmuno ure vasitvā  mukhato nikkhantā''ti vattuṃ mā labhantūti ayaṃ mukhato  jātacchedakavādo vutto. <br/><br/>[03] 403^b^.^eb^ ^b^ayyo hutvā dāso hoti, dāso hutvā  ayyo hotī^eb^ti brāhmaṇo sabhariyo vaṇijjaṃ ^a^V3.0288^ea^ payojento yonakaraṭṭhaṃ vā  kambojaraṭṭhaṃ vā gantvā kālaṃ karoti, tassa gehe vayappatte putte asati  brāhmaṇī dāsena vā kammakarena vā saddhiṃ saṃvāsaṃ kappeti. ekasmiṃ  dārake jāte so puriso dāsova hoti, tassa jātadārako pana  dāyajjasāmiko hoti. mātito suddho pitito asuddho so vaṇijjaṃ  payojento majjhimapadesaṃ gantvā brāhmaṇadārikaṃ gahetvā tassā  kucchismiṃ puttaṃ paṭilabhati, sopi mātitova suddho hoti pitito  asuddho. evaṃ brāhmaṇasamayasmiññeva jātisambhedo hotīti  dassanatthametaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^kiṃ^eb^ ^a^P3.0410^ea^ ^b^balaṃ, ko  assāso^eb^ti yattha tumhe ^a^M3.0280^ea^ dāsā hontā sabbeva dāsā hotha, ayyā  hontā sabbeva ayyā hotha, ettha vo ko thāmo, ko avassayo, yaṃ  brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇoti vadathāti dīpeti. <br/><br/>[03] 404^b^.^eb^ ^b^khattiyova nu kho^eb^tiādayo  suttacchedakavādā nāma honti. <br/><br/>[03] 408^b^.^eb^ idāni cātuvaṇṇisuddhiṃ dassento ^b^idha  rājā^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^sāpānadoṇiyā^eb^ti sunakhānaṃ pivanadoṇiyā.  ^b^aggikaraṇīya^eb^nti sītavinodanāndhakāravidhamanabhattapacanādi  aggikiccaṃ. ^b^ettha assalāyanā^eb^ti ettha sabbasmiṃ aggikiccaṃ  karonte. <br/><br/>[03] 409^b^.^eb^ idāni yadetaṃ brāhmaṇā cātuvaṇṇisuddhīti  vadanti, ettha cātuvaṇṇāti niyamo natthi. pañcamo hi  pādasikavaṇṇopi atthīti saṃkhittena tesaṃ vāde dosadassanatthaṃ  ^b^idha khattiyakumāro^eb^tiādimāha. tatra ^b^amutra ca  panesāna^eb^nti amusmiñca pana purimanaye etesaṃ māṇavakānaṃ kiñci  nānākaraṇaṃ na passāmīti vadati. nānākaraṇaṃ pana tesampi  atthiyeva. khattiyakumārassa hi brāhmaṇakaññāya uppanno  khattiyapādasiko nāma, itaro brāhmaṇapādasiko nāma, ete  hīnajātimāṇavakā.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ pañcamassa vaṇṇassa atthitāya cātuvaṇṇisuddhīti etesaṃ  vāde dosaṃ dassetvā idāni puna cātuvaṇṇisuddhiyaṃ ovadanto ^b^taṃ  kiṃ maññasī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^a^P3.0411^ea^ ^b^saddhe^eb^ti  matakabhatte. ^b^thālipāke^eb^ti paṇṇākārabhatte. ^b^yaññe^eb^ti  yaññabhatte. ^b^pāhune^eb^ti āgantukānaṃ katabhatte. ^b^kiṃ hī^eb^ti  kiṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati, no bhavissatīti dīpeti. <br/><br/>[03] 410^b^.^eb^ ^b^bhūtapubba^eb^nti ^a^V3.0289^ea^ assalāyana pubbe mayi  jātiyā hīnatare tumhe seṭṭhatarā samānāpi mayā jātivāde pañhaṃ puṭṭhā  sampādetuṃ na sakkhittha, idāni tumhe hīnatarā hutvā mayā seṭṭhatarena  buddhānaṃ sake jātivādapañhaṃ puṭṭhā kiṃ sampādessatha? na ettha cintā  kātabbāti māṇavaṃ upatthambhento imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. tattha  ^b^asito^eb^ti kāḷako. ^b^devalo^eb^ti ^a^M3.0281^ea^ tassa nāmaṃ, ayameva  bhagavā tena samayena. ^b^paṭaliyo^eb^ti gaṇaṅgaṇupāhanā.  ^b^patthaṇḍile^eb^ti paṇṇasālapariveṇe. ^b^ko nu kho^eb^ti kahaṃ nu  kho. ^b^gāmaṇḍalarūpo viyā^eb^ti gāmadārakarūpo viya. ^b^so  khvāhaṃ, bho, homī^eb^ti so ahaṃ, bho, asitadevalo homīti vadati.  tadā kira mahāsatto koṇḍadamako hutvā vicarati. ^b^abhivādetuṃ  upakkamiṃsū^eb^ti vandituṃ upakkamaṃ akaṃsu. tato paṭṭhāya ca  vassasatikatāpasopi tadahujātaṃ brāhmaṇakumāraṃ avandanto koṇḍito  hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 411^b^.^eb^ ^b^janikā^eb^ ^a^P3.0412^ea^^b^  mātā^eb^ti yāya tumhe janitā, sā vo janikā mātā.  ^b^janikāmātū^eb^ti janikāya mātu.^b^ yo janako^eb^ti yo  janako pitā. ``yo janiko pitāteva'' vā pāṭho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^asitenā^eb^ti pañcābhiññena asitena devalena isinā imaṃ  gandhabbapañhaṃ puṭṭhā na sampāyissanti. ^b^yesa^eb^nti yesaṃ sattannaṃ  isīnaṃ. ^b^na puṇṇo dabbigāho^eb^ti tesaṃ sattannaṃ isīnaṃ dabbiṃ  gahetvā paṇṇaṃ pacitvā dāyako puṇṇo nāma eko ahosi, so  dabbigahaṇasippaṃ jānāti. tvaṃ sācariyako tesaṃ puṇṇopi na hoti,  tena ñātaṃ dabbigahaṇasippamattampi na jānāsīti. sesaṃ sabbattha  uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[01] ayaṃ pana assalāyano saddho ahosi pasanno, attano  antonivesaneyeva cetiyaṃ kāresi. yāvajjadivasā assalāyanavaṃse  jātā nivesanaṃ kāretvā antonivesane cetiyaṃ karontevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 44
title: brahmāyusuttavaṇṇanā^selasuttavaṇṇanā^assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 412^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0290^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti ghoṭamukhasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^khemiyambavane^eb^ti evaṃnāmake ambavane. ^b^dhammiko  paribbajo^eb^ti dhammikā pabbajjā. ^b^adassanā^eb^ti tumhādisānaṃ  ^a^M3.0282^ea^ vā paṇḍitānaṃ adassanena. ^b^yo vā panettha dhammo^eb^ti yo vā  pana ettha dhammo ^a^P3.0413^ea^ sabhāvo, tasseva vā adassanena.  iminā ``amhākaṃ kathā appamāṇaṃ, dhammova pamāṇa''nti dasseti.  tato thero ``navauposathāgāre viya bahunā kammena idha  bhavitabba''nti cintetvā caṅkamā oruyha paṇṇasālaṃ pavisitvā  nisīdi. taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^evaṃ vutte^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 413^b^.^eb^ ^b^cattārome brāhmaṇā^eb^ti therassa kira  etadahosi -- ``ayaṃ brāhmaṇo `dhammikaṃ pabbajjaṃ upagato samaṇo vā  brāhmaṇo vā natthī'ti vadati. imassa cattāro puggale dve ca parisā  dassetvā `catutthaṃ puggalaṃ katarāya parisāya bahulaṃ passasī'ti  pucchissāmi, jānamāno `anāgāriyaparisāya'nti vakkhati.  evametaṃ sakamukheneva `dhammiko paribbajo atthī'ti vadāpessāmī''ti  imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. <br/><br/>[03] 414^b^.^eb^ tattha ^b^sārattarattā^eb^ti suṭṭhu rattarattā.  ^b^sānuggahā vācā bhāsitā^eb^ sakāraṇā vācā bhāsitā. vuttañhetaṃ  mayā ``amhākaṃ kathā appamāṇaṃ, dhammova pamāṇa''nti. <br/><br/>[03] 421^b^.^eb^ ^b^kiṃ pana te^eb^ti gihi nāma kappiyampi  akappiyampi vadeyyāti vivecanatthaṃ pucchi. ^b^kārāpesī^eb^ti  māpesi. kārāpetvā ca pana kālaṃ katvā sagge nibbatto. etassa  kira jānanasippe mātarampi pitarampi ghātetvā attāva ghātetabboti  āgacchati. etaṃ sippaṃ jānanto ṭhapetvā etaṃ añño sagge nibbatto  nāma natthi, esa pana theraṃ upanissāya puññaṃ katvā tattha  nibbattitvā ca pana ``kenāhaṃ kammena idha nibbatto''ti āvajjetvā  yathābhūtaṃ ^a^P3.0414^ea^ ñatvā ekadivasaṃ jiṇṇāya  bhojanasālāya paṭisaṅkharaṇatthaṃ saṅghe sannipatite manussavesena  āgantvā pucchi -- ``kimatthaṃ, bhante, saṅgho sannipatito''ti?  bhojanasālāya ^a^V3.0291^ea^ paṭisaṅkharaṇatthanti. kenesā kāritāti?  ghoṭamukhenāti. idāni so kuhinti? kālaṅkatoti. atthi  panassa koci ñātakoti? atthi ekā bhaginīti. pakkosāpetha  nanti. bhikkhū pakkosāpesuṃ. so taṃ upasaṅkamitvā -- ``ahaṃ, tava  bhātā, ghoṭamukho nāma imaṃ sālaṃ kāretvā sagge nibbatto, asuke ca  asuke ca ṭhāne mayā ṭhapitaṃ dhanaṃ ^a^M3.0283^ea^ atthi, taṃ gahetvā imañca  bhojanasālaṃ kārehi, dārake ca posehī''ti vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ  vanditvā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā devalokameva agamāsi. sesaṃ sabbattha  uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 45
title: selasuttavaṇṇanā^assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanā^caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 422^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0292^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti caṅkīsuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^devavane sālavane^eb^ti tasmiṃ kira devatānaṃ balikammaṃ karīyati,  tena taṃ devavanantipi sālavanantipi vuccati. ^b^opāsādaṃ  ajjhāvasatī^eb^ti opāsādanāmake brāhmaṇagāme vasati, abhibhavitvā  vā āvasati, tassa sāmī hutvā yāya mariyādāya tattha vasitabbaṃ,  tāya mariyādāya vasati. upasaggavasena panettha bhummatthe  upayogavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ, tathassa anuppayogattāva sesapadesu. tattha  lakkhaṇaṃ saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ. ^b^sattussada^eb^nti ^a^P3.0415^ea^  sattehi ussadaṃ ussannaṃ, bahujanaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ  posāvaniyahatthiassamoramigādianekasattasamākiṇṇañcāti attho.  yasmā pana so gāmo bahi āvijjhitvā jātena hatthiassādīnaṃ  ghāsatiṇena ceva gehacchadanatiṇena ca sampanno, tathā dārukaṭṭhehi ceva  gehasambhārakaṭṭhehi ca, yasmā cassa abbhantare vaṭṭacaturassādisaṇṭhānā  bahū pokkharaṇiyo, jalajakusumavicittāni ca bahi anekāni  taḷākāni vā udakassa niccabharitāneva honti, tasmā  ^b^satiṇakaṭṭhodaka^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] saha dhaññena ^b^sadhaññaṃ,^eb^ pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇādibhedaṃ  bahudhaññasannicayanti attho. ettāvatā yasmiṃ gāme brāhmaṇo  setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā rājalīlāya vasati. tassa samiddhisampatti  dīpitā hoti. rājato laddhaṃ bhoggaṃ ^b^rājabhoggaṃ^eb^. kena  dinnanti ce, ^b^raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinnaṃ^eb^.  ^b^rājadāya^eb^nti rañño dāyabhūtaṃ, dāyajjanti attho.  ^b^brahmadeyya^eb^nti seṭṭhadeyyaṃ, chattaṃ ussāpetvā rājasaṅkhepena  bhuñjitabbanti attho. atha vā ^b^rājabhogga^eb^nti sabbaṃ chejjabhejjaṃ  anusāsantena titthapabbatādīsu suṅkaṃ ^a^M3.0284^ea^ gaṇhantena setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā  raññā hutvā bhuñjitabbaṃ. tattha ^b^raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinnaṃ  rājadāya^eb^nti. ettha raññā dinnattā rājadāyaṃ, dāyakarājadīpanatthaṃ  panassa ``raññā pasenadinā kosalena dinna''nti idaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^brahmadeyya^eb^nti seṭṭhadeyyaṃ, yathā dinnaṃ na puna gahetabbaṃ hoti  nissaṭṭhapariccattaṃ, evaṃ dinnanti attho. <br/><br/>[03] 423^b^.^eb^ bahū ^a^P3.0416^ea^ bahū hutvā saṃhatāti  saṅghā. ekekissā disāya saṅgho tesaṃ atthīti ^b^saṅghī^eb^.  pubbe ^a^V3.0293^ea^ gāmassa anto agaṇā bahi nikkhamitvā gaṇā sampannāti  ^b^gaṇībhūtā^eb^. ^b^uttarenamukhā^eb^ti uttaradisābhimukhā. ^b^khattaṃ  āmantesī^eb^ti khattā vuccati pucchitapañhabyākaraṇasamattho mahāmatto,  taṃ āmantesi. ^b^āgamentū^eb^ti muhuttaṃ paṭimānentu, acchantūti  vuttaṃ hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 424^b^.^eb^ ^b^nānāverajjakāna^eb^nti nānāvidhesu rajjesu  aññesu kāsikosalādīsu jātā vā nivasanti vā, tato vā  āgatāti nānāverajjakā, tesaṃ nānāverajjakānaṃ. ^b^kenacidevā^eb^ti  aniyamitena yaññupāsanādinā kenaci kiccena. te tassa gamanaṃ  sutvā cintesuṃ -- ``ayaṃ, caṅkī, uggatabrāhmaṇo, yebhuyyena ca aññe  brāhmaṇā samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā, ayameva na gato. svāyaṃ sace  tattha gamissati, addhā samaṇassa gotamassa āvaṭṭaniyā māyāya  āvaṭṭito saraṇaṃ gamissati. tato etassāpi gehadvāre brāhmaṇānaṃ  asannipāto bhavissati. handassa gamanantarāyaṃ karomā''ti  sammantayitvā tattha agamaṃsu. taṃ sandhāya ``atha kho te  brāhmaṇā''tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^ubhato^eb^ti dvīhi pakkhehi. ^b^mātito^eb^ ^a^P3.0417^ea^  ^b^ca pitito cā^eb^ti, bhoto mātā brāhmaṇī, mātumātā  brāhmaṇī, tassāpi mātā brāhmaṇī. pitā brāhmaṇo, pitupitā  brāhmaṇo, tassapi pitā brāhmaṇoti. evaṃ bhavaṃ ubhato sujāto,  mātito ca pitito ca. ^b^saṃsuddhagahaṇiko^eb^ti ^a^M3.0285^ea^ saṃsuddhā te mātu  gahaṇī, saṃsuddhā te mātu kucchīti attho. ^b^yāva sattamā  pitāmahayugā^eb^ti ettha pitu pitā pitāmaho, pitāmahassa yugaṃ  pitāmahayugaṃ. ^b^yuga^eb^nti āyuppamāṇaṃ vuccati. abhilāpamattameva  cetaṃ, atthato pana pitāmahova pitāmahayugaṃ. tato uddhaṃ sabbepi  pubbapurisā pitāmahaggahaṇeneva gahitā. evaṃ yāva sattamo puriso,  tāva saṃsuddhagahaṇiko. atha vā akkhitto anupakuṭṭho jātivādenāti  dasseti. ^b^akkhitto^eb^ti apanetha etaṃ, kiṃ imināti evaṃ  akkhitto anavakkhitto. ^b^anupakkuṭṭho^eb^ti na upakuṭṭho, na akkosaṃ  vā nindaṃ vā pattapubbo. kena kāraṇenāti. jātivādena, itipi  hīnajātiko esoti evarūpena vacanenāti attho.  ^b^imināpaṅgenā^eb^ti imināpi kāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aḍḍho^eb^ti issaro. ^b^mahaddhano^eb^ti mahatā dhanena  samannāgato. bhoto hi gehe pathaviyaṃ paṃsuvālikā viya bahu dhanaṃ,  samaṇo pana gotamo adhano bhikkhāya udaraṃ pūretvā yāpetīti  dassenti ^a^V3.0294^ea^. ^b^mahābhogo^eb^ti pañcakāmaguṇavasena mahāupabhogo. evaṃ  yaṃ yaṃ guṇaṃ vadanti, tassa tassa paṭipakkhavasena ^a^P3.0418^ea^  bhagavato aguṇaṃyeva dassemāti maññamānā vadanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abhirūpo^eb^ti aññehi manussehi adhikarūpo.  ^b^dassanīyo^eb^ti divasampi passantānaṃ atittikaraṇato  dassanayoggo, dassaneneva cittapasādajananato ^b^pāsādiko^eb^.  pokkharatā vuccati sundarabhāvo, vaṇṇassa pokkharatā vaṇṇapokkharatā,  tāya ^b^vaṇṇapokkharatāya,^eb^ vaṇṇasampattiyāti attho. porāṇā pana  ^b^pokkhara^eb^nti sarīraṃ vadanti, vaṇṇaṃ vaṇṇameva. tesaṃ matena  vaṇṇo ca pokkharañca vaṇṇapokkharāni, tesaṃ bhāvo vaṇṇapokkharatā.  iti ^b^paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāyā^eb^ti uttamaparisuddhena vaṇṇena ceva  sarīrasaṇṭhānasampattiyā cāti attho. ^b^brahmavaṇṇī^eb^ti seṭṭhavaṇṇī,  parisuddhavaṇṇesupi seṭṭhena suvaṇṇavaṇṇeneva samannāgatoti attho.  ^b^brahmavacchasī^eb^ti mahābrahmuno sarīrasadisena sarīrena samannāgato.  ^b^akhuddāvakāso dassanāyā^eb^ti bhoto sarīre dassanassa  okāso na khuddako mahā. sabbāneva te aṅgapaccaṅgāni  dassanīyāneva, tāni cāpi mahantānevāti dīpeti.<br/><br/>[03] sīlamassa ^a^M3.0286^ea^ atthīti ^b^sīlavā^eb^. vuddhaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ  sīlamassāti ^b^vuddhasīlī. vuddhasīlenā^eb^ti vuddhena vaḍḍhitena  sīlena. ^b^samannāgato^eb^ti yutto, idaṃ vuddhasīlīpadasseva vevacanaṃ.  sabbametaṃ pañcasīlamattameva sandhāya vadanti. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^kālyāṇavāco^eb^tiādīsu kalyāṇā sundarā  parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanā vācā assāti kalyāṇavāco. kalyāṇaṃ madhuraṃ  vākkaraṇaṃ assāti ^b^kalyāṇavākkaraṇo^eb^. vākkaraṇanti  udāharaṇaghoso. guṇaparipuṇṇabhāvena ^a^P3.0419^ea^ pure bhavāti  ^b^porī^eb^. pure vā bhavattā porī. nāgarikitthiyā  sukhumālattanena sadisātipi porī. tāya ^b^poriyā.  vissaṭṭhāyā^eb^ti apalibuddhāya, sandiṭṭhavilambitādidosarahitāya.  ^b^anelagalāyā^eb^ti elagalena virahitāya. ekaccassa hi  kathentassa elaṃ galati, lālā vā paggharati, kheḷaphusitāni vā  nikkhamanti, tassa vācā elagalā nāma hoti. tabbiparitāyāti  attho. ^b^atthassa viññāpaniyā^eb^tiādimajjhapariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ  katvā bhāsitatthassa viññāpanasamatthāya. sesamettha brāhmaṇavaṇṇe  uttānameva. <br/><br/>[03] 425^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0295^ea^ ^b^vutte^eb^ti evaṃ tehi brāhmaṇehi vutte,  caṅkī, ``ime brāhmaṇā attano vaṇṇe vuccamāne atussanakasatto nāma  natthi, vaṇṇamassa bhaṇitvā nivāressāmāti jātiādīhi mama vaṇṇaṃ  vadanti, na kho pana me yuttaṃ attano vaṇṇe rajjituṃ. handāhaṃ etesaṃ  vādaṃ bhinditvā samaṇassa gotamassa mahantabhāvaṃ ñāpetvā etesaṃ tattha  gamanaṃ karomī''ti cintetvā ^b^tena hi, bho, mamāpi  suṇāthā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha yepi ``ubhato sujāto''tiādayo  attano guṇehi sadisā guṇā, tepi ``ko cāhaṃ, ke ca samaṇassa  gotamassa jātisampattiādayo guṇā''ti attano guṇehi uttaritareyeva  maññamāno, itare pana ekanteneva bhagavato mahantabhāvadīpanatthaṃ  pakāseti. ^b^mayameva arahāmā^eb^ti evaṃ niyamento cettha idaṃ  ^a^P3.0420^ea^ dīpeti -- yadi guṇamahantatāya upasaṅkamitabbo  nāma hoti, yathā sineruṃ upanidhāya sāsapo, mahāsamuddaṃ upanidhāya  gopadakaṃ, sattasu mahāsaresu udakaṃ upanidhāya ussāvabindu paritto  lāmako, evamevaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa jātisampattiādayo guṇe  upanidhāya amhākaṃ guṇā ^a^M3.0287^ea^ parittā lāmakā, tasmā mayameva arahāma taṃ  bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitunti. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^bhūmigatañca vehāsaṭṭhañcā^eb^ti ettha rājaṅgaṇe ceva  uyyāne ca sudhāmaṭṭhā pokkharaṇiyo sattaratanapūriṃ katvā bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ  dhanaṃ bhūmigataṃ nāma, pāsādaniyūhādayo pana pūretvā ṭhapitaṃ vehāsaṭṭhaṃ  nāma. evaṃ tāva kulapariyāyena āgataṃ. tathāgatassa pana  jātadivaseyeva saṅkho elo uppalo puṇḍarīkoti cattāro nidhayo  upagatā. tesu saṅkho gāvutiko, elo aḍḍhayojaniko, uppalo  tigāvutiko puṇḍarīko yojanikoti. tesupi gahitagahitaṭṭhānaṃ  pūratiyeva. iti bhagavā pahūtaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ ohāya pabbajitoti  veditabbo. ^b^daharo vā^eb^tiādīni heṭṭhā vitthāritāneva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^akhuddāvakāso^eb^ti ettha bhagavati aparimāṇoyeva  dassanāvakāsoti veditabbo. tatridaṃ vatthuṃ -- rājagahe kira  aññataro brāhmaṇo ``samaṇassa kira gotamassa pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ na  sakkā''ti sutvā bhagavato piṇḍāya pavisanakāle saṭṭhihatthaṃ veḷuṃ gahetvā  nagaradvārassa bahi ṭhatvā sampatte bhagavati veḷuṃ gahetvā samīpe aṭṭhāsi,  veḷu bhagavato jāṇumattaṃ pāpuṇi. punadivase dve veḷū ghaṭetvā samīpe  aṭṭhāsi ^a^P3.0421^ea^, bhagavā dvinnaṃ veḷūnaṃ upari dviveṇumattameva  paññāyamāno, ``brāhmaṇa, kiṃ karosī''ti āha? tumhākaṃ pamāṇaṃ  gaṇhāmīti. ``brāhmaṇa, sacepi tvaṃ sakalacakkavāḷagabbhaṃ pūretvā  ṭhitaveḷuṃ ghaṭetvā āgamissasi, neva me pamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ ^a^V3.0296^ea^ sakkhissasi.  na hi mayā cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni kappasatasahassañca tathā  pāramiyo pūritā, yathā me paro pamāṇaṃ gaṇheyya, atulo brāhmaṇa,  tathāgato appameyyo''ti vatvā dhammapade gāthamāha. gāthāpariyosāne  caturāsītipāṇasahassāni amataṃ piviṃsu. <br/><br/>[01] aparampi vatthu -- rāhu kira asurindo cattāri  yojanasahassāni aṭṭha ca yojanasatāni ucco, bāhantaramassa  dvādasayojanasatāni, hatthatalapādatalānaṃ puthulatā tīṇi yojanasatāni,  aṅgulipabbāni paṇṇāsayojanāni ^a^M3.0288^ea^, bhamukantaraṃ paṇṇāsayojanaṃ, nalāṭaṃ  tiyojanasataṃ, sīsaṃ navayojanasataṃ. so -- ``ahaṃ uccosmi,  satthāraṃ onamitvā oloketuṃ na sakkhissāmī''ti na gacchati.  so ekadivasaṃ bhagavato vaṇṇaṃ sutvā ``yathā kathañca  olokessāmī''ti āgato. bhagavā tassa ajjhāsayaṃ viditvā  ``catūsu iriyāpathesu katarena dassemī''ti cintetvā ``ṭhitako nāma  nīcopi ucco viya paññāyati, nipannovassa attānaṃ dassessāmī''ti,  ``ānanda, gandhakuṭipariveṇe mañcakaṃ paññāpehī''ti vatvā tattha  sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi. rāhu āgantvā nipannaṃ bhagavantaṃ gīvaṃ unnāmetvā  nabhamajjhe puṇṇacandaṃ viya ulloketi. kimidaṃ asurindāti ca vutte,  bhagavā onamitvā oloketuṃ na sakkhissāmīti ^a^P3.0422^ea^  na gacchinti. na mayā asurinda adhomukhena pāramiyo pūritā,  uddhaggaṃ me katvā dānaṃ dinnanti. taṃdivasaṃ rāhu saraṇaṃ agamāsi.  evaṃ bhagavā akhuddāvakāso dassanāya.<br/><br/>[03] catupārisuddhisīlena ^b^sīlavā^eb^. taṃ pana sīlaṃ ariyaṃ  uttamaṃ parisuddhaṃ, tenāha ^b^ariyasīlī^eb^ti. tadeva anavajjaṭṭhena  kusalaṃ, tenāha ^b^kusalasīlī^eb^ti. ^b^kusalena sīlenā^eb^ti  idamassa vevacanaṃ. ^b^bahūnaṃ ācariyapācariyo^eb^ti bhagavato  ekekāya dhammadesanāya caturāsītipāṇasahassāni aparimāṇāpi  devamanussā maggaphalāmataṃ pivanti. tasmā bahūnaṃ ācariyo,  sāvakavineyyānaṃ pācariyoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^khīṇakāmarāgo^eb^ti ettha kāmaṃ bhagavato sabbepi kilesā  khīṇā, brāhmaṇo pana te na jānāti, attano jānanaṭṭhāneyeva guṇaṃ  katheti. ^b^vigatacāpallo^eb^ti ``pattamaṇḍanā cīvaramaṇḍanā  senāsanamaṇḍanā imassa vā pūtikāyassa...pe0... kelanā  paṭikelanā''ti evaṃ vuttacāpalyavirahito.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^apāpapurekkhāro^eb^ti ^a^V3.0297^ea^ apāpe navalokuttaradhamme purato katvā  vicarati. ^b^brahmaññāya pajāyā^eb^ti  sāriputtamoggallānamahākassapādibhedāya brāhmaṇapajāya. (aviruddho hi  so) etissāya pajāya purekkhāro. ayañhi pajā samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ  purato katvā ^a^M3.0289^ea^ caratīti ^a^P3.0423^ea^ attho. apica  ^b^apāpapurekkhāro^eb^ti na pāpupurekkhāro, na pāpaṃ purato katvā  carati, pāpaṃ na icchatīti attho. kassa? ^b^brahmaññāya pajāya^eb^  attanā saddhiṃ paṭiviruddhāyapi brāhmaṇapajāya aviruddho  hitasukhatthikoyevāti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tiroraṭṭhā^eb^ti pararaṭṭhato. ^b^tirojanapadā^eb^ti  parajanapadato. ^b^saṃpucchituṃ āgacchantī^eb^ti khattiyapaṇḍitādayo  ceva brāhmaṇagandhabbādayo ca pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā pucchissāmāti  āgacchanti. tattha keci pucchāya vā dosaṃ vissajjanasampaṭicchane  vā asamatthataṃ sallakkhetvā apucchitvāva tuṇhī nisīdanti, keci  pucchanti, kesañci bhagavā pucchāya ussāhaṃ janetvā vissajjeti.  evaṃ sabbesampi tesaṃ vimatiyo tīraṃ patvā mahāsamuddassa ūmiyo  viya bhagavantaṃ patvāva bhijjanti. sesamettha tathāgatassa vaṇṇe  uttānameva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atithī no te hontī^eb^ti te amhākaṃ āgantukā navakā  pāhunakā hontīti attho. ^b^pariyāpuṇāmī^eb^ti jānāmi.  ^b^aparimāṇavaṇṇo^eb^ti tathārūpeneva sabbaññunāpi appameyyavaṇṇo,  pageva mādisenāti dasseti. vuttampi cetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``buddhopi buddhassa bhaṇeyya vaṇṇaṃ, <br/><br/>[27] kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno. <br/><br/>[26] khīyetha kappo ciradīghamantare, <br/><br/>[22] vaṇṇo na khīyetha tathāgatassā''ti.. <br/><br/>[01] imaṃ pana guṇakathaṃ sutvā te brāhmaṇā cintayiṃsu  ``yathā, caṅkī, samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, anomaguṇo  ^a^P3.0424^ea^ so bhavaṃ gotamo, evaṃ tassa guṇe jānamānena  kho pana iminā aticiraṃ adhivāsitaṃ, handa naṃ anuvattāmā''ti  anuvattamānā ``tena hi, bho''tiādimāhaṃsu. <br/><br/>[03] 426^b^.^eb^ ^b^opātetī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0298^ea^ paveseti.  ^b^saṃpurekkharontī^eb^ti puttamattanattamattampi samānaṃ purato katvā  vicaranti. <br/><br/>[03] 427^b^.^eb^ ^b^mantapada^eb^nti mantāyeva mantapadaṃ, vedoti  attho. ^b^itihitiha paramparāyā^eb^ti evaṃ kira evaṃ kirāti  paramparabhāvena āgatanti dīpeti. ^b^piṭakasampadāyā^eb^ti  ^a^M3.0290^ea^ pāvacanasaṅkhātasampattiyā. sāvittiādīhi chandabandhehi ca  vaggabandhehi ca sampādetvā āgatanti dasseti. ^b^tattha cā^eb^ti  tasmiṃ mantapade. ^b^pavattāro^eb^ti pavattayitāro. ^b^yesa^eb^nti  yesaṃ santakaṃ. ^b^mantapada^eb^nti vedasaṅkhātaṃ mantameva.  ^b^gīta^eb^nti aṭṭhakādīhi dasahi porāṇakabrāhmaṇehi padasampattivasena  sajjhāyitaṃ. ^b^pavutta^eb^nti aññesaṃ vuttaṃ, vācitanti attho.  ^b^samihita^eb^nti samupabyūḷhaṃ rāsikataṃ, piṇḍaṃ katvā ṭhapitanti  attho. ^b^tadanugāyantī^eb^ti etarahi brāhmaṇā taṃ tehi pubbe gītaṃ  anugāyanti anusajjhāyanti vādenti. ^b^tadanubhāsantī^eb^ti taṃ  anubhāsanti, idaṃ purimasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^bhāsitamanubhāsantī^eb^ti  tehi bhāsitaṃ sajjhāyitaṃ anusajjhāyanti.  ^b^vācitamanuvācentī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0425^ea^ tehi aññesaṃ vācitaṃ  anuvācenti. ^b^seyyathida^eb^nti te katameti attho.  ^b^aṭṭhako^eb^tiādīni tesaṃ nāmāni, te kira dibbena cakkhunā  oloketvā parūpaghātaṃ akatvā kassapasammāsambuddhassa bhagavato  pāvacanena saha saṃsandetvā mante ganthesuṃ, aparāpare pana brāhmaṇā  pāṇātipātādīni pakkhipitvā tayo vede bhinditvā buddhavacanena saddhiṃ  viruddhe akaṃsu. <br/><br/>[03] 428^b^.^eb^ ^b^andhaveṇī^eb^ti andhapaveṇī. ekena hi  cakkhumatā gahitayaṭṭhiyā koṭiṃ eko andho gaṇhāti, taṃ andhaṃ añño,  taṃ aññoti evaṃ paṇṇāsa saṭṭhi andhā paṭipāṭiyā ghaṭitā  andhaveṇīti vuccati. ^b^paramparāsaṃsattā^eb^ti aññamaññaṃ laggā,  yaṭṭhiggāhakenapi cakkhumatā virahitāti attho. eko kira dhutto  andhagaṇaṃ disvā ``asukasmiṃ nāma gāme khajjabhojjaṃ sulabha''nti  ussāhetvā tehi ``tattha no sāmi nehi, idaṃ nāma te demā''ti vutte  lañjaṃ gahetvā antarāmagge maggā okkamma mahantaṃ gacchaṃ anuparigantvā  purimassa hatthena pacchimassa kacchaṃ gaṇhāpetvā ``kiñci kammaṃ  atthi, gacchatha tāva tumhe''ti vatvā palāyi. te divasampi gantvā  maggaṃ avindamānā ``kahaṃ, bho, cakkhumā kahaṃ maggo''ti paridevitvā  maggaṃ avindamānā tattheva mariṃsu. te sandhāya vuttaṃ  ``paramparāsaṃsattā''ti. ^b^purimopī^eb^ti purimesu dasasu brāhmaṇesu  ekopi. ^b^majjhimopī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0426^ea^ majjhe  ācariyapācariyesu ekopi. ^b^pacchimopī^eb^ti idāni brāhmaṇesu  ekopi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pañca^eb^ ^a^V3.0299^ea^ ^a^M3.0291^ea^ ^b^kho^eb^ti pāḷiāgatesu dvīsu aññepi evarūpe tayo  pakkhipitvā vadati. ^b^dvedhāvipākā^eb^ti bhūtavipākā vā  abhūtavipākā vā. ^b^nālametthā^eb^ti, bhāradvāja, saccaṃ  anurakkhissāmīti paṭipannena viññunā ``yaṃ mayā gahitaṃ, idameva  saccaṃ moghamañña''nti ettha ekaṃseneva niṭṭhaṃ gantuṃ nālaṃ na yuttanti  upari pucchāya maggaṃ vivaritvā ṭhapesi. <br/><br/>[03] 430^b^.^eb^ ^b^idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhū^eb^ti jīvakasutte  (ma0 ni0 2.51 ādayo) viya mahāvacchasutte (ma0 ni0 2.193  ādayo) viya ca attānaññeva sandhāya vadati. ^b^lobhanīyesu  dhammesū^eb^ti lobhadhammesu. sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 432^b^.^eb^ ^b^saddhaṃ nivesetī^eb^ti okappaniyasaddhaṃ  niveseti. ^b^upasaṅkamatī^eb^ti upagacchati. ^b^payirupāsatī^eb^ti  santike nisīdati. ^b^sota^eb^nti pasādasotaṃ odahati.  ^b^dhamma^eb^nti desanādhammaṃ suṇāti. ^b^dhāretī^eb^ti paguṇaṃ katvā  dhāreti. ^b^upaparikkhatī^eb^ti atthato ca kāraṇato ca vīmaṃsati.  ^b^nijjhānaṃ khamantī^eb^ti olokanaṃ khamanti, idha sīlaṃ kathitaṃ,  idha samādhīti evaṃ upaṭṭhahantīti attho. ^b^chando^eb^ti kattukamyatā  chando. ^b^ussahatī^eb^ti vāyamati. ^b^tuletī^eb^ti  aniccādivasena tīreti. ^b^padahatī^eb^ti maggapadhānaṃ padahati.  ^b^kāyena ceva paramasacca^eb^nti sahajātanāmakāyena ca ^a^P3.0427^ea^  nibbānaṃ sacchikaroti, paññāya ca kilese nibbijjhitvā  tadeva vibhūtaṃ pākaṭaṃ karonto passati. <br/><br/>[03] 433^b^.^eb^ ^b^saccānubodho^eb^ti maggānubodho.  ^b^saccānuppattī^eb^ti phalasacchikiriyā. ^b^tesaṃyevā^eb^ti heṭṭhā  vuttānaṃ dvādasannaṃ, evaṃ dīghaṃ maggavādaṃ anulometi, tasmā nāyamattho.  ayaṃ panettha attho -- ^b^tesaṃyevā^eb^ti tesaṃ maggasampayuttadhammānaṃ.  ^b^padhāna^eb^nti maggapadhānaṃ. tañhi phalasacchikiriyasaṅkhātāya  saccānuppattiyā bahukāraṃ, magge asati phalābhāvatoti. iminā  nayena sabbapadesu attho veditabbo. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 46
title: assalāyanasuttavaṇṇanā^ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanā^caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanā^esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 437^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0300^ea^ ^a^M3.0292^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti esukārīsuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^bilaṃ olaggeyyu^eb^nti koṭṭhāsaṃ laggāpeyyuṃ, iminā satthadhammaṃ nāma  dasseti. satthavāho kira mahākantārapaṭipanno antarāmagge goṇe mate  maṃsaṃ gahetvā sabbesaṃ satthikānaṃ ``idaṃ khāditvā ettakaṃ mūlaṃ  dātabba''nti koṭṭhāsaṃ olaggeti, goṇamaṃsaṃ nāma khādantāpi atthi  akhādantāpi, mūlaṃ dātuṃ sakkontāpi asakkontāpi. satthavāho yena  mūlena goṇo gahito, tassa nikkhamanatthaṃ ^a^P3.0428^ea^ sabbesaṃ  balakkārena koṭṭhāsaṃ datvā mūlaṃ gaṇhāti, ayaṃ satthadhammo. evamevaṃ  brāhmaṇāpi lokassa paṭiññaṃ aggahetvā attanova dhammatāya catasso  pāricariyā paññapentīti dassetuṃ ^b^evameva kho^eb^tiādimāha.  ^b^pāpiyo assā^eb^ti pāpaṃ assa. ^b^seyyo assā^eb^ti hitaṃ  assa. atha vā ^b^pāpiyo^eb^ti pāpako lāmako attabhāvo assa.  ^b^seyyo^eb^ti seṭṭho uttamo. ^b^seyyaṃso^eb^ti seyyo.  ^b^uccākulīnatā^eb^ti uccākulīnattena seyyo. ^b^pāpiyaṃso^eb^ti  pāpiyo. uccākulīnatā ca dvīsu kulesu vaḍḍheti khattiyakule  brāhmaṇakule ca, uḷāravaṇṇatā tīsu. vessopi hi uḷāravaṇṇo hoti.  uḷārabhogatā catūsupi. suddopi hi antamaso caṇḍālopi  uḷārabhogo hotiyeva. <br/><br/>[03] 440^b^.^eb^ ^b^bhikkhācariya^eb^nti koṭidhanenapi hi  brāhmaṇena bhikkhā caritabbāva, porāṇakabrāhmaṇā asītikoṭidhanāpi  ekavelaṃ bhikkhaṃ caranti. kasmā? duggatakāle carantānaṃ idāni  bhikkhaṃ carituṃ āraddhāti garahā na bhavissatīti.  ^b^atimaññamāno^eb^ti yo bhikkhācariyavaṃsaṃ haritvā  sattajīvakasikammavaṇijjādīhi jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ atimaññati  nāma. ^b^gopo vā^eb^ti yathā gopako attanā rakkhitabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ  thenento akiccakārī hoti, evanti attho. iminā nayena  sabbavāresu attho veditabbo. ^b^asitabyābhaṅgi^eb^nti ^a^P3.0429^ea^  tiṇalāyanāsitañceva kājañca. ^b^anussarato^eb^ti  yattha jāto, tasmiṃ porāṇe mātāpettike kulavaṃse anussariyamāneti  attho. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 47
title: ghoṭamukhasuttavaṇṇanā^caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanā^esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā^dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 445^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0301^ea^ ^a^M3.0293^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti dhanañjānisuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^dakkhiṇāgirismi^eb^nti ^b^girī^eb^ti pabbato, rājagahaṃ  parikkhipitvā ṭhitapabbatassa dakkhiṇadisābhāge janapadassetaṃ nāmaṃ.  ^b^taṇḍulapālidvārāyā^eb^ti rājagahassa kira dvattiṃsamahādvārāni  catusaṭṭhikhuddakadvārāni, tesu ekaṃ taṇḍulapālidvāraṃ nāma, taṃ  sandhāyevamāha. ^b^rājānaṃ nissāyā^eb^ti ``gaccha manusse  apīḷetvā sassabhāgaṃ gaṇhāhī''ti raññā pesito gantvā sabbameva  sassaṃ gaṇhāti, ``mā no, bhante, nāsehī''ti ca vutte --  ``rājakule vuttaṃ mandaṃ, ahaṃ raññā āgamanakāleyeva evaṃ āṇatto, mā  kanditthā''ti evaṃ rājānaṃ nissāya brāhmaṇagahapatike vilumpati.  dhaññaṃ yebhuyyena attano gharaṃ pavesetvā appakaṃ rājakule paveseti. kiṃ  brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ na pīḷaṃ akāsīti ca vutto -- ``āma,  mahārāja, imasmiṃ vāre khettāni ^a^P3.0430^ea^ mandasassāni  ahesuṃ, tasmā apīḷentassa me gaṇhato na bahuṃ jāta''nti evaṃ  brāhmaṇagahapatike nissāya rājānaṃ vilumpati. <br/><br/>[03] 446^b^.^eb^ ^b^payo pīyata^eb^nti taruṇakhīraṃ pivatu.  ^b^tāva bhattassā^eb^ti yāva khīraṃ pivitvā nisīdissatha, tāvadeva  bhattassa kālo bhavissati. idheva hi no pātarāsabhattaṃ  āharissantīti dasseti. ^b^mātāpitaro^eb^tiādīsu mahallakā  mātāpitaro mudukāni attharaṇapāvuraṇāni sukhumāni vatthāni  madhurabhojanaṃ sugandhagandhamālādīni ca pariyesitvā posetabbā.  puttadhītānaṃ nāmakaraṇamaṅgalādīni sabbakiccāni karontena puttadāro  posetabbo. evañhi akariyamāne garahā uppajjatīti iminā nayena  attho veditabbo. <br/><br/>[03] 447^b^.^eb^ ^b^adhammacārī^eb^ti pañca dussīlyakammāni  vā dasa dussīlyakammāni vā idha adhammo nāma.  ^b^upakaḍḍheyyu^eb^nti pañcavidhabandhanādikammakaraṇatthaṃ taṃ taṃ nirayaṃ  kaḍḍheyyuṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 448^b^.^eb^ ^b^dhammacārī^eb^ti  ^a^V3.0302^ea^ dhammikasivavijjādikammakārī. ^b^paṭikkamantī^eb^ti osaranti  parihāyanti. ^b^abhikkamantī^eb^ti abhisaranti vaḍḍhanti.  ^b^seyyo^eb^ti varataraṃ. ^b^hīne^eb^ti nihīne lāmake.  ^b^kālaṅkato ca sāriputtā^eb^ti idaṃ ^a^M3.0294^ea^ bhagavā ``tatrassa gantvā  desehī''ti adhippāyena theramāha. theropi ^a^P3.0431^ea^  taṃkhaṇaṃyeva gantvā mahābrahmuno dhammaṃ desesi, tato paṭṭhāya cātuppadikaṃ  gāthaṃ kathentopi catusaccavimuttaṃ nāma na kathesīti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 48
title: caṅkīsuttavaṇṇanā^esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā^dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanā^vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 454^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0303^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti vāseṭṭhasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe^eb^ti icchānaṅgalagāmassa avidūre vanasaṇḍe.  ^b^caṅkī^eb^ti ādayo pañcapi janā rañño pasenadissa kosalassa  purohitā eva. ^b^aññe ca abhiññātā^eb^ti aññe ca bahū  abhiññātā brāhmaṇā. te kira chaṭṭhe chaṭṭhe māse dvīsu ṭhānesu  sannipatanti. yadā jātiṃ sodhetukāmā honti, tadā  pokkharasātissa santike jātisodhanatthaṃ ukkaṭṭhāya sannipatanti.  yadā mante sodhetukāmā honti, tadā icchānaṅgale sannipatanti.  imasmiṃ kāle mantasodhanatthaṃ sannipatiṃsu. ^b^ayamantarā kathā^eb^ti  yaṃ attano sahāyakabhāvānurūpaṃ kathaṃ kathentā anuvicariṃsu, tassā  kathāya antarā ayamaññā kathā udapādi. ^b^sīlavā^eb^ti guṇavā.  ^b^vattasampanno^eb^ti ācārasampanno. <br/><br/>[03] 455^b^.^eb^ ^b^anuññātapaṭiññātā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0432^ea^  sikkhitā tumheti evaṃ ācariyehi anuññātā, āma ācariya  sikkhitamhāti evaṃ sayañca paṭiññātā. ^b^asmā^eb^ti bhavāma.  ^b^ahaṃ pokkharasātissa, tārukkhassāyaṃ māṇavo^eb^ti ahaṃ  pokkharasātissa jeṭṭhantevāsī aggasisso, ayaṃ tārukkhassāti  dīpeti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tevijjāna^eb^nti tivedānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ. ^b^yadakkhāta^eb^nti  yaṃ atthato ca byañjanato ca ekaṃ padampi akkhātaṃ. ^b^tatra  kevalinosmase^eb^ti taṃ sakalaṃ jānanato tattha niṭṭhāgatamhāti attho.  idāni taṃ kevalibhāvaṃ āvikaronto ^b^padakasmā^eb^tiādimāha.  tattha ^b^jappe ācariyasādisā^eb^ti kathanaṭṭhāne mayaṃ  ācariyasadisāyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kammunā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0295^ea^ dasakusalakammapathakammunā. ayañhi pubbe  sattavidhaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ sandhāya ``yato kho, bho, sīlavā  hotī''ti āha, tividhaṃ manokammaṃ sandhāya ``vattasampanno''ti.  tena samannāgato hi ācārasampanno hoti. ^b^cakkhumā^eb^ti pañcahi  cakkhūhi cakkhumantabhāvena bhagavantaṃ ālapati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^khayātīta^eb^nti ^a^V3.0304^ea^ ūnabhāvaṃ atītaṃ, paripuṇṇanti attho.  ^b^peccā^eb^ti upagantvā. ^b^namassantī^eb^ti namo karonti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cakkhuṃ loke samuppanna^eb^nti avijjandhakāre loke taṃ  andhakāraṃ vidhamitvā lokassa diṭṭhadhammikādiatthadassanena cakkhu  hutvā samuppannaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 456^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^P3.0433^ea^ vāseṭṭhena thometvā  yācito bhagavā dvepi jane saṅgaṇhanto ^b^tesaṃ vo ahaṃ  byakkhissa^eb^ntiādimāha. tattha ^b^byakkhissa^eb^nti  byākarissāmi. ^b^anupubba^eb^nti tiṭṭhatu tāva brāhmaṇacintā,  tiṇarukkhakīṭapaṭaṅgato paṭṭhāya anupaṭipāṭiyā ācikkhissāmīti  attho. ^b^jātivibhaṅga^eb^nti jātivitthāraṃ. ^b^aññamaññā hi  jātiyo^eb^ti tesaṃ tesañhi pāṇānaṃ jātiyo aññamaññā nānappakārāti  attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tiṇarukkhe^eb^ti anupādinnakajātiṃ katvā pacchā  upādinnakajātiṃ kathessāmi, evaṃ tassa jātibhedo pākaṭo  bhavissatīti imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. mahāsīvatthero pana ``kiṃ, bhante,  anupādinnakaṃ bījanānatāya nānaṃ, upādinnaṃ kammanānatāyāti? evaṃ  vattuṃ na vaṭṭatī''ti pucchito āma na vaṭṭati. kammañhi yoniyaṃ  khipati. yonisiddhā ime sattā nānāvaṇṇā hontīti.  ^b^tiṇarukkhe^eb^ti ettha antopheggū bahisārā antamaso  tālanāḷikerādayopi tiṇāneva, antosārā pana bahipheggū sabbe  rukkhā nāma. ^b^na cāpi paṭijānare^eb^ti mayaṃ tiṇā mayaṃ  rukkhāti vā, ahaṃ tiṇaṃ, ahaṃ rukkhoti vā evaṃ na jānanti.  ^b^liṅgaṃ jātimaya^eb^nti ajānantānampi ca tesaṃ jātimayameva  saṇṭhānaṃ attano mūlabhūtatiṇādisadisameva hoti. kiṃ kāraṇā?  ^b^aññamaññā hi jātiyo^eb^. yasmā aññā tiṇajāti, aññā  rukkhajāti. tiṇesupi aññā tālajāti, aññā nāḷikerajāti,  evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. iminā idaṃ dasseti -- yaṃ jātivasena nānā  ^a^M3.0296^ea^ hoti, taṃ attano paṭiññaṃ paresaṃ vā upadesaṃ vināpi aññajātito  visesena gayhati. yadi ca jātiyā brāhmaṇo ^a^P3.0434^ea^  bhaveyya, sopi attano paṭiññaṃ paresaṃ vā upadesaṃ vinā khattiyato  vessato suddato vā visesena gayheyya, na ca gayhati. tasmā na  jātiyā brāhmaṇoti. parato pana ``yathā etāsu jātīsū''ti  gāthāya etamatthaṃ vacībhedeneva āvikarissati.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^V3.0305^ea^ anupādinnakesu jātiṃ dassetvā upādinnakesu dassento  ^b^tato kīṭe^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^yāva kunthakipillike^eb^ti  kunthakipillikaṃ pariyantaṃ katvāti attho. ettha ca ye uppatitvā  gacchanti, te paṭaṅgā nāma. ^b^aññamaññā hi jātiyo^eb^ti tesampi  nīlarattādivaṇṇavasena jātiyo nānappakārāva honti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^khuddake^eb^ti kāḷakādayo. ^b^mahallake^eb^ti  sasabiḷārādayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pādūdare^eb^ti udarapāde, udaraṃyeva nesaṃ pādāti vuttaṃ hoti.  ^b^dīghapiṭṭhike^eb^ti sappānañhi sīsato yāva naṅguṭṭhā piṭṭhiyeva hoti,  tena te ``dīghapiṭṭhikā''ti vuccanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^udake^eb^ti odake, udakamhi jāte.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pakkhī^eb^ti sakuṇe. te hi pattehi yantīti  ^b^pattayānā,^eb^ vehāsaṃ gacchantīti ^b^vihaṅgamā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ thalajalākāsagocarānaṃ pāṇānaṃ jātibhedaṃ dassetvā idāni  yenādhippāyena taṃ dasseti, taṃ āvikaronto yathā etāsūti gāthamāha.  tassattho saṅkhepena vuttova. vitthārato panettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ  ^a^P3.0435^ea^ sayameva dassento ^b^na kesehī^eb^tiādimāha.  tatrāyaṃ yojanā -- yaṃ vuttaṃ ``natthi manussesu liṅgajātimayaṃ  puthū''ti, taṃ evaṃ natthīti veditabbaṃ. seyyathidaṃ? ^b^na  kesehī^eb^ti. na hi -- ``brāhmaṇānaṃ edisā kesā honti,  khattiyānaṃ edisā''ti niyamo atthi yathā hatthiassamigādīnanti  iminā nayena sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ neva, yathā aññāsu jātisū^eb^ti idaṃ pana  vuttassevatthassa nigamananti veditabbaṃ. tassāyaṃ yojanā -- evaṃ  yasmā imehi ^a^M3.0297^ea^ kesādīhi natthi manussesu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ puthu, tasmā  veditabbametaṃ ``brāhmaṇādibhedesu manussesu liṅgaṃ jātimayaṃ neva, yathā  aññāsu jātisū''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 457^b^.^eb^ idāni evaṃ jātibhede asatipi ``brāhmaṇo  khattiyo''ti idaṃ nānattaṃ yathā jātaṃ ^a^V3.0306^ea^, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^paccatta^eb^nti  gāthamāha. tattha ^b^vokāra^eb^nti nānattaṃ. ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho  -- yathā hi tiracchānānaṃ yonisiddhameva kesādisaṇṭhānena nānattaṃ,  tathā brāhmaṇādīnaṃ attano attano sarīre taṃ natthi. evaṃ santepi  yadetaṃ ``brāhmaṇo khattiyo''ti vokāraṃ, taṃ vokārañca manussesu  samaññāya pavuccati, vohāramatteneva pavuccatīti.<br/><br/>[03] ettāvatā bhagavā bhāradvājassa vādaṃ niggaṇhitvā idāni yadi  jātiyā brāhmaṇo bhaveyya, ājīvasīlācāravipannopi brāhmaṇo bhaveyya.  yasmā pana porāṇā brāhmaṇā tassa brāhmaṇabhāvaṃ na icchanti, loke  ca aññepi paṇḍitamanussā, tasmā vāseṭṭhassa vādaṃ paggaṇhanto ^b^yo  hi koci manussesū^eb^ti aṭṭha gāthā āha. tattha ^b^gorakkha^eb^nti  khettarakkhaṃ, kasikammanti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^go^eb^ti hi pathaviyā  nāmaṃ, tasmā evamāha. ^b^puthusippenā^eb^ti  tantavāyakammādinānāsippena. ^b^vohāra^eb^nti vaṇijjaṃ.  ^b^parapessenā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0436^ea^ paresaṃ veyyāvaccakammena.  ^b^issattha^eb^nti āvudhajīvikaṃ, usuñca sattiṃ cāti vuttaṃ hoti.  ^b^porohiccenā^eb^ti purohitakammena.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ brāhmaṇasamayena ca lokavohārena ca  ājīvasīlācāravipannassa abrāhmaṇabhāvaṃ sādhetvā evaṃ sante na  jātiyā brāhmaṇo, guṇehi pana brāhmaṇo hoti. tasmā yattha katthaci  kule jāto yo guṇavā, so brāhmaṇo, ayamettha ñāyoti evametaṃ ñāyaṃ  atthato āpādetvā idāni naṃ vacībhedena pakāsento ^b^na cāhaṃ  brāhmaṇa^eb^ntiādimāha. tassattho -- ahañhi yvāyaṃ catunnaṃ yonīnaṃ  yattha katthaci jāto, tatrāpi visesena yo brāhmaṇassa saṃvaṇṇitāya  mātari sambhūto, taṃ ^b^yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ,^eb^ yā cāyaṃ ubhato  sujātotiādinā nayena brāhmaṇehi brāhmaṇassa  parisuddhauppattimaggasaṅkhātā yoni vuttā, saṃsuddhagahaṇikoti iminā  ^a^M3.0298^ea^ ca mātisampatti, tatopi jātasambhūtattā yonijo mattisambhavoti  vuccati, taṃ ^b^yonijaṃ mattisambhavaṃ^eb^ iminā ca  yonijamattisambhavamattena na brāhmaṇaṃ brūmi. kasmā? yasmā, bho  bhoti, vacanamattena aññehi sakiñcanehi visiṭṭhattā ^b^bhovādi nāma  so hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano^eb^ sapalibodho. yo panāyaṃ yattha  katthaci jātopi rāgādikiñcanābhāvena akiñcano,  sabbagahaṇapaṭinissaggena anādāno, ^b^akiñcanaṃ anādānaṃ, tamahaṃ  brūmi^eb^ ^a^P3.0437^ea^ ^b^brāhmaṇaṃ.^eb^ kasmā? yasmā  bāhitapāpoti. <br/><br/>[03] 458^b^.^eb^ kiñcabhiyyo ^a^V3.0307^ea^ sabbasaṃyojanaṃ chetvātiādi  sattavīsati gāthā. tattha ^b^sabbasaṃyojana^eb^nti dasavidhasaṃyojanaṃ.  ^b^na paritassatī^eb^ti taṇhāparitassanāya na paritassati.  ^b^saṅgātiga^eb^nti rāgasaṅgādayo atikkantaṃ. ^b^visaṃyutta^eb^nti  catūhi yonīhi sabbakilesehi vā visaṃyuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^naddhi^eb^nti upanāhaṃ. ^b^varatta^eb^nti taṇhaṃ.  ^b^sandāna^eb^nti yuttapāsaṃ, diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.  ^b^sahanukkama^eb^nti anukkamo vuccati pāse pavesanagaṇṭhi,  diṭṭhānusayassetaṃ nāmaṃ. ^b^ukkhittapaligha^eb^nti ettha palighoti  avijjā. ^b^buddha^eb^nti catusaccabuddhaṃ. ^b^titikkhatī^eb^ti khamati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^khantibala^eb^nti adhivāsanakhantibalaṃ. sā pana sakiṃ  uppannā balānīkaṃ nāma na hoti, punappunaṃ uppannā pana hoti.  tassā atthitāya ^b^balānīkaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vatavanta^eb^nti dhutaṅgavantaṃ. ^b^sīlavanta^eb^nti guṇavantaṃ.  ^b^anussada^eb^nti rāgādiussadavirahitaṃ. ``anussuta''ntipi  pāṭho, anavassutanti attho. ^b^danta^eb^nti nibbisevanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^na limpatī^eb^ti na allīyati. ^b^kāmesū^eb^ti  kilesakāmavatthukāmesu.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dukkhassa^eb^ ^a^P3.0438^ea^ ^b^pajānāti, idheva  khaya^eb^nti ettha arahattaphalaṃ dukkhakkhayoti adhippetaṃ.^b^  pajānātī^eb^ti adhigamavasena jānāti.^b^ pannabhāra^eb^nti  ohitabhāraṃ, khandhakilesābhisaṅkhārakāmaguṇabhāre otāretvā ṭhitaṃ.  visaṃyuttapadaṃ vuttatthameva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^gambhīrapañña^eb^nti gambhīresu ārammaṇesu pavattapaññaṃ.  ^b^medhāvi^eb^nti pakatipaññāya paññavantaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^anāgārehi^eb^ ^a^M3.0299^ea^ ^b^cūbhaya^eb^nti anāgārehi ca visaṃsaṭṭhaṃ ubhayañca,  dvīhipi cetehi visaṃsaṭṭhamevāti attho. ^b^anokasāri^eb^nti okaṃ  vuccati pañcakāmaguṇālayo, taṃ anallīyamānanti attho.  ^b^appiccha^eb^nti anicchaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tasesū^eb^ti ^a^V3.0308^ea^ sataṇhesu. ^b^thāvaresū^eb^ti nittaṇhesu.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^attadaṇḍesū^eb^ti gahitadaṇḍesu. ^b^nibbuta^eb^nti  kilesanibbānena nibbutaṃ. ^b^sādānesū^eb^ti saupādānesu.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ohito^eb^ti patito. <br/><br/>[03] 459^b^.^eb^ ^b^akakkasa^eb^nti niddosaṃ. sadoso hi  rukkhopi sakakkasoti vuccati. ^b^viññāpani^eb^nti  atthaviññāpanikaṃ. ^b^sacca^eb^nti avisaṃvādikaṃ. ^b^udīraye^eb^ti  bhaṇati. ^b^yāya^eb^ ^a^P3.0439^ea^ ^b^nābhisajje^eb^ti yāya  girāya parassa sajjanaṃ vā lagganaṃ vā na karoti, tādisaṃ apharusaṃ  giraṃ bhāsatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dīgha^eb^nti suttāruḷhabhaṇḍaṃ. ^b^rassa^eb^nti  vippakiṇṇabhaṇḍaṃ. ^b^aṇu^eb^nti khuddakaṃ. ^b^thūla^eb^nti mahantaṃ.  ^b^subhāsubha^eb^nti sundarāsundaraṃ. dīghabhaṇḍañhi appagghampi hoti  mahagghampi. rassādīsupi eseva nayo. iti ettāvatā na sabbaṃ  pariyādiṇṇaṃ, ``subhāsubha''nti iminā pana pariyādiṇṇaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nirāsaya^eb^nti nittaṇhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ālayā^eb^ti taṇhālayā. ^b^aññāyā^eb^ti jānitvā.  ^b^amatogadha^eb^nti amatabbhantaraṃ. ^b^anuppatta^eb^nti anupaviṭṭhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ubho saṅga^eb^nti ubhayampetaṃ saṅgaṃ. puññañhi sagge  laggāpeti, apuññaṃ apāye, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ saṅganti āha.  ^b^upaccagā^eb^ti atīto.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^anāvila^eb^nti āvilakaraṇakilesavirahitaṃ.  ^b^nandībhavaparikkhīṇa^eb^nti parikkhīṇanandiṃ parikkhīṇabhavaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ``yo ^a^V3.0309^ea^ ima''nti gāthāya avijjāyeva visaṃvādakaṭṭhena  ^b^palipatho,^eb^ mahāviduggatāya ^b^duggaṃ,^eb^ saṃsaraṇaṭṭhena  ^b^saṃsāro,^eb^ mohanaṭṭhena ^b^moho^eb^ti vutto. ^b^tiṇṇo^eb^ti  ^a^P3.0440^ea^ caturoghatiṇṇo. ^b^pāraṅgato^eb^ti nibbānaṃ  gato. ^b^jhāyī^eb^ti ārammaṇalakkhaṇūpanijjhānavasena jhāyī.  ^b^anejo^eb^ti nittaṇho. ^b^anupādāya^eb^ ^a^M3.0300^ea^ ^b^nibbuto^eb^ti kiñci  gahaṇaṃ aggahetvā sabbakilesanibbānena nibbuto.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kāme^eb^ti duvidhepi kāme. ^b^anāgāro^eb^ti anāgāro  hutvā. ^b^paribbaje^eb^ti paribbajati. ^b^kāmabhavaparikkhīṇa^eb^nti  khīṇakāmaṃ khīṇabhavaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^mānusakaṃ yoga^eb^nti mānusakaṃ pañcakāmaguṇayogaṃ.  ^b^dibbaṃ yoga^eb^nti dibbaṃ pañcakāmaguṇayogaṃ.  ^b^sabbayogavisaṃyutta^eb^nti sabbakilesayogavisaṃyuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^rati^eb^nti pañcakāmaguṇaratiṃ. ^b^arati^eb^nti  kusalabhāvanāya ukkaṇṭhitaṃ. ^b^vīra^eb^nti vīriyavantaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sugata^eb^nti sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gataṃ, sundarāya vā paṭipattiyā  gataṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^gati^eb^nti nibbattiṃ. ^b^pure^eb^ti atīte.  ^b^pacchā^eb^ti anāgate. ^b^majjhe^eb^ti paccuppanne.  ^b^kiñcana^eb^nti ^a^P3.0441^ea^ kiñcanakārako kileso.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^mahesi^eb^nti mahante guṇe pariyesanaṭṭhena mahesiṃ.  ^b^vijitāvina^eb^nti vijitavijayaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 460^b^.^eb^ evaṃ bhagavā guṇato khīṇāsavaṃyeva brāhmaṇaṃ  dassetvā ye jātito brāhmaṇoti abhinivesaṃ karonti, te idaṃ  ajānantā, sāva nesaṃ diṭṭhi duddiṭṭhīti dassento ^b^samaññā  hesā^eb^ti gāthādvayamāha. tassattho -- yadidaṃ brāhmaṇo khattiyo  bhāradvājo vāseṭṭhoti nāmagottaṃ pakappitaṃ kataṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ, samaññā  hesā lokasmiṃ, vohāramattanti attho. kasmā? yasmā ^b^samuccā  samudāgataṃ^eb^ samaññāya āgataṃ. etañhi tattha tattha jātakāleyevassa  ñātisālohitehi pakappitaṃ kataṃ. no ce naṃ evaṃ pakappeyyuṃ, na  koci kiñci disvā ayaṃ brāhmaṇoti vā bhāradvājoti ^a^V3.0310^ea^ vā jāneyya.  evaṃ pakappitaṃ petaṃ ^b^dīgharattānusayitaṃ, diṭṭhigatamajānataṃ,^eb^ taṃ  pakappitaṃ nāmagottaṃ ``nāmagottamattametaṃ, vohāratthaṃ pakappita''nti,  ajānantānaṃ sattānaṃ hadaye dīgharattaṃ diṭṭhigatamanusayitaṃ. tassa  anusayitattā taṃ nāmagottaṃ ^b^ajānantā no pabrunti,^eb^ ``jātiyā  hoti brāhmaṇo''ti ajānantāva evaṃ vadantīti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^M3.0301^ea^ ``ye `jātito brāhmaṇo'ti abhinivesaṃ karonti, te idaṃ  vohāramattaṃ ajānantā, sāva nesaṃ diṭṭhi duddiṭṭhī''ti dassetvā idāni  nippariyāyameva jātivādaṃ paṭikkhipanto kammavādañca patiṭṭhapento  ^b^na jaccā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ``kammunā''ti upaḍḍhagāthāya  vitthāraṇatthaṃ ^b^kassako kammunā^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^kammunā^eb^ti paccuppannena kasikammādinibbattakacetanākammunā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^paṭiccasamuppādadassā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0442^ea^ iminā  paccayena evaṃ hotīti evaṃ paṭiccasamuppādadassāvino.  ^b^kammavipākakovidā^eb^ti sammānāvamānārahakule kammavasena uppatti  hoti, aññāpi hīnapaṇītatā hīnapaṇīte kamme vipaccamāne hotīti.  evaṃ kammavipākakusalā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kammunā vattatī^eb^ti gāthāya pana lokoti vā pajāti vā  sattoti vā ekoyevattho, vacanamattabhedo. purimapadena cettha ``atthi  brahmā mahābrahmā seṭṭho sajitā''ti diṭṭhiyā paṭisedho veditabbo.  kammunā hi tāsu tāsu gatīsu vattati loko, tassa ko sajitāti.  dutiyapadena ``evaṃ kammunā nibbattopi ca pavattepi  atītapaccuppannabhedena kammunā vattati, sukhadukkhāni paccanubhonto  hīnapaṇītādibhedañca āpajjanto pavattatī''ti dasseti. tatiyena  tamevatthaṃ nigameti ``evaṃ sabbathāpi kammanibandhanā sattā kammeneva  baddhā hutvā pavattanti, na aññathā''ti. catutthena tametthaṃ upamāya  vibhāveti. yathā hi rathassa yāyato āṇi nibandhanaṃ hoti, na  tāya anibaddho yāti, evaṃ lokassa nibbattato ca pavattato ca kammaṃ  nibandhanaṃ, na tena anibaddho nibbattati na pavattati.<br/><br/>[03] idāni yasmā ^a^P3.0443^ea^ evaṃ kammanibandhano loko,  tasmā seṭṭhena kammunā seṭṭhabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^tapenā^eb^ti gāthādvayamāha.  tattha ^b^tapenā^eb^ti dhutaṅgatapena. ^b^brahmacariyenā^eb^ti  methunaviratiyā. ^b^saṃyamenā^eb^ti sīlena ^a^V3.0311^ea^. ^b^damenā^eb^ti  indriyadamena. ^b^etenā^eb^ti etena seṭṭhena parisuddhena brahmabhūtena  kammunā brāhmaṇo hoti. kasmā? yasmā ^b^etaṃ brāhmaṇamuttamaṃ,^eb^  yasmā etaṃ kammaṃ uttamo brāhmaṇaguṇoti vuttaṃ hoti.  ``brahmāna''ntipi pāṭho. ayaṃ panettha vacanattho -- brahmaṃ ānetīti  brahmānaṃ, brāhmaṇabhāvaṃ āvahatīti vuttaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] dutiyagāthāya ^a^M3.0302^ea^ ^b^santo^eb^ti santakileso. ^b^brahmā  sakko^eb^ti brahmā ca sakko ca, yo evarūpo, so na kevalaṃ brāhmaṇo,  atha kho brahmā ca sakko ca so vijānataṃ paṇḍitānaṃ, evaṃ vāseṭṭha,  jānāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 49
title: esukārīsuttavaṇṇanā^dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanā^vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^subhasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 462^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0312^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti subhasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^todeyyaputto^eb^ti tudigāmavāsino todeyyabrāhmaṇassa putto.  ^b^ārādhako hotī^eb^ti sampādako hoti paripūrako. ^b^ñāyaṃ  dhamma^eb^nti kāraṇadhammaṃ. ^b^kusala^eb^nti anavajjaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 463^b^.^eb^ ^b^micchāpaṭipatti^eb^nti ^a^P3.0444^ea^  aniyyānikaṃ akusalapaṭipadaṃ. ^b^sammāpaṭipatti^eb^nti niyyānikaṃ  kusalapaṭipadaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^mahaṭṭha^eb^ntiādīsu mahantehi veyyāvaccakarehi vā upakaraṇehi  vā bahūhi attho etthāti ^b^mahaṭṭhaṃ^eb^. mahantāni  nāmaggahaṇamaṅgalādīni kiccāni etthāti ^b^mahākiccaṃ^eb^. idaṃ  ajja kattabbaṃ, idaṃ sveti evaṃ mahantāni adhikārasaṅkhātāni  adhikaraṇāni etthāti ^b^mahādhikaraṇaṃ^eb^. bahūnaṃ kamme  yuttappayuttatāvasena pīḷāsaṅkhāto mahāsamārambho etthāti  ^b^mahāsamārambhaṃ. gharāvāsakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti gharāvāsakammaṃ. evaṃ  sabbavāresu attho veditabbo. kasikamme cettha naṅgalakoṭiṃ ādiṃ  katvā upakaraṇānaṃ pariyesanavasena mahaṭṭhatā, vaṇijjāya yathāṭhitaṃyeva  bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā parivattanavasena appaṭṭhatā veditabbā.  ^b^vipajjamāna^eb^nti avuṭṭhiativuṭṭhiādīhi kasikammaṃ,  maṇisuvaṇṇādīsu acchekatādīhi ca vaṇijjakammaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti,  mūlacchedampi pāpuṇāti. vipariyāyena sampajjamānaṃ mahapphalaṃ  cūḷantevāsikassa viya. <br/><br/>[03] 464^b^.^eb^ ^b^evameva kho^eb^ti yathā kasikammaṭṭhānaṃ  vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti, evaṃ gharāvāsakammaṭṭhānampi.  akatakalyāṇo hi kālaṃ katvā niraye ^a^M3.0303^ea^ nibbattati. mahādattasenāpati  nāma kireko brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi, tassa maraṇasamaye nirayo  upaṭṭhāsi. so brāhmaṇehi ``kiṃ passasī''ti vutto? lohitagharanti  āha. brahmaloko bho esoti. brahmaloko nāma bho kahanti?  uparīti. mayhaṃ heṭṭhā upaṭṭhātīti. kiñcāpi heṭṭhā upaṭṭhāti ^a^P3.0445^ea^,  tathāpi uparīti kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbatto.  ``iminā amhākaṃ yaññe doso dinno''ti sahassaṃ gahetvā ^a^V3.0313^ea^ nīharituṃ  adaṃsu. sampajjamānaṃ pana mahapphalaṃ hoti. katakalyāṇo hi kālaṃ  katvā sagge nibbattati. sakalāya guttilavimānakathāya dīpetabbaṃ.  yathā pana taṃ vaṇijjakammaṭṭhānaṃ vipajjamānaṃ appaphalaṃ hoti, evaṃ  sīlesu aparipūrakārino anesanāya yuttassa pabbajjākammaṭṭhānampi.  evarūpā hi neva jhānādisukhaṃ na saggamokkhaṃ labhati. sampajjamānaṃ  pana mahapphalaṃ hoti. sīlāni hi pūretvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento  arahattampi pāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^brāhmaṇā, bho gotamo^eb^ti idha kiṃ pucchāmīti pucchati?  brāhmaṇā vadanti -- ``pabbajito ime pañca dhamme pūretuṃ samattho  nāma natthi, gahaṭṭhova pūretī''ti. samaṇo pana gotamo --  ``gihissa vā ahaṃ māṇava pabbajitassa vā''ti punappunaṃ vadati, neva  pabbajitaṃ muñcati, mayhameva pucchaṃ maññe na sallakkhetīti cāgasīsena  pañca dhamme pucchāmīti pucchati. ^b^sace te agarū^eb^ti sace tuyhaṃ  yathā brāhmaṇā paññapenti, tathā idha bhāsituṃ bhāriyaṃ na hoti, yadi  na koci aphāsukabhāvo hoti, bhāsassūti attho. ^b^na kho me,  bho^eb^ti kiṃ sandhāyāha? paṇḍitapaṭirūpakānañhi santike kathetuṃ  dukkhaṃ hoti, te pade pade akkhare akkhare dosameva vadanti.  ekantapaṇḍitā pana kathaṃ sutvā sukathitaṃ pasaṃsanti, dukkathite  pāḷipadātthabyañjanesu ^a^P3.0446^ea^ yaṃ yaṃ virujjhati, taṃ taṃ  ujuṃ katvā denti. bhagavatā ca sadiso ekantapaṇḍito nāma natthi,  tenāha ``na kho me, bho gotama, garu, yatthassu bhavanto vā  nisinno bhavantarūpo vā''ti. ^b^sacca^eb^nti vacīsaccaṃ.  ^b^tapa^eb^nti tapacariyaṃ. ^b^brahmacariya^eb^nti methunaviratiṃ.  ^b^ajjhena^eb^nti mantagahaṇaṃ. ^b^cāga^eb^nti āmisapariccāgaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 466^b^.^eb^ ^b^pāpito bhavissatī^eb^ti. ajānanabhāvaṃ  pāpito bhavissati. ^b^etadavocā^eb^ti bhagavatā andhaveṇūpamāya  niggahito taṃ paccāharituṃ asakkonto yathā nāma dubbalasunakho migaṃ  uṭṭhapetvā sāmikassa abhimukhaṃ ^a^M3.0304^ea^ katvā sayaṃ apasakkati, evamevaṃ  ācariyaṃ apadisanto evaṃ ``brāhmaṇo''tiādivacanaṃ avoca. tattha  ^b^pokkharasātī^eb^ti idaṃ tassa nāmaṃ, ``pokkharasāyī''tipi  vuccati. tassa kira kāyo setapokkharasadiso devanagare  ussāpitarajatatoraṇaṃ viya sobhati, sīsaṃ panassa  kāḷavaṇṇaindanīlamayaṃ viya, massupi candamaṇḍale kāḷamegharāji viya  khāyati, akkhīni nīluppalasadisāni, nāsā rajatapanāḷikā viya  suvaṭṭitā suparisuddhā, hatthapādatalāni ceva mukhañca  katalākhārasaparikammaṃ ^a^V3.0314^ea^ viya sobhati. ativiya sobhaggappatto  brāhmaṇassa attabhāvo. arājake ṭhāne rājānaṃ kātuṃ yuttamimaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ,  evamesa sassiriko, iti naṃ pokkharasadisattā ``pokkharasātī''ti  ^a^P3.0447^ea^ sañjānanti, pokkhare pana so nibbatto, na  mātukucchiyanti iti naṃ pokkhare sayitattā ``pokkharasāyī''tipi  sañjānanti. ^b^opamañño^eb^ti upamaññagotto.  ^b^subhagavaniko^eb^ti ukkaṭṭhāya subhagavanassa issaro.  ^b^hassakaṃyevā^eb^ti hasitabbakaññeva. ^b^nāmakaṃyevā^eb^ti lāmakaṃyeva.  tadeva taṃ atthābhāvena ^b^rittakaṃ^eb^. rittakattā ca ^b^tucchakaṃ^eb^.  idāni naṃ bhagavā sācariyakaṃ niggaṇhituṃ ^b^kiṃ pana  māṇavā^eb^tiādimāha. <br/><br/>[03] 467^b^.^eb^ tattha ^b^katamā nesaṃ seyyo^eb^ti katamā vācā  tesaṃ seyyo, pāsaṃsataroti attho. ^b^sammuccā^eb^ti sammutiyā  lokavohārena. ^b^mantā^eb^ti tulayitvā pariggaṇhitvā.  ^b^paṭisaṅkhāyā^eb^ti jānitvā. ^b^atthasaṃhita^eb^nti  kāraṇanissitaṃ. ^b^evaṃ sante^eb^ti lokavohāraṃ amuñcitvā  tulayitvā jānitvā kāraṇanissitaṃ katvā kathitāya seyyabhāve sati.  ^b^āvuto^eb^ti āvarito. ^b^nivuto^eb^ti nivārito.  ^b^ophuṭo^eb^ti onaddho. ^b^pariyonaddho^eb^ti paliveṭhito. <br/><br/>[03] 468^b^.^eb^ ^b^gadhito^eb^tiādīni vuttatthāneva. ^b^sace  taṃ, bho gotama, ṭhāna^eb^nti sace etaṃ kāraṇamatthi. ^b^svāssā^eb^ti  ^a^P3.0448^ea^ dhūmachārikādīnaṃ abhāvena so assa aggi  accimā ca vaṇṇimā ca pabhassaro cāti. ^b^tathūpamāhaṃ māṇavā^eb^ti  tappaṭibhāgaṃ ahaṃ. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- yatheva hi tiṇakaṭṭhupādānaṃ  paṭicca jalamāno aggi dhūmachārikaṅgārānaṃ atthitāya sadoso hoti  ^a^M3.0305^ea^,  evamevaṃ pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppannā pīti  jātijarābyādhimaraṇasokādīnaṃ atthitāya sadosā. yathā pana  pariccattatiṇakaṭṭhupādāno dhūmādīnaṃ abhāvena parisuddho, evamevaṃ  lokuttarajjhānadvayasampayuttā pīti jātiādīnaṃ abhāvena parisuddhāti  attho. <br/><br/>[03] 469^b^.^eb^ idāni ye te brāhmaṇehi cāgasīsena pañca  dhammā paññattā, tepi yasmā pañceva hutvā na niccalā tiṭṭhanti,  anukampājātikena saddhiṃ cha āpajjanti. tasmā taṃ dosaṃ dassetuṃ  ^b^ye te māṇavā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^anukampājātika^eb^nti  anukampāsabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kattha bahulaṃ samanupassasī^eb^ti idaṃ bhagavā yasmā --  ``esa ime pañca dhamme pabbajito paripūretuṃ ^a^V3.0315^ea^ samattho nāma natthi,  gahaṭṭho paripūretī''ti āha, tasmā -- ``pabbajitova ime pūreti,  gahaṭṭho pūretuṃ samattho nāma natthī''ti teneva mukhena bhaṇāpetuṃ pucchati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^na satataṃ samitaṃ saccavādī^eb^tiādīsu gahaṭṭho aññasmiṃ  asati vaḷañjanakamusāvādampi karotiyeva, pabbajitā asinā sīse  chijjantepi dve kathā na kathenti. gahaṭṭho ca antotemāsamattampi  sikkhāpadaṃ rakkhituṃ na sakkoti, pabbajito niccameva tapassī  sīlavā tapanissitako hoti. gahaṭṭho māsassa aṭṭhadivasamattampi  uposathakammaṃ ^a^P3.0449^ea^ kātuṃ na sakkoti, pabbajitā  yāvajīvaṃ brahmacārino honti. gahaṭṭho ratanasuttamaṅgalasuttamattampi  potthake likhitvā ṭhapeti, pabbajitā niccaṃ sajjhāyanti. gahaṭṭho  salākabhattampi akhaṇḍaṃ katvā dātuṃ na sakkoti, pabbajitā aññasmiṃ  asati kākasunakhādīnampi piṇḍaṃ denti, bhaṇḍaggāhakadaharassapi patte  pakkhipantevāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^cittassāhamete^eb^nti ahaṃ ete  pañca dhamme mettacittassa parivāre vadāmīti attho. <br/><br/>[03] 470^b^.^eb^ ^b^jātavaddho^eb^ti jāto ca vaḍḍhito ca. yo  hi kevalaṃ tattha jātova hoti, aññattha vaḍḍhito, tassa samantā  gāmamaggā na sabbaso paccakkhā honti, tasmā jātavaddhoti āha.  jātavaddhopi hi yo ciraṃ nikkhanto, tassa na sabbaso paccakkhā  honti, tasmā ^b^tāvadeva avasaṭa^eb^nti āha, taṃkhaṇameva  nikkhantanti attho. ^b^dandhāyitatta^eb^nti ``ayaṃ ^a^M3.0306^ea^ nu kho maggo  ayaṃ na nu kho''ti kaṅkhāvasena cirāyitattaṃ.  ^b^vitthāyitatta^eb^nti yathā sukhumaṃ atthajātaṃ sahasā pucchitassa  kassaci sarīraṃ thaddhabhāvaṃ gaṇhāti, evaṃ thaddhabhāvagahaṇaṃ.  ^b^natvevā^eb^ti iminā sabbaññutaññāṇassa appaṭihatabhāvaṃ dasseti.  tassa hi purisassa mārāvaṭṭanādīnaṃ vasena siyā ñāṇassa paṭighāto,  tena so dandhāyeyya vā vitthāyeyya vā, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ pana  appaṭihataṃ, na sakkā tassa kenaci antarāyo kātunti dīpeti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^seyyathāpi māṇava balavā saṅkhadhamo^eb^ti ettha ^a^P3.0450^ea^  ^b^balavā^eb^ti balasampanno. ^b^saṅkhadhamo^eb^ti  saṅkhadhamako. ^b^appakasirenā^eb^ti akicchena adukkhena.  dubbalo hi saṅkhadhamako saṅkhaṃ dhamantopi na sakkoti catasso  disā sarena viññāpetuṃ, nāssa saṅkhasaddo sabbaso phari. balavato  pana vipphāriko hoti, tasmā balavāti āha. ^b^mettāya  cetovimuttiyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^mettāyā^eb^ti vutte upacāropi ^a^V3.0316^ea^ appanāpi  vaṭṭati, ^b^cetovimuttiyā^eb^ti vutte pana appanāva vaṭṭati. ^b^yaṃ  pamāṇakataṃ kamma^eb^nti pamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ nāma kāmāvacaraṃ vuccati,  appamāṇakataṃ kammaṃ nāma rūpārūpāvacaraṃ. tesupi idha  brahmavihārakammaññeva adhippetaṃ. tañhi pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā  odhisakānodhisaka disāpharaṇavasena vaḍḍhetvā katattā  appamāṇakatanti vuccati. ^b^na taṃ tatrāvasissati, na taṃ  tatrāvatiṭṭhatī^eb^ti taṃ kāmāvacarakammaṃ tasmiṃ rūpārūpāvacarakamme na  ohīyati na tiṭṭhati. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? kāmāvacarakammaṃ tassa  rūpārūpāvacarakammassa antarā laggituṃ vā ṭhātuṃ vā  rūpārūpāvacarakammaṃ pharitvā pariyādiyitvā attano okāsaṃ gahetvā  patiṭṭhātuṃ vā na sakkoti, atha kho rūpārūpāvacarakammameva kāmāvacaraṃ  mahogho viya parittaudakaṃ pharitvā pariyādiyitvā attano okāsaṃ  gahetvā tiṭṭhati, tassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā sayameva brahmasahabyataṃ  upanetīti. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] subhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 32
item: 50
title: dhanañjānisuttavaṇṇanā^vāseṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^subhasuttavaṇṇanā^saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 473^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0317^ea^ ^a^P3.0451^ea^  ^a^M3.0307^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  saṅgāravasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^cañcalikappe^eb^ti evaṃnāmake gāme.  ^b^abhippasannā^eb^ti aveccappasādavasena pasannā. sā kira sotāpannā  ariyasāvikā bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa bhariyā. so brāhmaṇo  pubbe kālena kālaṃ brāhmaṇe nimantetvā tesaṃ sakkāraṃ karoti. imaṃ  pana brāhmaṇiṃ gharaṃ ānetvā abhirūpāya mahākulāya brāhmaṇiyā cittaṃ  kopetuṃ asakkonto brāhmaṇānaṃ sakkāraṃ kātuṃ nāsakkhi. atha naṃ  brāhmaṇā diṭṭhadiṭṭhaṭṭhāne -- ``nayidāni tvaṃ brāhmaṇaladdhiko, ekāhampi  brāhmaṇānaṃ sakkāraṃ na karosī''ti nippīḷenti. so gharaṃ āgantvā  brāhmaṇiyā tamatthaṃ ārocetvā -- ``sace, bhoti ekadivasaṃ mukhaṃ  rakkhituṃ sakkuṇeyyāsi, brāhmaṇānaṃ ekadivasaṃ bhikkhaṃ dadeyya''nti āha.  tuyhaṃ deyyadhammaṃ ruccanakaṭṭhāne dehi, kiṃ mayhaṃ etthāti. so  brāhmaṇe nimantetvā appodakaṃ pāyāsaṃ pacāpetvā gharañca sujjhāpetvā  āsanāni paññāpetvā brāhmaṇe nisīdāpesi. brāhmaṇī mahāsāṭakaṃ  nivāsetvā kaṭacchuṃ gahetvā parivisantī dussakaṇṇake pakkhalitvā  ``brāhmaṇe parivisāmī''ti saññampi akatvā āsevanavasena sahasā  satthārameva anussaritvā udānaṃ udānesi.<br/><br/>[03] brāhmaṇā udānaṃ sutvā ``ubhatopakkhiko ^a^P3.0452^ea^  esa samaṇassa gotamassa sahāyo, nāssa deyyadhammaṃ gaṇhissāmā''ti  kupitā bhojanāni chaḍḍetvā nikkhamiṃsu. brāhmaṇo -- ``nanu  paṭhamaṃyeva taṃ avacaṃ `ajjekadivasaṃ mukhaṃ rakkheyyāsī'ti, ettakaṃ te  khīrañca taṇḍulādīni ca nāsitānī''ti ativiya kopavasaṃ upagato  -- ``evameva panāyaṃ vasalī yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā tassa muṇḍakassa  samaṇassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, idāni tyāhaṃ vasali tassa satthuno vādaṃ  āropessāmī''ti āha. atha naṃ brāhmaṇī ``gaccha tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa,  gantvā vijānissasī''ti vatvā ``na khvāhaṃ taṃ, brāhmaṇa, passāmi  sadevake loke...pe0... vādaṃ āropeyyā''tiādimāha. so satthāraṃ  upasaṅkamitvā -- <br/><br/>[21] ``kiṃsu ^a^V3.0318^ea^ ^a^M3.0308^ea^ chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kiṃsu chetvā na socati. <br/><br/>[22] kissassu ekadhammassa, vadhaṃ rocesi gotamā''ti..  (saṃ0 ni0  1.187) -- <br/><br/>[25] pañhaṃ pucchi. satthā āha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``kodhaṃ chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kodhaṃ chetvā na socati. <br/><br/>[27] kodhassa visamūlassa, madhuraggassa brāhmaṇa. <br/><br/>[22] vadhaṃ ariyā pasaṃsanti, tañhi chetvā na socatī''ti..  (saṃ0 ni0  1.187) -- <br/><br/>[25] pañhaṃ kathesi. so pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto.  tasseva kaniṭṭhabhātā akkosakabhāradvājo nāma ``bhātā me  pabbajito''ti sutvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā akkositvā bhagavatā  vinīto pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto. aparo tassa kaniṭṭho  sundarikabhāradvājo nāma. sopi bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ  pucchitvā vissajjanaṃ sutvā pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto. aparo tassa  kaniṭṭho piṅgalabhāradvājo nāma. so pañhaṃ pucchitvā  pañhabyākaraṇapariyosāne pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto. ^b^saṅgāravo^eb^  ^a^P3.0453^ea^ ^b^māṇavo^eb^ti ayaṃ tesaṃ sabbakaniṭṭho tasmiṃ  divase brāhmaṇehi saddhiṃ ekabhattagge nisinno. ^b^avabhūtāvā^eb^ti  avaḍḍhibhūtā avamaṅgalabhūtāyeva. ^b^parabhūtāvā^eb^ti vināsaṃ pattāyeva.  ^b^vijjamānāna^eb^nti vijjamānesu. ^b^sīlapaññāṇa^eb^nti  sīlañca ñāṇañca na jānāsi. <br/><br/>[03] 474^b^.^eb^ ^b^diṭṭhadhammābhiññāvosānapāramippattā^eb^ti  diṭṭhadhamme abhiññāte imasmiññeva attabhāve abhijānitvā  vositavosānā hutvā pāramīsaṅkhātaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ pārabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ  pattā mayanti vatvā ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānantīti attho.  ^b^ādibrahmacariya^eb^nti brahmacariyassa ādibhūtā uppādakā janakāti  evaṃ paṭijānantīti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^takkī^eb^ti takkagāhī.  ^b^vīmaṃsī^eb^ti vīmaṃsako, paññācāraṃ carāpetvā evaṃvādī.  ^b^tesāhamasmī^eb^ti tesaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ ahamasmi aññataro. <br/><br/>[03] 485^b^.^eb^ ^b^aṭṭhitavata^eb^nti ^a^V3.0319^ea^ aṭṭhitatapaṃ, assa  padhānapadena saddhiṃ sambandho, tathā sappurisapadassa. idañhi vuttaṃ  hoti -- bhoto gotamassa aṭṭhitapadhānavataṃ ahosi, sappurisapadhānavataṃ  ahosīti. ^b^atthi^eb^ ^a^P3.0454^ea^ ^b^devāti^eb^  ^a^M3.0309^ea^ ^b^puṭṭho  samāno^eb^ti idaṃ māṇavo ``sammāsambuddho ajānantova pakāsesī''ti  saññāya āha. ^b^evaṃ sante^eb^ti tumhākaṃ ajānanabhāve sante.  ^b^tucchaṃ musā hotī^eb^ti tumhākaṃ kathā aphalā nipphalā hoti.  evaṃ māṇavo bhagavantaṃ musāvādena niggaṇhāti nāma. ^b^viññunā  purisenā^eb^ti paṇḍitena manussena. tvaṃ pana aviññutāya mayā  byākatampi na jānāsīti dīpeti. ^b^uccena sammata^eb^nti uccena  saddena sammataṃ pākaṭaṃ lokasmiṃ. ^b^adhidevā^eb^ti susudārakāpi hi  devā nāma honti, deviyo nāma honti devā pana adhidevā nāma,  loke devo devīti laddhanāmehi manussehi adhikāti attho. sesaṃ  sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] saṅgāravasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] pañcamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] majjhimapaṇṇāsa-aṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 33
item: 0
title: gahapativaggo^^kandarakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ārāmapokkharaṇīādīsū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0001^ea^^a^M2.0001^ea^ ārāmapokkharaṇīuyyānacetiyaṭṭhānādīsu. ^b^Ussannā^eb^ti bahulā. Asokakaṇikārakoviḷārakumbhīrājarukkhehi sammissatāya taṃ campakavanaṃ ^b^nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumapaṭimaṇḍita^eb^nti daṭṭhabbaṃ, na campakarukkhānaṃyeva nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumatāyāti vadanti. ^b^Bhagavā kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharatī^eb^ti iminā na māpanakāle eva tasmiṃ nagare campakarukkhā ussannā, atha kho aparabhāgepīti dasseti. ‘‘Pañcasatamattehi aḍḍhateḷasehī’’ti evaṃ ^b^adassitaparicchedena^eb^. Hatthino cāreti sikkhāpetīti hatthācariyo hatthīnaṃ sikkhāpako, tassa puttoti āha ^b^‘‘hatthācariyassa putto’’^eb^ti. Tadā bhagavā tesaṃ pasādajananatthaṃ attano buddhānubhāvaṃ aniguhitvāva nisinnoti dassento ^b^‘‘chabbaṇṇānaṃ ghanabuddharasmīna’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Bhagavato ceva gāravenā^eb^ti bhagavato garubhāvena, bhagavati gāravenāti vā pāṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0002^ea^^b^na hotī^eb^ti abhiṇhaṃ na hoti, kadācideva hotīti attho. Abhiṇhaniccatā hi idha adhippetā, na kūṭaṭṭhaniccatā. Loke kiñci vimhayāvahaṃ disvā hatthavikārampi karonti, aṅguliṃ vā phoṭayanti, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^a^M2.0002^ea^^b^‘‘accharaṃ paharituṃ yutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūta^eb^nti ayaṃ niruttinayo yebhuyyena upādāya ruḷhīvasena vuttoti veditabbo. Tathā hi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘yepi te, bho gotama, ahesuṃ atītamaddhāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ, kiñci akattabbampi kariyamānaṃ dukkarabhāvena vimhayāvahaṃ hoti, tathā kiñci kattabbaṃ, purimaṃ garahacchariyaṃ, pacchimaṃ pasaṃsacchariyaṃ, tadubhayaṃ suttapadaso dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammā paṭipādito^eb^ti sammāpaṭipadāyaṃ ṭhapito. Esā paṭipadā paramāti ^b^etaparamaṃ,^eb^ bhāvanapuṃsakaniddesoyaṃ yathā ‘‘visamaṃ candimasūriyā parivattantī’’ti (a. ni. 4.70). Ayañhettha attho – bhagavā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipadāya tumhehi paṭipādito, atītepi kāle buddhā etaparamaṃyeva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sammā paṭipādesuṃ, anāgatepi kāle etaparamaṃyeva bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sammā paṭipādessantīti paribbājako nayaggāhena diṭṭhena adiṭṭhaṃ anuminanto sabbesampi buddhānaṃ sāsane saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya samasamaṃ katvā dasseti, evaṃ dassento ca tesaṃ sudhammatañca tathā dasseti evāti veditabbo, buddhasubuddhatā pana nesaṃ sarūpeneva dassitāti. ^b^Na ito bhiyyo^eb^ti iminā pāḷiyaṃ etaparamaṃyevāti avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ dasseti sīlapadaṭṭhānattā samādhissa, samādhipadaṭṭhānattā ca paññāya sīlepi ca abhisamācārikapubbakattā ādibrahmacariyakassa vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ābhisamācārikavattaṃ ādiṃ katvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pucchānusandhiādīsu anantogadhattā ^b^‘‘pāṭiekko anusandhī’’^eb^ti vatvā tamevatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavā kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Upasantakāraṇa^eb^nti upasantabhāvakāraṇaṃ. Tañhi ariyānaṃyeva visayo, tatthāpi ca buddhānaṃ eva anavasesato visayoti imamatthaṃ byatirekato anvayato ca dassetuṃ ^b^na hi tva^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ñātatthacariyā kākajātakādivasena veditabbā, lokatthacariyā taṃtaṃpāramipūraṇavasena, buddhatthacariyā mahābodhijātakādivasena. ^b^Acchariyaṃ bho gotamā^eb^tiādinā kandarakena kataṃ pasādapavedanaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yepi te^eb^tiādinā tena vuttamatthaṃ paccanubhāsantena bhagavatā sampaṭicchitanti caritattā āha – ^b^‘‘santi hi kandarakāti ayampi pāṭiyekko anusandhī’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0003^ea^. Yo hi kandarakena bhikkhusaṅghassa upasantabhāvo kittito, taṃ vibhajitvā dassentopi tena apucchitoyeva attano ajjhāsayena bhagavā ^b^‘‘santi hī’’^eb^tiādinā desanaṃ ārabhi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavato kira etadahosī’’^eb^^a^V2.0003^ea^ tiādi. ^b^Kappetvā^eb^ti aññathā santameva attānaṃ aññathā vidhāya. ^b^Pakappetvā^eb^ti sanidassanavasena gahetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kuhakabhāvenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paṭipadaṃ pūrayamānā^eb^ti kāmaṃ avisesena sekkhā vuccanti, te pana adhigatamaggavasena ‘‘pūrayamānā’’ti na vattabbā kiccassa niṭṭhitattā. Maggo hi ekacittakkhaṇikoti āha ^b^‘‘uparimaggassa vipassanāya upasantā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ito muttā^eb^ti maggenāgatūpasamato muttā. Kalyāṇaputhujjane sandhāya vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi upasantā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satatasīlā^eb^ti avicchinnasīlā. Sātisayo hi etesaṃ sīlassa akhaṇḍādibhāvo. Suparisuddhasīlatāvasena santatā vutti etesanti ^b^santatavuttino^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘tasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti. Evaṃ sīlavuttivasena ‘‘santatavuttino’’ti padassa atthaṃ vatvā idāni jīvitavuttivasena dassento ^b^‘‘santatajīvikāvāti attho’’^eb^ti āha. Sāsanassa jīvitavutti sīlasannissitā evāti āha ^b^‘‘tasmi’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Nipayati visoseti rāgādisaṃkilesaṃ, tato vā attānaṃ nipātīti ^b^nipako,^eb^ paññavā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paññavanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paññāya ṭhatvā jīvikākappanaṃ^eb^ nāma buddhapaṭikuṭṭhamicchājīvaṃ pahāya sammājīvena jīvananti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yathā ekacco’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.14) ^b^taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāyañca^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.14) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Rathavinītapaṭipadādayo tesu tesu suttesu vuttanayena veditabbā. Ito aññattha mahāgopālakasuttādīsu (ma. ni. 1.346 ādayo) lokuttarasatipaṭṭhānā kathitāti āha – ^b^‘‘idha pana lokiyalokuttaramissakā satipaṭṭhānā kathitā’’^eb^ti, satipaṭṭhānasuttepi (dī. ni. 2.373-374; ma. ni. 1.106 ādayo) vomissakāva kathitāti. ^b^Ettakenā^eb^ti ettakāya desanāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kārakabhāva^eb^nti ^a^M2.0004^ea^ paṭipattiyaṃ paṭipajjanakabhāvaṃ. Mayampi nāma gihī bahukiccā samānā kālena kālaṃ satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma, kimaṅgaṃ pana vivekavāsinoti attano kārakabhāvaṃ pavedento evaṃ ^b^bhikkhusaṅghañca ukkhipati^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayañhettha adhippāyo’’^eb^tiādi. Nānārammaṇesu aparāparaṃ uppajjamānānaṃ rāgādikilesānaṃ ghanajaṭitasaṅkhātākārena pavatti kilesagahanena gahanatā, tenāha ‘‘anto jaṭā bahi jaṭā, jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.23, 192). Manussānaṃ ajjhāsayagahaṇena sāṭheyyampīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘kasaṭasāṭheyyesupi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. Yathā sappimadhuphāṇitādīsu kacavarabhāvo, ^a^V2.0004^ea^ so kasaṭoti vuccati, evaṃ santāne aparisuddho saṃkilesabhāvo kasaṭanti āha ^b^‘‘aparisuddhaṭṭhena kasaṭatā’’^eb^ti. Attani asantaguṇasambhāvanaṃ ^b^kerāṭiyaṭṭho. Jānātī^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ ahitaṃ na sevitabbaṃ, idaṃ hitaṃ sevitabba’’nti vicāreti deseti. Vicāraṇatthopi hi hoti jānāti-saddo yathā ‘‘āyasmā jānātī’’ti. ^b^Sabbāpi…pe… adhippetā^eb^ ‘‘pasupālakā’’tiādīsu viya. Idha antara-saddo ‘‘vijjantarikāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.149) viya khaṇatthoti āha ^b^‘‘yattakena khaṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti hatthinā. ^b^Tānī^eb^ti sāṭheyyādīni.<br/><br/>[03]Atthato kāyacittujukatāpaṭipakkhabhūtāva lobhasahagatacittuppādassa pavattiākāravisesāti tāni pavattiākārena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^yassā^eb^ti pāṇabhūtassa assassa vā hatthino vā. ^b^Ṭhassāmī^eb^ti tattheva sappaṭibhaye ṭhāne gantvā ṭhassāmīti na hoti. Imassa sāṭheyyatāya pākaṭakaraṇaṃ vañcanādhippāyabhāvato. Tathā hi catūsu ṭhānesu ^b^‘‘vañcetvā’’^eb^ icceva vuttaṃ, niguhanto pana tattheva gantvā tiṭṭheyya. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Paṭimaggaṃ ārohitukāmassā^eb^ti āgatamaggameva nivattitvā gantukāmassa. Leṇḍavissajjanādīsu kālantarāpekkhābhāvaṃ ^b^‘‘tathā’’^eb^ti iminā upasaṃharati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Antojātakā^eb^ti attano dāsiyā kucchimhi jātā. ^b^Dhanakkītā^eb^ti dhanaṃ datvā dāsabhāvena gahitā. ^b^Karamarānītā^eb^ti dāsabhāvena karamaraggāhagahitā. ^b^Dāsabya^eb^nti dāsabhāvaṃ. ^b^Pessā^eb^ti adāsā eva hutvā veyyāvaccakarā. ^b^Imaṃ vissajjetvā^eb^ti imaṃ attano hatthagataṃ vissajjetvā. ^b^Imaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0005^ea^^b^gaṇhantā^eb^ti imaṃ tassa hatthagataṃ gaṇhantā. Sammukhato aññathā parammukhakāle kāyavācāsamudācāradassaneneva cittassa nesaṃ aññathā ṭhitabhāvo niddiṭṭhoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ayampi pāṭiyekko anusandhī^eb^ti etthāpi anantare vuttanayeneva anusandhiyojanā veditabbā. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ayañhī’’^eb^tiādi. Catuttho hitapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannoti yojanā. Puggalasīsena puggalapaṭipattiṃ dassento ^b^‘‘puggale pahāyā’’^eb^ti āha. Paṭipatti hi idha pahātabbā, na puggalā. Yathā assaddhādipuggalaparivajjanena saddhindriyādibhāvanā ijjhanti, evaṃ micchāpaṭipannapuggalaparivajjanena micchāpaṭipadā vajjitabbāti āha – ^b^‘‘purime tayo puggale pahāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Catutthapuggalassā^eb^ti imasmiṃ catukke vuttacatutthapuggalassa ^b^hitapaṭipattiyaṃyeva paṭipādemi^eb^ pavattemīti ^b^dassento. Santā^eb^ti samaṃ vināsaṃ nirodhaṃ pattāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘niruddhā santāti vuttā’’^eb^ti. Puna ^b^santā^eb^ti bhāvanāvasena kilesapariḷāhavigamato santāti ^a^V2.0005^ea^ ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘nibbutā’’^eb^ti. Santāti ānetvā yojanā. ^b^Santo have^eb^ti ettha samabhāvakarena sādhubhāvassa visesapaccayabhūtena paṇḍiccena samannāgatā ariyā ‘‘santo’’ti vuttāti āha – ^b^‘‘santo have…pe… paṇḍitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti attā (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.198) attabhāvo, idha pana yo paro na hoti, so attā, taṃ ^b^attānaṃ. Para^eb^nti attato aññaṃ. ^b^Chātaṃ vuccati taṇhā^eb^ jighacchāhetutāya. ^b^Anto tāpanakilesāna^eb^nti attano santāne attapariḷāhajananasantappanakilesānaṃ. ^b^Cittaṃ ārādhetī^eb^ti cittaṃ pasādeti, sampahaṃsetīti attho. Yasmā pana tathābhūto cittaṃ sampādento ajjhāsayaṃ gaṇhanto nāma hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cittaṃ sampādetī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dukkhaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ jegucchaṃ etassāti dukkhapaṭikkūlo taṃ ^b^dukkhapaṭikkūlaṃ^eb^. Visesanavisesitabbatā hi kāmacārā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana dukkhassa visesitabbataṃ sandhāya bāhiratthasamāsaṃ anādiyitvā ^b^‘‘dukkhassa paṭikkūla’’^eb^nti attho vutto. Yena hi bhāgena purisassa dukkhaṃ paṭikkūlaṃ, tena dukkhassa purisopīti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘paccanīkasaṇṭhita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Catūhi^eb^^a^M2.0006^ea^^b^kāraṇehī^eb^ti dhātukusalatādīhi catūhi kāraṇehi. ^b^Kammaṃ karotī^eb^ti yogakammaṃ karoti. Yasmā sambuddhā paresaṃ maggaphalādhigamāya ussāhajātā, tattha nirantaraṃ yuttappayuttā eva honti, te paṭicca tesaṃ antarāyo na hotiyevāti āha ^b^‘‘na pana buddhe paṭiccā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kiriyaparihāniyā^eb^ desakassa tasseva vā puggalassa tajjapayogābhāvato. ‘‘Desakassa vā’’ti idaṃ sāvakānaṃ vasena daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Mahatā atthenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^attha^eb^-saddo ānisaṃsapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘dvīhi ānisaṃsehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pasādaṃ paṭilabhati^eb^ ‘‘arahanto’’tiādinā saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā sutattā. ^b^Abhinavo nayo udapādi^eb^ santatasīlatādivasena anattantapatādivasena, sopi taṃ sutvā dāsādīsu savisesaṃ lajjī dayāpanno hitānukampī hutvā sekkhapaṭipadaṃ sīlaṃ sādhento anukkamena satipaṭṭhānabhāvanaṃ paribrūheti. Tenāha bhagavā ^b^‘‘mahatā atthena saṃyutto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paresaṃ hananaghātanādinā rodāpanato ^b^luddo,^eb^ tathā vighātakabhāvena kāyacittānaṃ vidāraṇato ^b^dāruṇo,^eb^ viruddhavādatāya ^b^kakkhaḷo,^eb^ bandhanāgāre niyutto ^b^bandhanāgāriko^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^9^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khattiyābhisekenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0006^ea^ khattiyānaṃ kattabbābhisekena. ^b^Santhāgāra^eb^nti santhāravasena kataṃ agāraṃ yaññāvāṭaṃ. ^b^Sappitelenā^eb^ti sappimayena telena, yamakasnehena hi tadā kāyaṃ abbhañjati. Vacchabhāvaṃ taritvā ṭhito vacchataro. ^b^Parikkhepakaraṇatthāyā^eb^ti vanamālāhi saddhiṃ dabbhehi vediyā parikkhepanatthāya. ^b^Yaññabhūmiya^eb^nti avasesayaññaṭṭhāne. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Kandarakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 1
title: ^kandarakasuttavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Avidūre^eb^ti ^a^M2.0007^ea^^a^V2.0007^ea^ iminā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘vesāliya’’nti idaṃ samīpe bhummavacananti dasseti. ^b^Sārappattakulagaṇanāyā^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.11.16) mahāsāramahappattakulagaṇanāya. ^b^Dasame ṭhāne^eb^ti aññe aññeti dasagaṇanaṭṭhāne. Aṭṭhakanagare jāto bhavo ^b^aṭṭhakanāgaro. Kukkuṭārāmo^eb^ti pāṭaliputte kukkuṭārāmo, na kosambiyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pakatatthaniddeso ta-saddoti tassa ‘‘bhagavatā’’tiādīhi padehi samānādhikaraṇabhāvena vuttassa yena abhisambuddhabhāvena bhagavā pakato adhigato supākaṭo ca, taṃ abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ saddhiṃ āgamanīyapaṭipadāya atthabhāvena dassento ^b^‘‘yo so…pe… abhisambuddho’’^eb^ti āha. Satipi ñāṇadassana-saddānaṃ idha paññāvevacanabhāve tena tena visesena tesaṃ visayavisese pavattidassanatthaṃ asādhāraṇañāṇavisesavasena vijjāttayavasena vijjāabhiññānāvaraṇañāṇavasena sabbaññutañāṇamaṃsacakkhuvasena paṭivedhadesanāñāṇavasena ca tadatthaṃ yojetvā dassento ^b^‘‘tesaṃ tesa’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^āsayānusayaṃ jānatā^eb^ āsayānusayañāṇena ^b^sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ passatā^eb^ sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇehi. ^b^Pubbenivāsādīhī^eb^ti pubbenivāsāsavakkhayañāṇehi. ^b^Paṭivedhapaññāyā^eb^ti ariyamaggapaññāya. ^b^Desanāpaññāya passatā^eb^ti desetabbadhammānaṃ desetabbappakāraṃ bodhaneyyapuggalānañca āsayānusayacaritādhimuttiādibhedaṃ dhammadesanāpaññāya yāthāvato passatā. ^b^Arīna^eb^nti kilesārīnaṃ, pañcavidhamārānaṃ vā, sāsanassa vā paccatthikānaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ tesaṃ pana hananaṃ pāṭihāriyehi abhibhavanaṃ appaṭibhānatākaraṇaṃ ajjhupekkhanameva vā, ^b^kesivinayasutta^eb^ñcettha nidassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ṭhānāṭṭhānādivibhāgaṃ ^b^jānatā^eb^ yathākammūpagasatte ^b^passatā,^eb^ savāsanānaṃ āsavānaṃ khīṇattā ^b^arahatā,^eb^ abhiññeyyādibhede dhamme abhiññeyyādito aviparītāvabodhato ^b^sammāsambuddhena^eb^. Atha vā tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇatāya ^b^jānatā,^eb^ kāyakammādivasena tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ ñāṇānuparivattito nisammakāritāya ^b^passatā,^eb^ davādīnaṃ abhāvasādhikāya ^a^M2.0008^ea^ pahānasampadāya ^b^arahatā,^eb^ chandādīnaṃ ahānihetubhūtāya akkhayapaṭibhānasādhikāya sabbaññutāya ^b^sammāsambuddhenā^eb^ti evaṃ dasabalāṭṭhārasāaveṇikabuddhadhammavasenapi yojanā kātabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhisaṅkhata^eb^nti ^a^V2.0008^ea^ attano paccayehi abhisammukhabhāvena samecca sambhūyya kataṃ, svassa katabhāvo uppādanena veditabbo, na uppannassa paṭisaṅkharaṇenāti āha ^b^‘‘uppādita’’^eb^nti. Te cassa paccayā cetanāpadhānāti dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayita’’nti vuttanti ‘‘cetayitaṃ pakappita’’nti atthamāha. ^b^Abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayita^eb^nti ca jhānassa pātubhāvadassanamukhena viddhaṃsanabhāvaṃ ulliṅgeti yañhi ahutvā sambhavati, taṃ hutvā paṭiveti. Tenāha pāḷiyaṃ ‘abhisaṅkhata’ntiādi. ^b^Samathavipassanādhamme ṭhito^eb^ti samathadhamme ṭhitattā samāhito vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā aniccānupassanādīhi niccasaññādayo pajahanto anukkamena taṃ anulomañāṇaṃ pāpetā hutvā vipassanādhamme ṭhito. Samathavipassanāsaṅkhātesu dhammesu rañjanaṭṭhena ^b^rāgo,^eb^ nandanaṭṭhena ^b^nandī^eb^ti. Tattha sukhumā apekkhā vuttā, yā ‘‘nikantī’’ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ sante^eb^ti evaṃ yathārutavasena ca imassa suttapadassa atthe gahetabbe sati. ^b^Samathavipassanāsu chandarāgo kattabbo^eb^ti anāgāmiphalaṃ nibbattetvā tadatthāya samathavipassanāpi anibbattetvā kevalaṃ tattha chandarāgo kattabbo bhavissati. Kasmā? Tesu samathavipassanāsaṅkhātesu dhammesu chandarāgamattena anāgāminā laddhabbassa aladdhānāgāmiphalena laddhabbattā tathā sati tena anāgāmiphalampi laddhabbameva nāma hoti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘anāgāmiphalaṃ paṭividdhaṃ bhavissatī’’^eb^ti. Sabhāvato rasitabbattā aviparīto attho eva ^b^attharaso. Aññāpi kāci sugatiyo^eb^ti vinipātike sandhāyāha. ^b^Aññāpi kāci duggatiyo^eb^ti asurakāyamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samathadhurameva dhuraṃ^eb^ samathayānikassa vasena desanāya āgatattā. Mahāmālukyovāde ‘‘vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāra’’nti pādakajjhānaṃ katvā ‘‘so yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgata’’ntiādinā vipassanaṃ vitthāretvā ‘‘so tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ ^a^M2.0009^ea^ pāpuṇātī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.133) āgatattā ^b^‘‘mahāmālukyovāde vipassanāva dhura’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Mahāsatipaṭṭhānasutte^eb^ (dī. ni. 2.373 ādayo; ma. ni. 1.106 ādayo) sabbatthakameva tikkhatarāya vipassanāya āgatattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vipassanuttaraṃ kathita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kāyagatāsatisutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 3.153-154) ānāpānajjhānādivasena savisesaṃ samathavipassanāya āgatattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samathuttaraṃ kathita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Appaṃ yācitena bahuṃ dentena uḷārapurisena viya ^b^ekaṃ dhammaṃ pucchitena ‘‘ayampi ekadhammo’’ti^eb^^a^V2.0009^ea^^b^kathitattā ekādasapi dhammā^eb^ pucchāvasena ^b^ekadhammo nāma jāto^eb^ paccekaṃ vākyaparisamāpanañāyena. ^b^Ekavīsati pabbāni^eb^ tehi bodhiyamānāya paṭipadāya ekarūpattā ^b^paṭipadāvasena ekadhammo nāma jāto^eb^ti. ^b^Idha^eb^ imasmiṃ aṭṭhakanāgarasutte. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanadhammānaṃ saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvappattatāya tattha sāvakānaṃ dukkaranti na catutthāruppavasenettha desanā āgatāti catunnaṃ brahmavihārānaṃ, heṭṭhimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ āruppānañca vasena ^b^ekādasa. Pucchāvasenā^eb^ti ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante ānanda, tena…pe… sammāsambuddhena ekadhammo akkhāto’’ti (ma. ni. 2.18) evaṃ pavattapucchāvasena. ^b^Amatuppattiyatthenā^eb^ti amatabhāvassa uppattihetutāya, sabbānipi kammaṭṭhānāni ekarasampi amatādhigamapaṭipattiyāti attho, evamettha aggaphalabhūmi anāgāmiphalabhūmīti dveva bhūmiyo sarūpato āgatā, nānantariyatāya pana heṭṭhimāpi dve bhūmiyo atthato āgatā evāti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pañca satāni aggho etassāti ^b^pañcasataṃ^eb^. Sesaṃ uttānameva.<br/><br/>[06]Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 2
title: kandarakasuttavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā^sekhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Santhāgāra^eb^nti ^a^V2.0010^ea^ atthānusāsanāgāraṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘uyyogakālādīsū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena maṅgalamahādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Santhambhantī^eb^ti vissamanti, parissamaṃ vinodentīti attho. ^b^Sahā^eb^ti sannivesavasena ^a^M2.0010^ea^ ekajjhaṃ. ^b^Saha atthānusāsanaṃ agāra^eb^nti etasmiṃ atthe ttha-kārassa ntha-kāraṃ katvā santhāgāranti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Santharantī^eb^ti sammantanavasena tiṭṭhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ āgatameva bhavissatī^eb^ti buddhavacanassa āgamanasīsena ariyaphaladhammānampi āgamanaṃ vuttameva, tiyāmarattiṃ tattha vasantānaṃ phalasamāpattivaḷañjanaṃ hotīti. Tasmiñca bhikkhusaṅghe kalyāṇaputhujjanā vipassanaṃ ussukkāpentā hontīti ce? Ariyamaggadhammānaṃ tattha āgamanaṃ hotiyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Allagomayenā^eb^ti acchena allagomayarasena. ^b^Opuñchāpetvā^eb^ti vilimpitvā. ^b^Catujjātiyagandhehī^eb^ti tagarakuṅkumayavanapupphatamālapattāni pisitvā katagandhehi ^b^nānāvaṇṇe^eb^ti nīlādivasena nānāvaṇṇe, na bhittivisesavasena. Bhittivisesavasena pana nānāsaṇṭhānarūpameva. ^b^Mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake^eb^ti hatthipiṭṭhīsu attharitabbatāya mahāpiṭṭhikāti laddhasamaññe kojaveti vadanti. Kuttake pana sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^hatthattharaṇā^eb^ hatthirūpavicittā. ^b^Assattharakasīhattharakā^eb^dayopi assasīharūpādivicittā eva attharakā, ^b^cittattharakaṃ^eb^ nānārūpehi ceva nānāvidhamālākammādīhi ca vicittaṃ attharakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upadhāna^eb^nti apassayanaṃ ^b^upadahitvā^eb^ti apassayayoggabhāvena ṭhapetvā gandhehi katamālā ^b^gandhadāmaṃ,^eb^ tamālapattādīhi kataṃ ^b^pattadāmaṃ^eb^. Ādi-saddena hiṅgulatakkolajātiphalajātipupphādīhi katadāmaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Pallaṅkākārena katapīṭhaṃ ^b^pallaṅkapīṭhaṃ,^eb^ tīsu passesu, ekapasse eva vā saupassayaṃ ^b^apassayapīṭhaṃ,^eb^ anapassayaṃ ^b^muṇḍapīṭhaṃ yojanāvaṭṭe^eb^ti yojanaparikkhepe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃvidhāyā^eb^ti antaravāsakassa koṇapadesañca itarapadesañca samaṃ katvā vidhāya. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kattariyā padumaṃ kantanto viyā’’^eb^ti ^b^timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādento^eb^ti ettha ca yasmā buddhānaṃ rūpasampadā viya ākappasampadāpi paramukkaṃsagatā, tasmā tadā bhagavā evaṃ sobhatīti ^a^V2.0011^ea^ dassento ^b^‘‘suvaṇṇapāmaṅgenā’’^eb^tiādimāha, tattha ^b^asamena buddhavesenā^eb^tiādinā ^a^M2.0011^ea^ tadā bhagavā buddhānubhāvassa niguhaṇe kāraṇābhāvato tattha sannipatitadevamanussanāgayakkhagandhabbādīnaṃ pasādajananatthaṃ attano sabhāvapakatikiriyāyeva kapilavatthuṃ pāvisīti dasseti. Buddhānaṃ kāyappabhā nāma pakatiyā asītihatthamattameva padesaṃ pharatīti āha – ^b^‘‘asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesī’’^eb^ti nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhapabhassarānaṃ vasena ^b^chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbapāliphullo^eb^ti mūlato paṭṭhāya yāva aggā phullo vikasito. ^b^Paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitāna^eb^ntiādi parikappūpamā. ^b^Yathā taṃ…pe… alaṅkataṃ^eb^ añño virocati, evaṃ virocittha, samatiṃsāya pāramitāhi abhisaṅkhatattā evaṃ virocitthāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Pañcavīsatiyā nadīna^eb^nti gaṅgādīnaṃ candabhāgāpariyosānānaṃ pañcavīsatiyā mahānadīnaṃ. ^b^Sambhijjā^eb^ti sambhedaṃ missībhāvaṃ patvā ^b^mukhadvāre^eb^ti samuddaṃ paviṭṭhaṭṭhāne.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Devamanussanāgasupaṇṇagandhabbayakkhādīnaṃ akkhīnī^eb^ti cetaṃ parikappanavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Sahassenā^eb^ti padasahassena, bhāṇavārappamāṇena ganthenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kampayanto vasundhara^eb^nti attano guṇavisesehi pathavīkampaṃ uppādento, evaṃbhūtopi ^b^aheṭhayanto pāṇāni^eb^. Sabbadakkhiṇattā buddhānaṃ ^b^dakkhiṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ uddharanto. Samaṃ samphusate bhūmiṃ^eb^ suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya. Yadipi bhūmiṃ samaṃ phusati, ^b^rajasānupalippati^eb^ sukhumattā chaviyā. ^b^Ninnaṭṭhānaṃ unnamatī^eb^tiādi buddhānaṃ suppatiṭṭhitapādasaṅkhātassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇapaṭilābhassa nissandaphalaṃ. ^b^Nātidūre uddharatī^eb^ti atidūre ṭhapetuṃ na uddharati. ^b^Naccāsanne ca nikkhipa^eb^nti accāsanne ca ṭhāne anikkhipanto niyyāti. ^b^Hāsayanto sadevake^eb^ loke tosayanto. Catūhi pādehi caratīti ^b^catucārī^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānubhāvassa pakāsanavasena gatattā ^b^vaṇṇakālo nāma kiresa^eb^. Sarīravaṇṇe vā guṇavaṇṇe vā kathiyamāne ^b^dukkathitanti na vattabbaṃ^eb^. Kasmā? ^b^Aparimāṇavaṇṇā hi buddhā^eb^ bhagavanto, buddhaguṇasaṃvaṇṇanā jānantassa yathādhammasaṃvaṇṇanaṃyeva anupavisatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dukūlacumbaṭakenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0012^ea^ ganthitvā gahitadukūlavatthena, ^b^nāgavikkantacaraṇo^eb^ti hatthināgasadisapadanikkhepo. ^b^Satapuññalakkhaṇo^eb^ti anekasatapuññanimmitamahāpurisalakkhaṇo ^b^maṇiverocano yathā^eb^ti ativiya virocamāno maṇi viya verocano nāma eko maṇivisesoti keci ^b^mahāsālovā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0012^ea^ mahanto sālarukkho viya, koviḷārādimahārukkho viya vā ^b^padumo kokanado yathā^eb^ti kokanadasaṅkhātaṃ mahāpadumaṃ viya, vikasamānapadumaṃ viya vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viyā^eb^tiādi tassā pakiṇṇakakathāya aññesaṃ dukkarabhāvadassanañceva suṇantānaṃ accantasukhāvahabhāvadassanañca ^b^pathavījaṃ ākaḍḍhento viyā^eb^ti nāḷiyantaṃ yojetvā mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhimatale pappaṭakojaṃ uddhaṃmukhaṃ katvā ākaḍḍhento viya ^b^yojanika^eb^nti yojanappamāṇaṃ ^b^madhubhaṇḍa^eb^nti madhupaṭalaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahanta^eb^nti uḷāraṃ. ^b^Sabbadānaṃ dinnameva hotī^eb^ti sabbameva paccayajātaṃ āvāsadāyakena dinnameva hoti. Tathāhi dve tayo gāme piṇḍāya caritvā kiñci aladdhā āgatassapi chāyūdakasampannaṃ ārāmaṃ pavisitvā nhāyitvā paṭissaye muhuttaṃ nipajjitvā uṭṭhāya nisinnassa kāye balaṃ āharitvā pakkhittaṃ viya hoti. Bahi vicarantassa ca kāye vaṇṇadhātu vātātapehi kilamati, paṭissayaṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya muhuttaṃ nisinnassa visabhāgasantati vūpasammati, sabhāgasantati patiṭṭhāti, vaṇṇadhātu āharitvā pakkhittā viya hoti, bahi vicarantassa ca pāde kaṇṭako vijjhati, khāṇu paharati, sarīsapādiparissayo ceva corabhayañca uppajjati, paṭissayaṃ pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nipannassa pana sabbe parissayā na honti, ajjhayantassa dhammapītisukhaṃ, kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontassa upasamasukhaṃ uppajjati bahiddhā vikkhepābhāvato, bahi vicarantassa ca kāye sedā muccanti, akkhīni phandanti, senāsanaṃ pavisanakkhaṇe mañcapīṭhādīni na paññāyanti, muhuttaṃ nisinnassa pana akkhipasādo āharitvā pakkhitto viya hoti, dvāravātapānamañcapīṭhādīni paññāyanti, etasmimpi ca āvāse vasantaṃ disvā manussā catūhi paccayehi sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahanti. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘āvāsadānasmiṃ dinne sabbaṃ dānaṃ dinnameva hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhūmaṭṭhaka…pe… na sakkā^eb^ti ayamattho ^b^mahāsudassanavatthunā^eb^ (dī. ni. 2.241 ādayo) dīpetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīta^eb^nti ^a^M2.0013^ea^ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.295; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.4.243) ajjhattadhātukkhobhavasena vā bahiddhautuvipariṇāmavasena vā uppajjanakasītaṃ. ^b^Uṇha^eb^nti aggisantāpaṃ. Tassa pana davadāhādīsu sambhavo daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Paṭihantī^eb^ti paṭibāhati. Yathā tadubhayavasena kāyacittānaṃ bādhanāni na honti, evaṃ karoti. Sītuṇhabbhāhate hi sarīre vikkhittacitto bhikkhu yoniso padahituṃ na sakkoti. ^b^Vāḷamigānī^eb^ti sīhabyagghādivāḷamige. Guttasenāsanañhi pavisitvā dvāraṃ pidhāya nisinnassa te parissayā na honti ^a^V2.0013^ea^. ^b^Sarīsape^eb^ti ye keci sarantā gacchante dīghajātike. ^b^Makase^eb^ti nidassanametaṃ, ḍaṃsādīnaṃ eteneva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Sisire^eb^ti sītakālavasena sattāhavaddalikādivasena ca uppanne sisirasamphasse. ^b^Vuṭṭhiyo^eb^ti yadā tadā uppannā vassavuṭṭhiyo paṭihanatīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vātātapo ghoro^eb^ti rukkhagacchādīnaṃ ummūlabhañjanavasena pavattiyā ghoro sarajārajādibhedo vāto ceva gimhapariḷāhasamayesu uppattiyā ghoro sūriyātapo ca. ^b^Paṭihaññatī^eb^ti paṭibāhīyati. ^b^Leṇattha^eb^nti nānārammaṇato cittaṃ nivattetvā paṭisallānārāmatthaṃ. ^b^Sukhattha^eb^nti vuttaparissayābhāvena phāsuvihāratthaṃ. ^b^Jhāyitu^eb^nti aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu yattha katthaci cittaṃ upanijjhāyituṃ. ^b^Vipassitu^eb^nti aniccādito sabbasaṅkhāre sammasituṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vihāre^eb^ti paṭissaye. ^b^Kāraye^eb^ti kārāpeyya. ^b^Ramme^eb^ti manorame nivāsasukhe. ^b^Vāsayettha bahussute^eb^ti kāretvā pana ettha vihāresu bahussute sīlavante kalyāṇadhamme nivāseyya. Te nivāsento pana ^b^tesaṃ^eb^ bahussutānaṃ yathā paccayehi kilamatho na hoti, evaṃ ^b^annañca pānañca vatthasenāsanāni ca dadeyya ujubhūtesu^eb^ ajjhāsayasampannesu kammaphalānaṃ ratanattayaguṇānañca saddahanena ^b^vippasannena cetasā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ aññamaññūpakārataṃ dassetuṃ^b^ ‘‘te tassā’’^eb^ti gāthamāha. Tattha ^b^te^eb^ti bahussutā ^b^tassā^eb^ti upāsakassa. ^b^Dhammaṃ desentī^eb^ti sakalavaṭṭadukkhapanudanaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. ^b^Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāyā^eb^ti so puggalo yaṃ saddhammaṃ imasmiṃ sāsane sammāpaṭipajjanena jānitvā aggamaggādhigamena anāsavo hutvā parinibbāyati.<br/><br/>[03]Pūjāsakkāravaseneva ^a^M2.0014^ea^ paṭhamayāmo khepito, bhagavato desanāya appāvaseso majjhimayāmo gatoti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bahudeva ratti’’nti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘atirekataraṃ diyaḍḍhayāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sandassesī^eb^ti ānisaṃsaṃ dassesi, āvāsadānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ sutvā tato paraṃ, ‘‘mahārāja, itipi sīlaṃ, itipi samādhi, itipi paññā’’ti sīlādiguṇe tesaṃ sammā dassesi, hatthena gahetvā viya paccakkhato pakāsesi. ^b^Samādapesī^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ sīlaṃ samādātabbaṃ, sīle patiṭṭhitena evaṃ samādhi, evaṃ paññā bhāvetabbā’’ti yathā te sīlādiguṇe ādiyanti, tathā gaṇhāpesi. ^b^Samuttejesī^eb^ti yathā samādinnaṃ sīlaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hoti, samathavipassanā ca bhāviyamānā yathā suṭṭhu visodhitā uparivisesāvahā honti, evaṃ cittaṃ samuttejesi nisāmanavasena vodāpesi. ^b^Sampahaṃsesī^eb^ti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ ṭhitasīlādiguṇehi sampati laddhaguṇānisaṃsehi ^a^V2.0014^ea^ ceva upari laddhabbaphalavisesehi ca uparicittaṃ sammā pahaṃsesi, laddhassāsavasena suṭṭhu tosesi. Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Samudāyavacanopi asītimahāthera-saddo tadekadesepi niruḷhoti āha ^b^‘‘asītimahātheresu vijjamānesū’’^eb^ti. Ānandattheropi hi antogadho evāti. ^b^Sākiyamaṇḍale^eb^ti sākiyarājasamūhe.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭipadāya niyuttattā ^b^pāṭipado^eb^. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘paṭipannako’’^eb^ti. Sikkhanasīlatādinā ^b^sekho,^eb^ odhiso samitapāpatāya ^b^samaṇo^eb^. Sekho pāṭipado paṭipajjanapuggalādhiṭṭhānena paṭipadādesanaṃ niyamento paṭipadāya puggalaṃ niyameti nāmāti ^b^‘‘paṭipadāya puggalaṃ niyametvā dassetī’’^eb^ti. Sekhappaṭipadā sāsane ^b^maṅgalapaṭipadā^eb^ sammadeva asevitabbaparivajjanena sevitabbasamādānena ukkaṃsavatthūsu ca bhāvato asekhadhammapāripūriyā āvahattā ca ^b^vaḍḍhamānakapaṭipadā^eb^. ^b^Akilamantāva sallakkhessantī^eb^ti idaṃ tadā tesaṃ asekhabhūmiadhigamāya ayogyatāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Akilamantāvā^eb^ti iminā paṭisambhidāppattassapi anadhigatamaggasaññāpanā bhāriyāti dasseti. ^b^Osaṭā^eb^ti anuppaviṭṭhā. ^b^Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kathitameva hoti^eb^ tassa sīlakathābāhullato sesadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Tīhi piṭakehīti^eb^ karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ. Tena taṃtaṃpiṭakānaṃ tassā tassā sikkhāya sādhakatamabhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piṭṭhivāto^eb^^a^M2.0015^ea^^b^uppajjati^eb^ upādinnakasarīrassa tathārūpattā saṅkhārānañca aniccatāya dukkhānubandhattā. ^b^Akāraṇaṃ vā eta^eb^nti yenādhippāyena vuttaṃ, tameva adhippāyaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘pahotī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi^eb^ sakyarājūnaṃ ajjhāsayavasena. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘satthāpi tadeva sandhāya tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā nipajjītī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘piṭṭhi me āgilāyatī’’ti idaṃ kathanti āha ^b^‘‘upādinnakasarīrañca nāmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena…pe… sampanno’’tiādīsu (vibha. 511) samannāgatattho sampanna-saddo, idha pana pāripūriatthoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇasīloti attho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yo pana sampannasīloyeva, so paripuṇṇasīlo. Parisuddhañhi sīlaṃ ‘‘paripuṇṇa’’nti vuccati, na sabalaṃ kammāsaṃ vā. ^b^Sundaradhammehī^eb^ti sobhanadhammehi. Yasmiṃ santāne uppannā tassa sobhanabhāvato. Tehi sappurisabhāvasādhanato ^b^sappurisānaṃ^eb^ dhammehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iminā^eb^^a^V2.0015^ea^^b^ettakena ṭhānenā^eb^ti ‘‘idha, mahānāma, ariyasāvako’’ti ārabhitvā yāva ‘‘akasiralābhī’’ti padaṃ iminā ettakena uddesapadena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā. ^b^Paṭipāṭiyā^eb^ti uddesapaṭipāṭiyā. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ kathañca, mahānāmā’’tiādinā idāni vuccamānena dassitākārena āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Hirīyatī^eb^ti lajjīyati pīḷīyati. Yasmā hirī pāpajigucchanalakkhaṇā, tasmā ^b^‘‘jigucchatīti attho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ottappatī^eb^ti uttappati. Pāputrāsalakkhaṇañhi ottappaṃ. ^b^Paggahitavīriyo^eb^ti saṅkocaṃ anāpannavīriyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anosakkitamānaso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pahānatthāyā^eb^ti samucchindanatthāya. Kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadā nāma adhigamo evāti āha ^b^‘‘paṭilābhatthāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Satinepakkenā^eb^ti satiyā nepakkena tikkhavisadasūrabhāvena. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana nepakkaṃ nāma paññāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘satiyā ca nipakabhāvena cā’’^eb^ti attho vutto, evaṃ sati añño niddiṭṭho nāma hoti. ^b^Satimā^eb^ti ca imināva visesā sati gahitā, parato ‘‘cirakatampi ^a^M2.0016^ea^ cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā’’ti satikiccameva niddiṭṭhaṃ, na paññākiccaṃ, tasmā ^b^satinepakkenā^eb^ti satiyā nepakkabhāvenāti sakkā viññātuṃ. Teneva hi paccayavisesavasena aññadhammanirapekkho satiyā balavabhāvo. Tathā hi ñāṇavippayuttacittenapi ajjhayanasammasanāni sambhavanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cetiyaṅgaṇavattādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena bodhiyaṅgaṇavattādīni saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Asītimahāvattapaṭipattipūraṇa^eb^nti ettha asītivattapaṭipattipūraṇaṃ mahāvattapaṭipattipūraṇanti vattapaṭipattipūraṇa-saddo paccekaṃ yojetabbo. Tattha ^b^mahāvattāni^eb^ (vibha. mūlaṭī. 406) nāma vattakhandhake (cūḷava. 356 ādayo) vuttāni āgantukavattaṃ āvāsikaṃ gamikaṃ anumodanaṃ bhattaggaṃ piṇḍacārikaṃ āraññikaṃ senāsanaṃ jantāgharaṃ vaccakuṭi upajjhāyaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ācariyaṃ antevāsikavattanti cuddasa. Tato aññāni pana kadāci tajjanīyakammakatādikāle pārivāsikādikāle ca caritabbāni asīti khuddakavattāni sabbāsu avatthāsu na caritabbāni, tasmā mahāvattesu, aggahitāni. Tattha ‘‘pārivāsikānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vattaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti ārabhitvā ‘‘na upasampādetabbaṃ…pe… na chamāyaṃ caṅkamante caṅkame caṅkamitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 81) vuttāni pakabhatte caritabbavattāvasānāni chasaṭṭhi, tato paraṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pārivāsikena bhikkhunā pārivāsikavuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ mūlāyapaṭikassanārahena mānattārahena mānattacārikena abbhānārahena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ ekacchanne āvāse vattabba’’ntiādīni (cūḷava. 82) pakatatte caritabbehi anaññattā visuṃ visuṃ agaṇetvā pārivāsikavuḍḍhatarādīsu puggalantaresu ^a^V2.0016^ea^ caritabbattā tesaṃ vasena sampiṇḍetvā ekekaṃ katvā gaṇitabbāni pañcāti ekasattativattāni, ukkhepaniyakammakatavattesu vattapaññāpanavasena vuttaṃ – ‘‘na pakatattassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ…pe… nhāne piṭṭhiparikammaṃ sāditabba’’nti (cūḷava. 51) idaṃ abhivādanādīnaṃ asādiyanaṃ ekaṃ, ‘‘na pakatatto bhikkhu sīlavipattiyā anuddhaṃsitabbo’’tiādīni ca dasāti evametāni dvāsīti. Etesveva pana kānici tajjanīyakammādivattāni kānici pārivāsikādivattānīti aggahitaggahaṇena dvāsīti, evaṃ appakaṃ pana ūnamadhikaṃ vā gaṇanupagaṃ na hotīti idha ‘‘asīti’’cceva vuttaṃ. Aññattha pana aṭṭhakathāpadese ‘‘dvāsīti khandhakavattānī’’ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakkaccaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0017^ea^^b^uddisanaṃ sakkaccaṃ uddisāpana^eb^nti paccekaṃ sakkaccaṃ-saddo yojetabbo. ^b^Uddisanaṃ^eb^ uddesaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Dhammosāraṇaṃ^eb^ dhammassa uccāraṇaṃ. ^b^Dhammadesanā^eb^ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ādimhi sīlaṃ deseyya, majjhe jhānaṃ vipassanaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pariyosāne ca nibbānaṃ, esā kathikasaṇṭhitī’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.4.246) –<br/><br/>[07]^b^Evaṃ^eb^ kathitalakkhaṇā dhammakathā. Upagantvā nisinnassa yassa kassaci gahaṭṭhassa pabbajitassa vā taṅkhaṇānurūpā dhammī kathā ^b^upanisinnakathā^eb^. Bhattānumodanakathā ^b^anumodaniyā. Saritā^eb^ti ettha na kevalaṃ cirakatacirabhāsitānaṃ saraṇamanussaraṇamattaṃ adhippetaṃ, atha kho tathāpavattarūpārūpadhammānaṃ pariggahamukhena pavattavipassanācāre satisambojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpananti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ kāyena cirakate’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sakimpi saraṇenā^eb^ti ekavāraṃ saraṇena. ^b^Punappunaṃ saraṇenā^eb^ti anu anu saraṇena. Satisambojjhaṅgampi vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vosaggapariṇāmiñca katvā saranto tattha tattha javanavāre saraṇajavanavāre parittajavanavasena ^b^anussaritāti veditabbā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Gatiatthā dhātusaddā buddhiatthā hontīti āha –^b^ ‘‘udayañca vayañca paṭivijjhituṃ samatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Missakanayenāyaṃ desanā āgatāti āha – ^b^‘‘vikkhambhanavasena ca samucchedavasena cā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanāpaññāya cevā’’^eb^tiādi. Vipassanāpaññāya nibbedhikapariyāyato. Sā ca kho padesikāti nippadesikaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘maggapaññāya paṭilābhasaṃvattanato cā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Dukkhakkhayagāminibhāvepi eseva nayo. ^b^Sammā^eb^ti yāthāvato. Akuppadhammatāya ^a^V2.0017^ea^ hi maggapaññā khepitakhepanāya na puna kiccaṃ atthīti upāyena ñāyena yā pavatti sā evāti āha – ^b^‘‘hetunā nayenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^ Adhikaṃ ceto abhiceto, mahaggatacittaṃ, tassa pana adhikatā kāmacchandādipaṭipakkhavigamena visiṭṭhabhāvappatti, tannissitāni ^b^ābhicetasikāni^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhicittaṃ seṭṭhacittaṃ sitāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāna^eb^nti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve phāsuvihārabhūtānaṃ. Tehi ^a^M2.0018^ea^ pana samaṅgitakkhaṇe yasmā vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ apītijaṃ satipārisuddhiñāṇasukhañca paṭilabhati vindati, tasmā āha – ^b^‘‘appitappitakkhaṇe sukhapaṭilābhahetūna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjitā^eb^ti iminā tesu jhānesu samāpajjanavasībhāvamāha, ‘‘nikāmalābhī’’ti pana vacanato āvajjanādhiṭṭhānā paccavekkhaṇavasiyo ca vuttā evāti veditabbā. ^b^Nidukkhalābhī^eb^ti iminā tesaṃ jhānānaṃ sukhapaṭipadākhippābhiññataṃ dasseti, ^b^vipulalābhī^eb^ti iminā paguṇataṃ tappamāṇadassitabhāvadīpanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paguṇabhāvenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Samāpajjituṃ sakkoti^eb^ samāpajjanavasībhāvatāya sādhitattā. ^b^Samādhipāripanthikadhamme^eb^ti vasībhāvassa paccanīkadhamme. Jhānādhigamassa pana paccanīkadhammā pageva vikkhambhitā, aññathā jhānādhigamo eva na siyā. ^b^Akilamanto vikkhambhetuṃ na sakkotī^eb^ti kicchena vikkhambheti visodheti, kāmādīnavapaccavekkhaṇādīhi kāmacchandādīnaṃ aññesaṃ samādhipāripanthikānaṃ dūrasamussāraṇaṃ idha vikkhambhanaṃ visodhananti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vipassanāhitāya uparūparivisesāvahattā vaḍḍhamānāya pubbabhāgasīlādi^b^paṭipadāya^eb^. Sā eva pubbabhāgapaṭipadā yathābhāvitatāya avassaṃ bhāvinaṃ visesaṃ pariggahitattā aṇḍaṃ viyāti aṇḍaṃ, kilesehi adūsitatāya apūti aṇḍaṃ etassāti apuccaṇḍo, vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā ṭhitapuggalo, tassa bhāvo ^b^apuccaṇḍatā. Vipassanādiñāṇappabhedāyā^eb^ti pubbenivāsañāṇādiñāṇapabhedāya. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti cetokhilasutte (ma. ni. 1.185) ‘‘sa kho so, bhikkhave, evaṃ ussoḷhipannarasaṅgasamannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo abhinibbidāyā’’ti āgatattā ^b^ussoḷhipannarasehi aṅgehi samannāgatabhāvoti evaṃ yaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ āgataṃ,^eb^ taṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ idha imasmiṃ sekhasutte yojetvā veditabbanti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^ Mahaggatādibhāvena heṭṭhimānaṃ jhānānaṃ anurūpampi attano visesena te uttaritvā atikkamitvāna ṭhitanti ^b^anuttaraṃ,^eb^ tenāha – ^b^‘‘paṭhamādijjhānehi asadisaṃ uttama’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dutiyādīsupi^eb^^a^V2.0018^ea^ abhinibbhidāsu. Pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ yathā attano visayapaṭicchādakaṃ kilesandhakāraṃ vidhamantameva ^a^M2.0019^ea^ uppajjati, evaṃ attano visaye kañci visesaṃ karontameva uppajjatīti āha – ^b^‘‘pubbenivāsañāṇena paṭhamaṃ jāyatī’’^eb^ti, sesañāṇadvayepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^29^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Caraṇasmi^eb^nti paccatte bhummavacananti āha ^b^‘‘caraṇaṃ nāma hotīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti karaṇatthe karaṇavacanaṃ agatapubbadisāgamane tesaṃ sādhakatamabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭha ñāṇānī^eb^ti idha āgatāni ca anāgatāni ca ^b^ambaṭṭhasuttā^eb^dīsu (dī. ni. 1.254 ādayo) āgatāni gahetvā vadati. ^b^Vinivijjhitvā^eb^ti pubbenivāsapaṭicchādakādikilesatamaṃ bhinditvā padāletvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sanaṅkumārenā^eb^ti sanantanakumārena. Tadeva hi tassa sanantanakumārataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cirakālato paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^So attabhāvo^eb^ti yena attabhāvena manussapathe jhānaṃ nibbattesi, so kumārattabhāvo, tasmā brahmabhūtopi tādisena kumārattabhāvena carati.<br/><br/>[03]Janitasmiṃ-saddo eva i-kārassa e-kāraṃ katvā ^b^‘‘janetasmi’’^eb^nti vutto, ^b^janitasmi^eb^nti ca janasminti attho veditabbo. ^b^Janitasmi^eb^nti sāmaññaggahaṇepi yattha catuvaṇṇasamaññā, tattheva manussaloke. ^b^Khattiyo seṭṭho^eb^ti lokasamaññāpi manussalokeyeva, na devakāye brahmakāye vāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ye gottapaṭisārino’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paṭisarantī^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ gotamo, ahaṃ kassapo’’ti pati pati attano gottaṃ anusaranti paṭijānanti vāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘sādhu sādhu ānandā’’ti ettakena sādhukāradānena. ^b^Jinabhāsitaṃ nāma jāta^eb^ntiādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā therabhāsitaṃ buddhabhāsitameva nāma jātaṃ. ‘‘Kimpanidaṃ suttaṃ satthudesanānuvidhānato jinabhāsitaṃ, udāhu sādhukāradānamattenā’’ti evarūpā codanā idha anokāsā therassa desanāya bhagavato desanānuvidhānahetukattā sādhukāradānassāti. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Sekhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 3
title: aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā^sekhasuttavaṇṇanā^potaliyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^ Aṅgā ^a^M2.0020^ea^ nāma ^a^V2.0019^ea^ janapadino rājakumārā, tesaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhivasena aṅgātveva vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘aṅgāyeva so janapado’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahiyā panassa uttarena yā āpo^eb^ti mahiyā nadiyā yā āpo tassa janapadassa uttarena honti. ^b^Tāsaṃ avidūrattā^eb^ so janapado ^b^uttarāpoti vuccati^eb^. Sā pana mahī katthaci katthaci bhijjitvā gatāti āha ^b^‘‘kataramahiyā uttarena yā āpo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tassā mahiyā āgamanato paṭṭhāya ^b^ayaṃ āvibhāvakathā^eb^. Yasmā (a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.19) lokiyā jambudīpo himavā tattha patiṭṭhitasamuddadahapabbatanadiyoti etesu yaṃ yaṃ na manussagocaraṃ, tattha sayaṃ sammūḷhā aññepi sammohayanti, tattha tattha sammohavidhamanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ kira jambudīpo’’^eb^tiādimāraddhaṃ. ^b^Dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo^eb^ āyāmato ca vitthārato cāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Udakena ajjhotthaṭo^eb^ tadupabhogisattānaṃ puññakkhayena.<br/><br/>[03]Sundaradassanaṃ kūṭanti ^b^sudassanakūṭaṃ,^eb^ yaṃ loke ‘‘hemakūṭa’’nti vuccati. ^b^Mūlagandho^eb^ kāḷānusāriyādi. ^b^Sāragandho^eb^ candanādi. ^b^Pheggugandho^eb^ salalādi. ^b^Tacagandho^eb^ lavaṅgādi. ^b^Papaṭikagandho^eb^ kabitthādi. ^b^Rasagandho^eb^ sajjādi, ^b^pattagandho^eb^ tamālahiriverādi. ^b^Pupphagandho^eb^ nāgakuṅkumādi. ^b^Phalagandho^eb^ jātiphalādi. ^b^Gandhagandho^eb^ sabbesaṃ gandhānaṃ gandho. Yassa hi rukkhassa sabbesampi mūlādīnaṃ gandho atthi, so idha gandho nāma. Tassa gandhassa gandho gandhagandho. Sabbāni puthulato paññāsayojanāni, āyāmato pana ubbedhato viya dviyojanasatānevāti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manoharasilātalānī^eb^ti otaraṇatthāya manuññasopānasilātalāni. ^b^Supaṭiyattānī^eb^ti tadupabhogisattānaṃ sādhāraṇakammānubhāvena suṭṭhu paṭiyattāni suppavattitāni honti. Macchakacchapādayo udakaṃ malinaṃ karonti, tadabhāvato ^b^phalikasadisanimmaludakāni^eb^. Tiriyato dīghaṃ uggatakūṭanti ^b^‘‘tiracchānapabbata’’^eb^nti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Āpaṇāni ^a^M2.0021^ea^ eva vohārassa mukhabhūtānīti āha ^b^‘‘āpaṇamukhasahassānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vibhattānī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0020^ea^ vavatthitāni aññamaññāsambhinnāni. ^b^Vasanaṭṭhāna^eb^nti attano yathāphāsukaṃ vasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Āsati etthāti ^b^āsanaṃ,^eb^ nisīditabbaṭṭhānāni.<br/><br/>[03]Asāruppaṃ paṭicca uppajjanakassa chādanato channaṃ ^b^anucchavikaṃ,^eb^ tadeva ajjhāsayasampattiṃ patirūpeti pakāsetīti ^b^patirūpaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nappatirūpa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kāraṇavevacanānī^eb^ti ñāpakakāraṇavevacanāni. Ñāpakañhi kāraṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Atthaṃ ākaroti pakāsetīti ^b^ākāro,^eb^ tameva līnaṃ guḷhaṃ atthaṃ gametīti ^b^liṅgaṃ,^eb^ so tena nimīyatīti ^b^nimitta^eb^nti vuccati. Idāni tamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘dīghadasavattha…pe… nimittāti vuttā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Te^eb^ti ākārādayo. ^b^Tathā hi pana me^eb^tiādinā potaliyo gahapati ‘‘paribbājakaniyāmena ahaṃ jīvāmi, tasmā gahapati na homīti vadati. ^b^Ovadanto^eb^ti anusāsanto. ^b^Upavadanto^eb^ti paribhāsanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^32^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gedhabhūto lobho^eb^ti gijjhanasabhāvo lobho. Agijjhanalakkhaṇo na lobho, ^b^anindābhūtaṃ aghaṭṭana^eb^nti nindāya paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ paresaṃ aghaṭṭanaṃ. ^b^Nindāghaṭṭanā^eb^ti nindāvasena paresaṃ ghaṭṭanā akkosanā. ^b^Byavahāravohāropī^eb^ti kayavikkayalakkhaṇo sabyohāropi dānaggahaṇaṃ vohāro. ‘‘Datto tisso’’ tiādinā voharaṇaṃ paññāpananti ^b^paññatti vohāro^eb^. Yathādhippetassa atthassa voharaṇaṃ kathanaṃ bodhananti ^b^vacanaṃ vohāro^eb^. Yāthāvato ayāthāvato ca voharati etenāti ^b^vohāro, cetanā. Ayamidhādhippeto^eb^ti ayaṃ cetanālakkhaṇo vohāro idha imasmiṃ atthe adhippeto, so ca kho sāvajjova samucchedassa icchitattā. Idāni catubbidhassapi vohārassa idha sambhavaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Gihīti cetanā natthī^eb^ti ahaṃ gihīti cetanāpavatti natthi. ^b^Gihīti vacanaṃ natthī^eb^ti gihīti attano paresañca vacanappavatti natthi. ^b^Gihīti paṇṇatti natthī^eb^ti gihīti samaññā natthi. ^b^Gihīti byavahāro natthī^eb^ti samudācāro natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^33^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pāṇātipātova saṃyojanaṃ^eb^. Kasmā? Bandhanabhāvena pavattanato nissarituṃ appadānato. Pāṇātipātassa atthitāya so puggalo ^a^M2.0022^ea^ ‘‘pāṇātipātī’’ti vuccatīti āha – ^b^‘‘pāṇātipātassa…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. Yañhi yassa atthi, tena so apadissatīti. ^b^Bahutāyā^eb^ti acakkhukādibhedena bahubhāvato. Pāṇātipātassa paṭipakkho ^b^apāṇātipāto^eb^. So pana atthato kāyadvāriko sīlasaṃvaroti āha ^b^‘‘kāyikasīlasaṃvarenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attāpi maṃ upavadeyyā^eb^tiādi pāṇātipāte ādīnavadassanaṃ. Ādīnavadassino hi tato oramaṇaṃ. ^b^Desanāvasenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0021^ea^ aññattha sutte abhidhamme ca dasasu saṃyojanesu pañcasu nīvaraṇesu desanāvasena apariyāpannampi ^b^saṃyojanantipi nīvaraṇanti^eb^pi idha ^b^vuttaṃ^eb^. Kasmā? Tadatthasambhavato. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘vaṭṭabandhanaṭṭhena hitappaṭicchādanaṭṭhena cā’’^eb^ti, pāṇātipāto hi apāṇātipātapaccayaṃ hitaṃ paṭicchādentova uppajjatīti. ^b^Eko avijjāsavo^eb^ti idaṃ sahajātavasena vuttaṃ, upanissayavasena pana itaresampi āsavānaṃ yathārahaṃ sambhavo veditabbo. Pāṇātipātī hi puggalo ‘‘tappaccayaṃ atthaṃ karissāmī’’ti kāme pattheti. Diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, bhavavisesaṃ paccāsīsati. Tattha uppannaṃ vihanati bādhatīti ^b^vighāto,^eb^ dukkhaṃ, pariḷāhanaṃ anatthuppādavasena upatāpanaṃ ^b^pariḷāho,^eb^ ayametesaṃ viseso. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbesu vāresu. ^b^Iminā upāyenā^eb^ti atidesena pana pariggahito attho parato āgamissatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^34-40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imasmiṃ pade^eb^ti etena sattasupi vāresu tathā āgataṃ padaṃ sāmaññato gahitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā’’^eb^tiādi. Rosanaṃ kāyikaṃ vācasikañcāti tappaṭipakkho arosopi tathā duvidhoti āha ^b^‘‘kāyikavācasikasaṃvarenā’’^eb^ti. Yathā abhijjhā lobho, anabhijjhā alobho, evaṃ ^b^akodhūpāyāso^eb^ abyāpādo, saṃvare sukhanti ^b^saṃvaro^eb^ti daṭṭhabbo, anatilobho pana satisaṃvare, anatimāno ñāṇasaṃvare saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Imesu pana padesu evaṃ sabbavāresu yojanā kātabbāti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ āsavuppatti veditabbā^eb^ti ettha vuttassapi ekajjhaṃ vuccamānattā ^b^‘‘puna ayaṃ saṅkhepavinicchayo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Asammohatthaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇassa. ^b^Purimesu tāva catūsu^eb^ vāresu ^b^viramituṃ na sakkomīti vattabbaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Attāpi maṃ upavadeyyā’’ti etassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ ^b^‘‘na sakkomī’’^eb^ti, ‘‘anuvijjāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyu’’nti etassa padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ ^b^‘‘na sakkotī’’ti^eb^^a^M2.0023^ea^^b^vattabbaṃ,^eb^ iminā nayena pacchimesupi catūsu yathārahaṃ yojanā veditabbā. ^b^Atimāne bhavāsavāvijjāsavā^eb^ti vuttaṃ mānena saha diṭṭhiyā anuppajjanato, atimāno pana kāmarāgenapi uppajjatevāti ‘‘atimāne kāmāsavāvijjāsavā’’ti vattabbaṃ siyā, svāyaṃ nayo vuttanayattā suviññeyyoti na dassito. ^b^Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ kathitaṃ^eb^ ādito catūhi chaṭṭhena vāti pañcahi vārehi, sesehi tīhi ^b^pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle ṭhitassa bhikkhuno paṭisaṅkhāpahānaṃ,^eb^ sabbehipi pana bhikkhubhāve ṭhitassa ^b^gihivohārasamucchedo kathito^eb^. Tattha sabbattha vattaṃ ‘‘idañcidañca mayhaṃ kātuṃ nappatirūpa’’nti paṭisaṅkhānavasena akaraṇaṃ pajahanañca paṭisaṅkhāpahānaṃ.


volume: 33
item: 4
title: sekhasuttavaṇṇanā^potaliyasuttavaṇṇanā^^kāmādīnavakathāvaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upasumbheyyā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0022^ea^ ettha ^b^upa^eb^-saddo samīpattho, sumbhanaṃ vikkhepanaṃ. Teneva ^b^tamena^eb^nti bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha – ^b^‘‘tassa samīpe khipeyyā’’^eb^ti, tassa kukkurassa samīpe aṭṭhikaṅkalaṃ khipeyyāti attho. ^b^Nimmaṃsattā kaṅkalanti vuccatī^eb^ti iminā vigatamaṃsāya aṭṭhikaṅkalikāya uraṭṭhimhi vā piṭṭhikaṇṭake vā sīsaṭṭhimhi vā kaṅkala-saddo niruḷhoti dasseti. ^b^Sunikkanta^eb^nti nillikhitaṃ katvāva nibbisesaṃ likhitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ekattupaṭṭhānassa ajjhupekkhanavasena pavattiyā ^b^ekattā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catutthajhānupekkhā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā panassa ārammaṇampi ekasabhāvameva, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘sā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Lokāmisasaṅkhātā^eb^ti apariññātavatthunā lokena āmasitabbato, loke vā āmisoti saṅkhaṃ gatāya vasena kāmaguṇānaṃ kāmabhāvo ca āmisabhāvo ca, so eva nippariyāyato āmisanti vattabbataṃ arahati. ^b^Kāmaguṇāmisā^eb^ti kāmaguṇe chandarāgā. ^b^Gahaṇaṭṭhena^eb^ bhusaṃ ādānaṭṭhena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ḍayanaṃ ākāsena gamananti āha ^b^‘‘uppatitvā gaccheyyā’’^eb^ti. Gijjhādīnaṃ vāsipharasu na hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘mukhatuṇḍakena ḍasantā taccheyyu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vissajjeyyu^eb^nti ettha ‘‘vissajjana’’nti ākaḍḍhanaṃ adhippetaṃ anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ, ākaḍḍhanañca anubandhitvā pātananti āha ^b^‘‘maṃsapesiṃ nakhehi kaḍḍhitvā pāteyyu’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^ Purisassa ^a^M2.0024^ea^ ārohanayogyaṃ ^b^poriseyyaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^48^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sampannaṃ sundaraṃ phalamassāti ^b^sampannaphalaṃ. Phalūpapanna^eb^nti phalehi upetanti āha ^b^‘‘bahuphala’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^50^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suvidūravidūre^eb^ti ariyassa vinaye vohārasamucchedato suṭṭhu vidūrabhūte eva vidūre ^b^ahaṃ^eb^ ṭhito. Kassaci nāma atthassapi ajānanato na ājānantīti ^b^anājānīyā^eb^ti kattusādhanamassa dassento ^b^ajānanake^eb^ti ajānantabhojanasīsena tesaṃ dātabbapaccaye vadati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Potaliyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 5
title: potaliyasuttavaṇṇanā^^jīvakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^51^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kumārena ^a^V2.0023^ea^ bhato posāpitoti kumārabhato, kumārabhato eva ^b^komārabhacco^eb^ yathā ‘‘bhisakkameva bhesajja’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārabhantī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ārabha^eb^-saddo kāmaṃ kāmāyūhanayaññuṭṭhāpanāapattiāpajjanaviññāpanādīsupi āgato, idha pana hiṃsane icchitabboti āha – ^b^‘‘ārabhantīti ghātentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uddisitvā kata^eb^nti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.12; sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.294) attānaṃ uddisitvā māraṇavasena kataṃ nibbattitaṃ. ^b^Paṭiccakamma^eb^nti ettha ^b^kamma^eb^-saddo kammasādhano atītakālikoti āha – ^b^‘‘attānaṃ paṭicca kata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Nimittakammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘paṭicca kammaṃ phusatī’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.4.75) viya. ^b^Nimittakammassā^eb^ti nimittabhāvena laddhabbakammassa, na karaṇakārāpanavasena. ^b^Paṭiccakammaṃ ettha atthīti maṃsaṃ paṭiccakammaṃ^eb^ yathā ‘‘buddhaṃ etassa atthīti buddho’’ti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti nigaṇṭhānaṃ. Aññepi brāhmaṇādayo taṃladdhikā attheva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāraṇa^eb^nti ettha yutti adhippetā, sā eva ca dhammato anapetattā ‘‘dhammo’’ti vuttāti āha – ^b^‘‘kāraṇaṃ nāma tikoṭiparisuddhamacchamaṃsaparibhogo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anukāraṇaṃ nāma mahājanassa tathā byākaraṇaṃ^eb^ yuttiyā dhammassa anurūpabhāvato maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabbanti anuññātaṃ tatheva kathananti katvā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti ‘‘jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ ^b^neva kāraṇaṃ hoti^eb^^a^M2.0025^ea^ sabbena sabbaṃ abhāvato sati ca ayuttiyaṃ adhammoti katvā. ^b^Tathā byākaraṇa^eb^nti ‘‘jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjatī’’ti kathanaṃ yuttiyā dhammassa ananurūpabhāvato ^b^na anukāraṇaṃ hoti. Parehi vuttakāraṇena sakāraṇo hutvā^eb^ti pare titthiyā ‘jāna’ntiādinā dhammaṃ kathenti vadanti, tena kāraṇabhūtena sakāraṇo hutvā. Tehi tathā vattabbo eva ^b^hutvā tumhākaṃ vādo vā anuvādo vā^eb^ ‘‘maṃsaṃ paribhuñjitabba’’nti pavattā tumhākaṃ kathā vā parato parehi tathā pavattitā tassā anukathā vā. ^b^Viññūhi garahitabbakāraṇa^eb^nti titthiyā tāva tiṭṭhantu, tato aññehi paṇḍitehi garahitabbakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Koci na āgacchatī^eb^ti garahitabbataṃ na āpajjatīti attho. ^b^Abhibhavitvā ācikkhantī^eb^ti abhibhuyya madditvā kathenti, abhibhūtena akkosantīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kāraṇehī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0024^ea^ paribhogacittassa avisuddhatāhetūhi. Bhikkhū uddissakataṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Tādisamaṃsañhi paribhogānārahattā cittāvisuddhiyā kāraṇaṃ cittasaṃkilesāvahato. Idāni diṭṭhasutaparisaṅkitāni sarūpato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhādīsū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkita^eb^nti ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ suta’’nti imaṃ ubhayaṃ anissāya – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa vadhitvā sampādita’’nti kevalameva parisaṅkitaṃ. ^b^Sabbasaṅgāhako^eb^ti sabbesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ parisaṅkitānaṃ saṅgaṇhanako.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maṅgalādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena āhunapāhunādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Nibbematikā hontī^eb^ti sabbena sabbaṃ parisaṅkitābhāvamāha. ^b^Itaresa^eb^nti ajānantānaṃ ^b^vaṭṭati,^eb^ jānato evettha āpatti hoti. ^b^Teyevā^eb^ti ye uddissa kataṃ, teyeva.<br/><br/>[03]Uddissakatamaṃsaparibhogato akappiyamaṃsaparibhogassa visesaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘akappiyamaṃsaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Purimasmiṃ sacittakā āpatti, itarasmiṃ acittakā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘akappiyamaṃsaṃ ajānitvā bhuttassapi āpattiyevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paribhoga^eb^nti paribhuñjitabbanti vadāmīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tādisassā^eb^ti tikoṭiparisuddhassa macchamaṃsassa paribhoge. ^b^Mettāvihārinopī^eb^ti ^b^api^eb^-saddena amettāvihārinopi. Mettāvihārino paribhoge sikhāppattā anavajjatāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘idha, jīvaka, bhikkhū’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M2.0026^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Aniyametvā^eb^ti avisesetvā sāmaññato. Yasmā bhagavatā – ‘‘yato kho, vaccha, bhikkhuno taṇhā pahīnā hotī’’tiādinā mahāvacchagottasutte (ma. ni. 2.194) attā aniyametvā vutto. Tathā hi vacchagotto – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu bhavaṃ gotamo, atthi pana bhoto gotamassa ekabhikkhupi sāvako āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… upasampajja viharatī’’ti āha, ‘‘idha, bhāradvāja, bhikkhu aññataraṃ gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā upanissāya viharatī’’tiādinā caṅkīsutte (ma. ni. 2.430) attā aniyametvā vutto. Tathā hi tattha parato – ‘‘yaṃ kho pana ayamāyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, gambhīro so dhammo duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo, na so dhammo sudesanīyo luddenā’’tiādinā desanā āgatā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavatā hi mahāvacchagottasutte, caṅkīsutte imasmiṃ sutteti tīsu ṭhānesu attānaṃyeva sandhāya desanā katā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Maṃsūpasecanova adhippeto^eb^ macchamaṃsasahitassa āhārassa paribhogabhāvato macchamaṃsassa ca idha adhippetattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Agathito^eb^^a^V2.0025^ea^ appaṭibaddho. ^b^Taṇhāmucchanāyā^eb^ti taṇhāyanavasena mucchāpattiyā. ^b^Anajjhopanno^eb^ taṇhāya abhibhavitvā na ajjhotthaṭo, gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā na saṇṭhitoti attho. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ ālumpitvā’’^eb^tiādi. Idha ādīnavo āhārassa paṭikūlabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘ekarattivāsenā’’^eb^tiādi. Ayamattho āhāraparibhogoti atthasaṃyojanaparicchedikā ‘‘yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.182; ma. ni. 1.23; 2.24; 3.75; saṃ. ni. 4.120) pavattā āhārapaṭibaddhachandarāganissaraṇabhūtā paññā assa atthīti ^b^nissaraṇapañño. Idamattha^eb^nti etamatthāya. ^b^Evaṃ sante^eb^ti ‘‘brahmāti ca mettāvihārino samaññā’’ti avatvā ye dhammā mettāvihārassa paṭipakkhabhūtā, tattha sāvasesaṃ pahāsi brahmā, anavasesaṃ pahāsi bhagavāti sace te idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, evaṃ sante tava idaṃ yathāvuttavacanaṃ anujānāmi, na mettāvihāritāsāmaññamattatoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^55^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Pāṭiyekko^eb^^a^M2.0027^ea^^b^anusandhī’’^eb^ti vatvā visuṃ anusandhibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dvāraṃ thaketī^eb^ti macchamaṃsaparibhogānuññāya aññesaṃ vacanadvāraṃ pidahati, codanāpathaṃ nirundhati. Kathaṃ ^b^sattānuddayaṃ dasseti^eb^? Sattānuddayamukhena bāhirakānaṃ macchamaṃsaparibhogapaṭikkhepo tayidaṃ micchā, tikoṭiparisuddhasseva macchamaṃsassa paribhogo bhagavatā anuññāto. Tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘tīhi kho ahaṃ, jīvaka, ṭhānehi maṃsaṃ paribhoganti vadāmī’tiādi (ma. ni. 2.52). ^b^Vinaye^eb^pi (pārā. 409; cūḷava. 343) vuttaṃ – ‘‘tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ, devadatta, macchamaṃsaṃ mayā anuññāta’’nti. Tikoṭiparisuddhañca bhuñjantānaṃ sattesu anuddayā niccalā. ^b^‘‘Sattānuddayaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘sace hī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamena kāraṇenā^eb^ti desanāvasenapi payogavasenapi paṭhamena parūpaghātahetunā. ^b^Kaḍḍhito^eb^ so pāṇo. ^b^Galena pavedhentenā^eb^ti yottagalena karaṇena asayhamānena. ^b^Bahupuññameva hoti^eb^ āsādanāpekkhāya abhāvato, hitajjhāsayattā vāti adhippāyo. ^b^Esāhaṃ, bhante^eb^tiādi kasmā vuttaṃ, saraṇagamanavaseneva gahitasaraṇoti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘aya’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Ogāhanto^eb^tiādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā suttaṃ anussaranto atthaṃ upadhārento. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Jīvakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 6
title: ^jīvakasuttavaṇṇanā^upālisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^56^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pāvāraṃ ^a^V2.0026^ea^ pārupatīti pāvāriko, idaṃ tassa kulasamudāgataṃ nāmaṃ, so pana mahaddhano mahābhogo nagare seṭṭhiṭṭhāne ṭhito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dussapāvārikaseṭṭhino’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dīghattā^eb^ dīghatamattā. So kira pamāṇato upavacchayato diyaḍḍharatanaṃ atikkamma ṭhito. ^b^Evaṃladdhanāmo^eb^ti ‘‘dīghatapassī’’ti laddhasamañño. ^b^Bāhirāyatane^eb^ti titthiyasamaye ^b^piṇḍapātoti vohāro natthi,^eb^ tasmā sāsanavohārena ^b^‘‘piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto’’^eb^ti vuttanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dassetī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0028^ea^ deseti. ^b^Ṭhapetī^eb^ti aññamaññasaṅkarato vavatthapeti. ^b^Kiriyāyā^eb^ti karaṇena. ^b^Pavattiyā^eb^ti pavattanena. ^b^Daṇḍāni paññapetī^eb^ti ettha kasmā bhagavatā āditova tathā na pucchitanti? Yasmā sā tasmiṃ atthe sabhāvanirutti na hoti, sāsane loke samayantaresu ca tādiso samudācāro natthi, kevalaṃ pana tasseva nigaṇṭhassāyaṃ koṭṭhālakasadiso samudācāroti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kammāni paññapeti’’^eb^ iccevāha. ^b^Acittaka^eb^nti cittarahitaṃ, cittena asamuṭṭhāpitanti attho. Kathaṃ pana tadubhayassa cittena vinā sambhavoti codanaṃ sandhāya tattha nidassanamāha ^b^‘‘yathā kirā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paṭivibhattāna^eb^nti atthato bhinnānaṃ. ^b^Paṭivisiṭṭhāna^eb^nti visesanapadavasena saddatopi bhinnānaṃ. ^b^Vacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetukāmo^eb^ti dīghatapassino yathāvuttavacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetukāmo. Tasmiñhi patiṭṭhāpite tenappasaṅgena āgato, upāli gahapati tasmiṃ padese dhammaṃ disvā sāsane abhippasīdissati.<br/><br/>[03]Kathā eva upari vādāropanassa vatthubhāvato ^b^kathāvatthu^eb^. ^b^Kathāyaṃ patiṭṭhapesī^eb^ti kathāvatthusmiṃ, tadatthe vā patiṭṭhapesi. Yathā taṃ vādāropanabhayena na avajānāti, evaṃ tassaṃ kathāyaṃ, tasmiṃ vā atthe dīghatapassiṃ yāvatatiyaṃ vāde patiṭṭhapesi. ^b^Vāda^eb^nti dosaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^57^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idāni cetanāsampayuttadhammampi gahetvā kāyakammādivasena saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāmā^eb^tiādi ‘‘kammassa kiriyāyā’’ti pāḷiyaṃ akusalakammassa adhigatattā vuttaṃ, pubbe pana ^b^aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalacetanā^eb^tiādi sāvajjaṃ anavajjañca sāmaññato ekajjhaṃ katvā dassitaṃ. Kasmā panettha cetanā na gahitāti āha ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ sutte kammaṃ dhura’’^eb^nti. Kāyakammādibhedaṃ kammameva ^a^V2.0027^ea^^b^dhuraṃ^eb^ jeṭṭhakaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ, na cetanāmattameva. ^b^Evamāgatepī^eb^ti kammānīti evaṃ nāmena āgatepi cetanā dhuraṃ, tattha cetanaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā vuttanti adhippāyo. Kathaṃ pana tattha kammanti vā kammānīti vā āgate tesaṃ cetanāya dhurabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘yattha katthaci…pe… labhatī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^yattha katthacī^eb^ti yasmiṃ kismiñci dvāre. ^b^Sā vuttāvā^eb^ti sā cetanā vuttāva, yā kāyasaṅkhārādipariyāyena (yassa kassaci kammassa kāyadvārādīsu pavattāpanacetanā) sampayuttadhammāpi ^a^M2.0029^ea^ tadaggena lokiyāpi lokuttarāpi kammameva, abhijjhādayo pana cetanāpakkhikāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahanta^eb^nti kaṭukaphalaṃ. ^b^Na kilamati^eb^ sappāṭihāriyattā paṭiññāya. Idāni tesaṃ sappāṭihāriyataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadi akusalaṃ patvā kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati, atha kasmā bhagavā idha akusalaṃ manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ kathesīti āha ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne’’^eb^tiādi. Yāvatatiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpanamattena ^b^gatamaggaṃ paṭipajjanto^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiñci atthanipphattiṃ apassantopī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^58^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nivāsaṭṭhānabhūto bālako etissā atthīti ^b^bālakinī^eb^. Satthupaṭiññātatāya nigaṇṭhānaṃ mahāti sambhāvitattā ^b^mahānigaṇṭho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^60^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āvaṭṭeti purimākārato nivatteti attano vase vatteti etāyāti ^b^āvaṭṭanī,^eb^ māyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āvaṭṭetvā gahaṇamāya’’^eb^nti. Satthupaṭiññānaṃ buddhadassane cittameva na uppajjati, ayamettha dhammatā. Sace pana so taṃ paṭiññaṃ appahāya buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāvaṃ upagaccheyya, sattadhā muddhā phaleyya, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘mā ayaṃ bālo vinassī’’tiāditova yathā sammukhībhāvaṃ na labhati, tathā karoti. Svāyamattho ^b^pāthikaputtasamāgamena^eb^ dīpetabbo. Dassanasampattiniyāmamāha ^b^‘‘tathāgataṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Āgamā nu kho idha^eb^ tumhākaṃ santikaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vacīsacce patiṭṭhahitvā^eb^ti yathāpaṭiññātāya paṭiññāya ṭhatvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sītodake amatā pāṇā pānakāle pana maranti, tepi tena sītodakaparibhogena māritā honti, tasmā tapassinā nāma sabbena sabbaṃ sītodakaṃ na paribhuñjitabbanti tesaṃ laddhi. Pākatikaṃ vā udakaṃ sattoti purātanānaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ laddhi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sattasaññāya sītodakaṃ paṭikkhipantī’’^eb^ti. Tesaṃ taṃ adhunātananigaṇṭhānaṃ vādena virujjhati. Te hi pathavīādinavapadatthato ^a^V2.0028^ea^ aññameva jīvitaṃ paṭijānanti. Cittena sītodakaṃ pātukāmo paribhuñjitukāmo hoti roge ṭhatvāpi sattānaṃ cittassa tathā na vitatatā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘tenassa manodaṇḍo tattheva bhijjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti sītodakaṃ pātuṃ paribhuñjituñca icchanena. ^b^Assā^eb^ti yathāvuttassa nigaṇṭhassa. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti tathācittuppādane eva. ^b^Bhijjati^eb^ saṃvarassa vikopitattā. Tathābhūto so nigaṇṭho sītodakaṃ ^a^M2.0030^ea^ ce labheyya, katipayaṃ kālaṃ jīveyya, alābhena pana parisussamānakaṇṭhoṭṭhatālujivhāādiko sabbaso paridāhābhibhūto mareyya. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘sītodakaṃ alabhamāno kālaṃ kareyyā’’^eb^ti. Kasmā? Yasmā sītodakaṃ pivāya sannissitacittassa maraṇaṃ hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘manodaṇḍo pana bhinnopi cutimpi ākaḍḍhatī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana tathābhūtacittassa nigaṇṭhassa manosattesu nāma devesu upapatti hotīti titthiyānaṃ laddhi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘manodaṇḍo pana bhinnopi paṭisandhimpi ākaḍḍhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itī^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘idhāssa nigaṇṭho’’tiādiākārena. ^b^Na^eb^nti upāliṃ gahapatiṃ. ^b^Mahantoti vadāpesi^eb^ ‘‘manopaṭibaddho kālaṅkarotī’’ti vadantoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upāsakassā^eb^ti upālissa gahapatissa. ^b^Mucchāvasenā^eb^tiādinā anvayato byatirekato ca manodaṇḍassa mahantataṃ vibhāveti. ^b^Cittasantatippavattimattenevā^eb^ti vinā kāyadaṇḍena vacīdaṇḍena ca kevalaṃ cittasantatippavattimattena. ^b^Bhijjitvāpī^eb^ti ettha ^b^pi^eb^-saddena abhijjitvāpi. ^b^Aniyyānikā^eb^ti appāṭihīrā, ayuttāti attho. ^b^Sallakkhesi^eb^ upāsakoti vibhattiṃ vipariṇāmetvā yojanā. ^b^Pañhapaṭibhānānī^eb^ti ñātuṃ icchite atthe uppajjanakapaṭibhānāni.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Manopaṭibaddho kālaṃ karotī’’ti vadantena atthato manodaṇḍassa taduttarabhāvo paṭiññāto hotīti āha ^b^‘‘idāni manodaṇḍo mahantoti idaṃ vacana’’^eb^nti. Tathā ceva vuttaṃ – ‘‘manodaṇḍova balavā mahantoti vadāpesī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pāṇātipātādito yamanaṃ yāmo, catubbidho yāmo catuyāmo, catuyāmasaṅkhātena saṃvarena saṃvuto ^b^cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto^eb^. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yāma-saddo koṭṭhāsapariyāyoti ^b^‘‘iminā catukoṭṭhāsenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Piyajātikaṃ rūpādiārammaṇaṃ rāgavasena bālehi bhāvanīyattā ‘‘bhāvita’’nti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘bhāvitanti pañca kāmaguṇā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yo sabbaṃ pāpaṃ āsavañca vāretīti sabbavārī, tassa navasu padatthesu sattamo padattho, tena sabbavārinā pāpaṃ vāritvā ṭhitoti ^b^sabbavārivārito^eb^^a^M2.0031^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbena pāpavāraṇena vāritapāpo’’^eb^ti. ^a^V2.0029^ea^ Tato eva sabbassa vāritabbassa āsavassa dhunanato ^b^sabbavāridhuto^eb^. Vāritabbassa nivāraṇavasena sabbavārino phuṭo phusitoti ^b^sabbavāriphuṭo. Saṅghāta^eb^nti sahasā hananaṃ, asañcetanikavadhanti attho. ^b^Katarasmiṃ koṭṭhāse^eb^ti tīsu daṇḍakoṭṭhāsesu katarakoṭṭhāse.<br/><br/>[03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khaliyati samādiyatīti ^b^khalaṃ,^eb^ rāsīti āha – ^b^‘‘ekaṃ maṃsakhalanti ekaṃ maṃsarāsi’’^eb^nti. Vijjādharaiddhiyā ^b^iddhimā^eb^. Sā pana iddhi yasmā ānubhāvasampannasseva ijjhati, na yassa kassaci. Tasmā āha ^b^‘‘ānubhāvasampanno’’^eb^ti. Vijjānubhāvavaseneva ^b^ānubhāvasampanno. Citte vasībhāvappatto^eb^ ānubhāvāya eva vijjāya paguṇabhāvāpādanena. Etena vasībhāvaṃ lokiyasamaññāvasena bhagavā upāliṃ gahapatiṃ paññapetukāmo evamāha. Lokikā hi ‘‘bhāvanāmayaiddhiyā iddhimā cetovasībhāvappatto parūpaghātaṃ karotī’’ti maññanti. Tathā hi te isayo paresaṃ saṃvaṇṇenti, isīnaṃ ānubhāvaṃ kittenti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āgamissatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^65^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Araññameva hutvā^eb^ti sabbaso araññameva hutvā. Araññabhāvena ^b^araññaṃ jātaṃ,^eb^ na nāmamattena. ^b^Isīnaṃ atthāyā^eb^ti isīnaṃ āsādanatthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Godhāvarītīrato^eb^ nātidūre. ^b^Usūyamāno^eb^ti ‘‘na maṃ esa jano parivāretī’’ti usūyaṃ karonto. ^b^Kiliṭṭho vatā^eb^ti paṅkadantarajasiratādīhi kiliṭṭhasarīro. ^b^Anañjitamaṇḍito^eb^ti anañjitakkhiko sabbena, sabbaṃ amaṇḍito ca. Tasmiṃ kāle ‘‘kālasseva akkhīnaṃ añjanaṃ maṅgala’’nti manussānaṃ laddhi, tasmā anañjanaṃ visuṃ gahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rājā tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘vedesu īdisaṃ āgataṃ bhavissatīti evaṃ, bhante’’ti rājā tassa purohitassa vacanaṃ gahetvā. ^b^Usumajātahadayo^eb^ti uttattahadayo. Nāsikānaṃ appahonte ^b^mukhena assasanto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Vijitajayehi āgantvā nakkhattayuttaṃ āgamentehi nisīditabbaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^jayakhandhāvāraṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Udakavuṭṭhipātanādi tasmiṃ pāpakamme asamaṅgibhūtānampi samanuññatāya ^a^M2.0032^ea^ antokaraṇatthaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Katabhaṇḍavuṭṭhī^eb^ti ābharaṇavassaṃ. Mahājano samanuñño jātoti yojanā. ^b^Mātuposakarāmo^eb^ti mātari sammāpaṭipanno rāmo nāma eko puriso. ^b^Asamaṅgibhūtāna^eb^nti asamanuññānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avakiriyā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0030^ea^ asussūsataṃ paṭicca. ^b^Phuliṅgānī^eb^ti aggikaṇāni. ^b^Patanti kāye^eb^ti kāye ito cito nipatanti. Ete kira nirayaṃ vivaritvā mahājanassa dassenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathāphāsukaṭṭhāna^eb^nti mayaṃ kañcipi desaṃ uddissa na gacchāma, yattha pana vasantassa pabbajitassa phāsu hoti, taṃ yathāphāsukaṭṭhānaṃ gacchāmāti adhippāyo. ^b^Saṅghā^eb^ti saṃhatā. ^b^Gaṇā^eb^ti taṃtaṃseṇibhāvena gaṇitabbatāya gaṇā. ^b^Gaṇībhūtā^eb^ti ekajjhāsayā hutvā rāsibhūtā. ^b^Adinnādāna^eb^ntiādīsupi niraye paccitvā manussalokaṃ āgatassa vipākāvasesenāti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paggaṇhissāmī^eb^ti sambhāvanaṃ uppādessāmi. ^b^Nesaṃ kattabba^eb^nti cintesīti yojanā. Kiṃ cintesi? Āghātaṃ uppādetvā anatthakaraṇūpāyaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so dhammakathāpariyosāne’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nāgabalapicchillādīna^eb^nti nāgabalasāsapāṅkolatelakaṇikāraniyyāsādīnaṃ cikkhallānaṃ. ^b^Viheṭhayiṃsu^eb^ nirayādikathāhi ghaṭṭentā. ^b^Chadvārārammaṇe^eb^ti cakkhādīnaṃ channaṃ dvārānaṃ ārammaṇabhūte rūpādivisaye.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nava vuṭṭhiyo^eb^ti udakavuṭṭhi sumanapupphavuṭṭhi māsakavuṭṭhi kahāpaṇavuṭṭhi ābharaṇavuṭṭhi āvudhavuṭṭhi aṅgāravuṭṭhi pāsāṇavuṭṭhi vālikāvuṭṭhīti imā nava vuṭṭhiyo. ^b^Avañcayī^eb^ti sakkāraṃ karonto viya hutvā asakkāraṃ karonto anatthacaraṇena vañcayi. ^b^Adūsake^eb^ti anaparādhe.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā brāhmaṇakaññā’’ti jātakaṭṭhakathādīsu (jā. aṭṭha. 4.15ṃātaṅgajātakavaṇṇanā) āgataṃ, idha pana ‘‘seṭṭhidhītā’’ti. ^b^Vāreyyatthāyā^eb^ti āvāhatthāya, ^b^assā^eb^ti pesitapuggalassa. Tādisena nīcakulasaṃvattaniyena kammunā laddhokāsena ^b^caṇḍālayoniyaṃ nibbatto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cammagehe^eb^ti ^a^M2.0033^ea^ cammena chādite gehe. ^b^Mātaṅgotvevassa nāmaṃ ahosi^eb^ jātisamudāgataṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti ghaṇṭaṃ. ^b^Vādento^eb^ tālanena saddaṃ karonto. ^b^Mahāpathaṃ paṭipajji^eb^ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya gehadvārasamīpena.<br/><br/>[03]Tassā veyyāvaccakarā ceva ^b^upaṭṭhākamanussā^eb^ paṭibaddhā ca ^b^surāsoṇḍādayo^eb^ jāṇukapparādīhi sukoṭṭitaṃ koṭṭitabhāvena mucchaṃ āpannattā ^b^matoti saññāya chaḍḍesuṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Atha bodhisatto ^a^V2.0031^ea^ āyuavasesassa atthitāya mandamande vāte vāyante cirena saññaṃ paṭilabhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahāpuriso’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gehaṅgaṇe^eb^ti gehassa mahādvārato bahi vivaṭaṅgaṇe. ^b^Patito^eb^ti pātaṃ katvā icchitatthanipphattiṃ antaraṃ katvā anuppavesena nipanno. ^b^Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāyā^eb^ti diṭṭhamaṅgalikākāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yasa^eb^nti vibhavaṃ kittisaddañca. ^b^Canda^eb^nti candamaṇḍalaṃ, candavimānanti attho. ^b^Ucchiṭṭhagehe^eb^ti parehi paribhuttagehe. ^b^Maṇḍape^eb^ti nagaramajjhe mahāmaṇḍape.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khīramaṇimūla^eb^nti khīramūlaṃ, pādesu baddhamaṇimūlañca. ^b^Yāvatā vācuggatā pariyattī^eb^ti yattako manussavacīdvārato uggato nikkhanto pavatto, yaṃkiñci vacīmayanti attho. ^b^Ākāsaṅgaṇe^eb^ti vivaṭaṅgaṇe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dummavāsī^eb^ti dhūmo dhūsaro, anañjitāmaṇḍitoti adhippāyo. ^b^Otallako^eb^ti nihīnajjhāsayo, appānubhāvoti attho. ^b^Paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe^eb^ti yāva galavāṭakā pārupitvā. ^b^Ko re tuva^eb^nti are ko nāma tvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakata^eb^nti paṭiyattaṃ nānappakārato abhisaṅkhataṃ. ^b^Uttiṭṭhapiṇḍa^eb^nti antaragharaṃ upagamma ṭhatvā laddhabbapiṇḍaṃ, bhikkhāhāranti attho. ^b^Labhata^eb^nti lacchatu. ^b^Sapāko^eb^ti mahāsatto jātivasena yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikaroti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthatthitaṃ saddahato^eb^ti samparāyikassa atthassa atthibhāvaṃ saddahantassa. ^b^Apehī^eb^ti apagaccha. ^b^Etto^eb^ti imasmā ṭhānā. ^b^Jammā^eb^ti lāmaka.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anūpakhette^eb^ti ^a^M2.0034^ea^ ajaṅgale udakasampanne khette phalavisesaṃ paccāsīsantā. ^b^Etāya saddhāya dadāhi dāna^eb^nti ninnaṃ thalañca pūrento megho viya guṇavante nigguṇe ca dānaṃ dehi, evaṃ dento ca ^b^appeva ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyeti. Dakkhiṇeyye^eb^ti sīlādiguṇasamannāgate.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tānī^eb^ti te brāhmaṇā. ^b^Veṇupadarenā^eb^ti veḷuvilīvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Giriṃ nakhena^eb^^a^V2.0032^ea^^b^khaṇasī^eb^ti pabbataṃ attano nakhena khaṇanto viya ahosi. ^b^Ayo^eb^ti kālalohaṃ. ^b^Padahasī^eb^ti abhibhavasi, attano sarīrena abhibhavanto viya ahosi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āvedhita^eb^nti calitaṃ viparivattetvā ṭhitaṃ. ^b^Piṭṭhito^eb^ti piṭṭhipassena. ^b^Bāhuṃ pasāreti akammaneyya^eb^nti akammakkhamaṃ bāhudvayaṃ thaddhaṃ sukkhadaṇḍakaṃ viya kevalaṃ pasāreti, na samiñjeti, ^b^setāni akkhīni^eb^ parivattanena kaṇhamaṇḍalassa adissanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jīvita^eb^nti jīvanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vehāyasa^eb^nti ākāse. ^b^Pathaddhuno^eb^ti pathabhūtaddhuno viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saññampi na karotī^eb^ti ‘‘ime kulappasutā’’ti saññāmattampi na karoti. ^b^Dantakaṭṭhakucchiṭṭhaka^eb^nti khāditadantakaṭṭhattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Etasseva upari patissati^eb^ appaduṭṭhapadosabhāvato, mahāsattassa tadā ukkaṃsagatakhettabhāvato. ^b^Iddhivisayo nāma acinteyyo,^eb^ tasmā kathaṃ sūriyassa uggantuṃ nādāsīti na cintetabbaṃ. ^b^Aruṇuggaṃ na paññāyatī^eb^ti tasmiṃ padese aruṇapabhā na paññāyati, andhakāro eva hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yakkhāvaṭṭo nu kho ayaṃ^eb^ kālavipariyāyo. ^b^Mahāpañña^eb^nti mahantānaṃ paññānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. ^b^Janapadassa mukhaṃ passathā^eb^ti imassa janapadavāsino janassa upaddavena maṅkubhūtaṃ mukhaṃ passatha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etassa kathā etasseva upari patissatī^eb^ti yāhi tena pāramitāparibhāvanasamiddhāhi nānāsamāpattivihāraparipūritāhi sīladiṭṭhisampadāhi susaṅkhatasantāne mahākaruṇādhivāse mahāsatte ariyūpavādakammābhisapasaṅkhātā pharusavācā pavattitā, sā abhisapi tassa khettavisesabhāvato tassa ca ajjhāsayapharusatāya diṭṭhadhammavedaniyakammaṃ hutvā ^a^M2.0035^ea^ sace so mahāsattaṃ na khamāpeti, sattame divase vipaccanasabhāvaṃ jātaṃ, khamāpite pana mahāsatte payogasampatti paṭibāhitattā avipākadhammataṃ āpajjati ahosikammabhāvato. Ayañhi ariyūpavādapāpassa diṭṭhadhammavedaniyassa dhammatā, tena vuttaṃ ‘etassa kathā etasseva upari patissatī’tiādi. Mahāsatto pana taṃ tassa upari patituṃ na adāsi, upāyena mocesi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^cariyāpiṭake^eb^ (cariyā. 2.64) –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yaṃ so ^a^V2.0033^ea^ tadā maṃ abhisapi, kupito duṭṭhamānaso;<br/><br/>[22]Tasseva matthake nipati, yogena taṃ pamocayi’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Yañhi tattha sattame divase bodhisattena sūriyuggamananivāraṇaṃ kataṃ, ayamettha yogoti adhippeto. Yogena hi ubbaḷhā sarājikā parisā nagaravāsino negamā ceva jānapadā ca bodhisattassa santikaṃ tāpasaṃ ānetvā khamāpesuṃ. So ca bodhisattassa guṇe jānitvā tasmiṃ cittaṃ pasādesi. Yaṃ panassa matthake mattikāpiṇḍassa ṭhapanaṃ, tassa ca sattadhā phālanaṃ kataṃ, taṃ manussānaṃ cittānurakkhaṇatthaṃ. Aññathā hi – ‘‘ime pabbajitā samānā cittassa vase vattanti, na pana cittaṃ attano vase vattāpentī’’ti mahāsattampi tena sadisaṃ katvā gaṇheyyuṃ, tadassa tesaṃ dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘athassā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lohakūṭavassa^eb^nti ayaguḷavassaṃ. Tadā hi ratanamattāni diyaḍḍharatanamattānipi tikhiṇaṃsāni ayaguḷamaṇḍalāni ito cito ca nipatantā manussānaṃ sarīrāni khaṇḍakhaṇḍakāni akaṃsu. ^b^Kalalavassa^eb^nti tanukakaddamapaṭalakaddamaṃ. ^b^Upahaccā^eb^ti āghāṭetvā. ^b^Tadeva^eb^ majjhāraññaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^67^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anuviccakāra^eb^nti anuviccakaraṇaṃ. Kāraṇehi dvīhi aniyyānikasāsane ṭhitānaṃ attano sāvakattaṃ upagate paggahaniggahāni dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^69^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anupubbiṃ katha^eb^nti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76; a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.12) anupubbiyā anupubbaṃ kathetabbakathaṃ, kā pana sā? Dānādikathā. ^b^Dānakathā^eb^ tāva pacurajanesupi pavattiyā sabbasādhāraṇattā sukarattā sīle patiṭṭhānassa upāyabhāvato ca āditova kathitā ^a^M2.0036^ea^. Pariccāgasīlo hi puggalo pariggahavatthūsu nissaṅgabhāvato sukheneva sīlāni samādiyati, tattha ca suppatiṭṭhito hoti. Sīlena dāyakapaṭiggahaṇavisuddhito parānuggahaṃ vatvā parapīḷānivattivacanato, kiriyadhammaṃ vatvā akiriyadhammavacanato, bhogayasasampattihetuṃ vatvā bhavasampattihetuvacanato ca dānakathānantaraṃ ^b^sīlakathā^eb^ kathitā. Tañca sīlaṃ vaṭṭanissitaṃ, ayaṃ bhavasampatti tassa phalanti dassanatthaṃ, imehi ca dānasīlamayehi paṇītacariyabhedabhinnehi puññakiriyavatthūhi etā cātumahārājikādīsu paṇītatarādibhedabhinnā aparimeyyā bhogabhavasampattiyoti dassanatthaṃ tadanantaraṃ ^b^saggakathā^eb^. Svāyaṃ saggo rāgādīhi upakkiliṭṭho sabbadā anupakkiliṭṭho ariyamaggoti dassanatthaṃ saggānantaraṃ ^b^maggo,^eb^ maggañca kathentena ^a^V2.0034^ea^ tadadhigamūpāyasandassanatthaṃ saggapariyāpannāpi pageva itare sabbepi kāmā nāma bahvādīnavā aniccā addhuvā vipariṇāmadhammāti kāmānaṃ ^b^ādīnavo.^eb^ Hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasañhitāti tesaṃ ^b^okāro^eb^ lāmakabhāvo, sabbepi bhavā kilesānaṃ vatthubhūtāti tattha ^b^saṃkileso^eb^. Sabbaso kilesavippamuttaṃ nibbānanti ^b^nekkhamme ānisaṃso^eb^ ca kathetabboti ayamattho ^b^maggantī^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddena dassitoti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhānaṃ nidāna^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ samparāyikānaṃ nibbānasañhitānañcāti sabbesampi sukhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Yañhi kiñci loke bhogasukhaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ dānanidānanti pākaṭo ayamattho. Yaṃ pana jhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ sukhaṃ, tassapi dānaṃ upanissayapaccayo hotiyeva. ^b^Sampattīnaṃ mūla^eb^nti yā imā loke padesarajjasirissariyasattaratanasamujjalacakkavattisampadāti evaṃpabhedā mānusikā sampattiyo, yā ca cātumahārājādigatā dibbā sampattiyo, yā vā panaññāpi sampattiyo, tāsaṃ sabbāsaṃ idaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Bhogāna^eb^nti bhuñjitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘bhogo’’nti laddhanāmānaṃ manāpiyarūpādīnaṃ, tannissayānaṃ vā upabhogasukhānaṃ, ^b^patiṭṭhā^eb^ niccalādhiṭṭhānatāya. ^b^Visamagatassā^eb^ti byasanappattassa. ^b^Tāṇa^eb^nti rakkhā tato paripālanato. ^b^Leṇa^eb^nti byasanehi paripātiyamānassa olīyanapadeso. ^b^Gatī^eb^ti gantabbaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Parāyaṇa^eb^nti paṭisaraṇaṃ. ^b^Avassayo^eb^ti vinipatituṃ adento nissayo. ^b^Ārammaṇa^eb^nti olubbhārammaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ratanamayasīhāsanasadisa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0037^ea^ sabbaratanamayasattaṅgamahāsīhāsanasadisaṃ, mahagghaṃ hutvā sabbaso vinipatituṃ appadānato. ^b^Mahāpathavisadisaṃ^eb^ gatagataṭṭhāne patiṭṭhāsambhavato. Yathā dubbalassa purisassa ālambanarajju uttiṭṭhato tiṭṭhato ca upatthambho, evaṃ dānaṃ sattānaṃ sampattibhave upapattiyā ṭhitiyā ca paccayo hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ālambanaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti duggatidukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena. ^b^Samassāsanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti lobhamacchariyādipaṭisattupaddavato sammadeva assāsanaṭṭhena. ^b^Bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti dāliddiyabhayato paripālanaṭṭhena. ^b^Maccheramalādīhī^eb^ti maccheralobhadosaissāmicchādiṭṭhivicikicchādi cittamalehi. ^b^Anupalittaṭṭhenā^eb^ti anupakkiliṭṭhatāya. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti maccheramalādīnaṃ. Etesaṃ eva ^b^durāsadaṭṭhena. Asantāsanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti asantāsahetubhāvena. Yo hi dāyako dānapati, so sampatipi na kutoci santasati, pageva āyatiṃ. ^b^Balavantaṭṭhenā^eb^ti mahābalavatāya. Dāyako hi dānapati sampati pakkhabalena balavā hoti, āyatiṃ pana kāyabalādīhi. ^b^Abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhenā^eb^ti ‘‘vuḍḍhikāraṇa’’nti abhisammatabhāvena. Vipattito sampattiyā nayanaṃ ^b^khemantabhūmisampāpanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^V2.0035^ea^ mahābodhicariyabhāvenapi dānaguṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^dānaṃ nāmeta^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^attānaṃ niyyādentenā^eb^ti etena dānaphalaṃ sammadeva passantā mahāpurisā attano jīvitampi pariccajanti, tasmā ko nāma viññujātiko bāhire vatthumhi saṅgaṃ kareyyāti ovādaṃ deti. Idāni yā lokiyā lokuttarā ca ukkaṃsagatā sampattiyo, tā sabbā dānatoyeva pavattantīti dassento ^b^‘‘dānañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha sakkamārabrahmasampattiyo attahitāya eva, cakkavattisampatti pana attahitāya ca parahitāya cāti dassetuṃ sā tāsaṃ parato vuttā. Etā lokiyā, imā pana lokuttarāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sāvakapāramīñāṇa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tāsupi ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhatarukkaṭṭhatamameva dassetuṃ kamena ñāṇattayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dānassa paccayabhāvo heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Eteneva tassa brahmasampattiyāpi paccayabhāvo dīpitoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Dānañca nāma hitajjhāsayena, pūjāvasena vā attano santakassa paresaṃ pariccajanaṃ, tasmā dāyako purisapuggalo paresaṃ santakaṃ harissatīti ^a^M2.0038^ea^ aṭṭhānametanti āha – ^b^‘‘dānaṃ dadanto sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sīlālaṅkārasadiso alaṅkāro natthi^eb^ sobhāvisesāvahattā sīlassa. ^b^Sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘candanaṃ tagaraṃ vāpī’’tiādikā (dha. pa. 55; mi. pa. 4.1.1) gāthā – ‘‘gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ, kāyā cuto gacchati mālutenā’’tiādikā (jā. 2.17.55) jātakagāthāyo ca āharitvā vattabbā, sīlañhi sattānaṃ ābharaṇañceva alaṅkāro ca gandhavilepanañca dassanīyabhāvāvahañca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sīlālaṅkārena hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ saggo labbhatī^eb^ti idaṃ majjhimehi chandādīhi samādānasīlaṃ sandhāyāha. Tenāha sakko devarājā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati;<br/><br/>[22]Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti. (jā. 1.8.75; 2.22.429; dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iṭṭho^eb^ti sukho. ^b^Kanto^eb^ti kamanīyo. ^b^Manāpo^eb^ti manavaḍḍhanako. Taṃ pana tassa iṭṭhādibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘niccamettha kīḷā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Doso^eb^ti aniccatādinā appassādādinā ca dūsitabhāvo, yato te viññūnaṃ cittaṃ nārādhenti ^a^V2.0036^ea^. Atha vā ādīnaṃ vāti pavattetīti ^b^ādīnavo,^eb^ paramakapaṇatā. Tathā ca kāmā yathābhūtaṃ paccavekkhantānaṃ paccupatiṭṭhanti. ^b^Lāmakabhāvo^eb^ti aseṭṭhehi sevitabbo, seṭṭhehi na sevitabbo nihīnabhāvo. ^b^Saṃkilissana^eb^nti vibādhakatā upatāpatā ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nekkhamme ānisaṃsa^eb^nti ettha yattakā kāmesu ādīnavā, tappaṭipakkhato tattakā nekkhamme ānisaṃsā. Apica – ‘‘nekkhammaṃ nāmetaṃ asambādhaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ nikkhantaṃ kāmehi, nikkhantaṃ kāmasaññāya, nikkhantaṃ kāmavitakkehi, nikkhantaṃ kāmapariḷāhehi, nikkhantaṃ byāpādasaññāyā’’tiādinā (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.26; dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76) nayena ^b^nekkhamme ānisaṃse pakāsesi,^eb^ pabbajjāya jhānādīsu ca guṇe vibhāvesi vaṇṇesi. ^b^Kallacitta^eb^nti heṭṭhā pavattitadesanāya assaddhiyādīnaṃ cittadosānaṃ vigatattā uparidesanāya bhājanabhāvūpagamanena kammakkhamacittaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yasmā assaddhiyādayo cittassa rogabhūtā ^a^M2.0039^ea^, tadā te vigatā, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘arogacitta’’^eb^nti. Diṭṭhimānādikilesavigamena ^b^muducittaṃ^eb^. Kāmacchandādivigamena ^b^vinīvaraṇacittaṃ^eb^. Sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ uḷārapītipāmojjayogena ^b^udaggacittaṃ^eb^. Tattha saddhāsampattiyā ^b^pasannacittaṃ^eb^. Yadā bhagavā aññāsīti sambandho. Atha vā ^b^kallacitta^eb^nti kāmacchandavigamena arogacittaṃ. ^b^Muducitta^eb^nti byāpādavigamena mettāvasena akathinacittaṃ. ^b^Vinīvaraṇacitta^eb^nti uddhaccakukkuccavigamena vikkhepassa vigatattā tena apihitacittaṃ. ^b^Udaggacitta^eb^nti thinamiddhavigamena sampaggahitavasena alīnacittaṃ. ^b^Pasannacitta^eb^nti vicikicchāvigamena sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ adhimuttacittanti evamettha sesapadānaṃ attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seyyathāpī^eb^tiādinā upamāvasena upālissa saṃkilesappahānaṃ ariyamagganipphādanañca dasseti. ^b^Apagatakāḷaka^eb^nti vigatakāḷakaṃ. ^b^Sammadevā^eb^ti suṭṭhu eva. ^b^Rajana^eb^nti nīlapītādiraṅgajātaṃ. Paṭiggaṇheyyāti gaṇheyya pabhassaraṃ bhaveyya. ^b^Tasmiṃyeva āsane^eb^ti tissaṃ eva nisajjāyaṃ. Etenassa lahuvipassakatā tikkhapaññatā sukhapaṭipadākhippābhiññatā ca dassitā hoti. ^b^Viraja^eb^nti apāyagamanīyarāgarajādīnaṃ vigamena virajaṃ. Anavasesadiṭṭhivicikicchāmalāpagamena ^b^vītamalaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ maggāna^eb^nti heṭṭhimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ. ^b^Tassa uppattiākāradassana^eb^nti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nanu maggañāṇaṃ asaṅkhatadhammārammaṇanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘taṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^paṭivijjhanta^eb^nti asammohapaṭivedhavasena paṭivijjhantaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiccavasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatridaṃ ^a^V2.0037^ea^ upamāsaṃsandanaṃ – vatthaṃ viya cittaṃ, vatthassa āgantukamalehi kiliṭṭhabhāvo viya cittassa rāgādimalehi saṃkiliṭṭhabhāvo, dhovanasilā viya anupubbīkathā, udakaṃ viya saddhā, udake temetvā ūsagomayachārikābharehi kāḷakapadese sammadditvā vatthassa dhovanapayogo viya saddhāsinehena temetvā satisamādhipaññāhi dose sithile katvā sutādividhinā cittassa sodhane vīriyārambho. Tena payogena vatthe kāḷakāpagamo viya vīriyārambhena kilesavikkhambhanaṃ, raṅgajātaṃ viya ariyamaggo, tena suddhassa vatthassa pabhassarabhāvo viya vikkhambhitakilesassa cittassa maggena pariyodapananti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhadhammo^eb^ti vatvā dassanaṃ nāma ñāṇadassanato aññampi atthīti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘pattadhammo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Patti ca ñāṇasampattito aññāpi vijjatīti ^a^M2.0040^ea^ tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘viditadhammo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sā panesā viditadhammatā dhammesu ekadesanāpi hotīti nippadesato viditabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pariyogāḷhadhammo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenassa saccābhisambodhaṃyeva dīpeti. Maggañāṇañhi ekābhisamayavasena pariññādikiccaṃ sādhentaṃ nippadesena catusaccadhammaṃ samantato ogāhantaṃ nāma hoti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tiṇṇā vicikicchā^eb^ti sappaṭibhayakantārasadisā soḷasavatthukā aṭṭhavatthukā ca tiṇṇā vicikicchā ^b^tiṇṇavicikicchā. Vigatakathaṃkatho^eb^ti pavattiādīsu ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, kiṃ nu kho’’ti evaṃ pavattikā ^b^vigatā^eb^ samucchinnā ^b^kathaṃkathā^eb^. Sārajjakarānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ pahīnattā tappaṭipakkhesu sīlādiguṇesu suppatiṭṭhitattā ^b^vesārajjaṃ^eb^ visāradabhāvaṃ veyyattiyaṃ ^b^patto^eb^. Attanā eva paccakkhato diṭṭhattā na tassa paro paccetabbo atthīti ^b^aparappaccayo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^71^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṇḍito^eb^ti paññavā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^72^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tena hi sammā^eb^ti dovārikena saddhiṃ sallapatiyeva, ^b^‘‘etthevā’’^eb^ti tena vuttavacanaṃ sutvāpi tassa atthaṃ asallakkhento. Kasmā? Paridevatāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘balavasokena abhibhūto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^73^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tenevā^eb^ti yena uttarāsaṅgena āsanaṃ sammajjati, ^b^teneva udare parikkhipanto^eb^ ‘‘māhaṃ satthāraṃ mama sarīrena phusi’’nti antaraṃ karonto uttarāsaṅgena taṃ udare parikkhipanto pariggahetvā. ‘‘Dattapaññatta’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.171) viya datta-saddo ettha bālapariyāyoti ^a^V2.0038^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘jaḷosi jāto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upaṭṭhākassa aññathābhāvenā^eb^ti pubbe attano upaṭṭhākassa idāni anupaṭṭhākabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aviññāṇakaṃ^eb^ dārusākhādimayaṃ. ^b^Bahalabahalaṃ pītāvalepanaṃ raṅgajāta^eb^nti ativiya bahalaṃ pītavaṇṇamañjiṭṭhāadiavalepanarajanaṃ. ^b^Ghaṭṭetvā uppāditacchaviṃ,^eb^ yā ^b^raṅgaṃ pivati. Nillomata^eb^nti punappunaṃ anulimpanena. ^b^Khaṇḍakhaṇḍita^eb^nti khaṇḍakhaṇḍitabhāvaṃ. ^b^Raṅgakkhamo^eb^ rajaniyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rāgamattaṃ janetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anuyoga^eb^nti codanaṃ. ^b^Vīmaṃsa^eb^nti vicāraṇaṃ. ^b^Thuse koṭṭetvā taṇḍulapariyesanaṃ ^a^M2.0041^ea^ viya kadaliyaṃ sārapariyesanaṃ viya ca^eb^ nigaṇṭhavāde sāravīmaṃsanaṃ. Tato eva ca taṃ vīmaṃsanto ^b^rittako tucchakova hotī^eb^ti. Sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ catusaccavinimuttaṃ natthi, tañca vīmaṃsiyamānaṃ viññūnaṃ pītisomanassameva janeti, atappakañca asecanābhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘catusaccakathā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yathā yathā^eb^ti yadi khandhamukhena yadi dhātāyatanādīsu aññataramukhena buddhavacanaṃ ogāhissati, tathā tathā gambhīrañāṇānaṃyeva gocarabhāvato gambhīrameva hoti. Yo cettha paṇḍito nipuṇo kataparappavādo paṇidhāya sabbathāmena codanaṃ ārambhati tassa codanā kesaggamattampi cāletuṃ na sakkoti. Puna sucirampi kālaṃ vicārentesupi vimaddakkhamato, evaṃ tathāgatavādo svākhyātabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘anuyogakkhamo vimajjanakkhamo cā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^76^eb^^b^.^eb^ Visayapariññāṇena dahati paṭipakkhe sodhetīti ^b^dhīro,^eb^ svāyamassa dhīrabhāvo sabbaso sammohaviddhaṃsanatāyāti āha – ^b^‘‘yā paññā…pe… tena samannāgatassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pabhinnakhīlassā^eb^ti samucchinnasabbacetokhīlassa, kilesamaccumāravijayeneva abhisaṅkhārakhandhamārā jitāva hontīti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ idha aggahaṇaṃ. Īgha-saddo dukkhapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘niddukkhassā’’^eb^ti. Tattha saupādisesanibbānappattiyā kilesena niddukkhatā, anupādisesanibbānappattiyā vipākadukkhena niddukkhatā. Rajjanadussanamuyhanādivasena vividhaṃ īsanato vīsaṃ, vīsameva vesaṃ, rāgādīti āha – ^b^‘‘vesantarassāti rāgādivīsaṃ taritvā vitaritvā ṭhitassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tusitassā^eb^ti karuṇāyanavasena tusiyā itassa saṃvattassa. Evaṃ sati ^b^‘‘muditassā’’^eb^ti idaṃ punaruttameva hoti. ^b^Manujassā^eb^ti paṭhamāya jātiyā bhagavā manussajātiyo hutvā vuttānaṃ vakkhamānānañca vasena sadevakaṃ abhibhavitvā ṭhito acchariyo bhagavāti dasseti. Sadevakaṃ lokaṃ saṃsārato nibbānasukhaṃ narati neti pāpetīti naro, nāyakoti attho, tassa ^b^narassa,^eb^ tenāha ^a^V2.0039^ea^^b^‘‘punarutta’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Manujassā’’ti vatvā ‘‘narassā’’ti punaruttaṃ padaṃ. Atthavasena ^b^aññathā vuccamāne ekekagāthāya dasaguṇā nappahonti,^eb^ na pūrentīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Vinetīti vinayo, vinayo eva veneyikoti āha ^b^‘‘sattānaṃ vināyakassā’’^eb^ti. Viññūnaṃ ruciṃ rāti, īretīti vā ^b^ruciro,^eb^ svāyamassa rucirabhāvo ^a^M2.0042^ea^ kusalatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘sucidhammassā’’^eb^ti. Pabhāsakassāti ñāṇālokena pabhassarabhāvakarassa. ^b^Nissaṅgassā^eb^ti aṭṭhasupi parisāsu, sadeve vā sabbasmiṃ loke aggaṇhāpanapariccāgena nissaṭassa. ^b^Gambhīraguṇassā^eb^ti paresaṃ ñāṇena appatiṭṭhabhāvā gambhīraguṇassa. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, aññeva dhammā gambhīrā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.28). Ariyāya vā tuṇhībhāvena ^b^monappattassa. Dhamme ṭhitassā^eb^ti dhammakāye suppatiṭṭhitassa. ^b^Saṃvutattassā^eb^ti arakkhiyakāyasamācārāditāya saṃvutasabhāvassa.<br/><br/>[03]Āguṃ na karotītiādīhi ^b^catūhi kāraṇehi, pantasenāsanassā^eb^ti vivittasenāsanassa. ^b^Paṭimantanapaññāyā^eb^ti sabbaparappavādānaṃ viparāvattamantanapaññāya. ^b^Monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ^eb^ sabbato kilesānaṃ nidhunanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Isisattamassā^eb^ti sabbaisīsu jeṭṭhassa sādhutamassa. ^b^Seṭṭhappattassā^eb^ti seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ sammāsambodhiṃ pattassa. ^b^Akkharādīnī^eb^ti akkharapadabyañjanākāra-niruttiniddesa-saṃkāsanapakāsana-vivaraṇa-vibhajanuttānīkaraṇānīti byañjanatthapadāni. ^b^Samodhānetvā^eb^ vineyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ pakāsanato kathanato padakassa. Puri-saddo ‘‘pubbe’’ti iminā samānatthoti āha – ^b^‘‘purindadassāti sabbapaṭhamaṃ dhammadānadāyakassā’’^eb^ti. Bhagavā asayhaṃ sahituṃ samatthoti āha ^b^‘‘samatthassā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha – ‘‘tathāgataṃ buddhamasayhasāhina’’nti (itivu. 38). ^b^Te pattassā^eb^ti te guṇe anavasesato pattassa. Vitthāretvā saṃkilesavodānadhammaṃ byākarotīti byākaraṇo, byākaraṇo eva ^b^veyyākaraṇo. Tantipada^eb^nti tantiṃ āropetvā ṭhapitaṃ padaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Taṇhābandhanena sabbena vā kilesabandhanena ^b^abaddhassa. Mahāpaññāyā^eb^ti mahānubhāvāya paññāya, mahāvisayāya vā paññāya. Sabbā hi bhagavato paññā mahānubhāvā, yathāsakaṃ visaye mahāvisayā ca ekādivasena anavasesato mahāvisayā nāma sabbaññutāva. ^b^Ānubhāvadassanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti acchariyācinteyyāparimeyyassa attano ānubhāvassa lokassa dassanaṭṭhena ^a^V2.0040^ea^. ^b^Yakkhassā^eb^ti vā lokena pūjanīyassa ^a^M2.0043^ea^. Ayaṃ upāsako khujjuttarā viya upāsikā sekhapaṭisambhidāppattoti āha ^b^‘‘sotāpattimaggeneva paṭisambhidā āgatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kilesappahānavaṇṇaṃ kathento^eb^ti kilesappahānaṃ visayaṃ nimittaṃ katvā vaṇṇaṃ kathento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^77^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sampiṇḍitā^eb^ti sannicitā, ganthitāti attho. ^b^Ime sattā^eb^ti yaṃ yadeva paribbhamantā sattā. ^b^Attanova cintayantī^eb^ti avītataṇhatāya sakaṃyeva payojanaṃ cintenti. Tathā hi mate ñātake anusocantāpi tehi sādhetabbassa attano payojanasseva vasena anusocanti. ^b^Uṇhaṃ ahosī^eb^ti balavatā cittassa santāpena santattaṃ abbhantaraṃ hadayaṭṭhānaṃ khadiraṅgārasantāpitaṃ viya uṇhaṃ ahosi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lohitaṃ vilīyitthā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pattamatta^eb^nti ekapattapūramattaṃ. Abhisamayasādhikāya catusaccadesanāya saṅkhepeneva desitattā āha – ^b^‘ugghaṭitaññupuggalassa vasena dhammadesanā pariniṭṭhitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Upālisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 7
title: jīvakasuttavaṇṇanā^upālisuttavaṇṇanā^kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^78^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Koliyesū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0041^ea^ bahuvacanavasenāyaṃ pāḷi āgatā. ^b^Evaṃnāmake janapade^eb^ti atthavacanaṃ kasmā vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^tiādi. Na niyamitoti ‘‘asukamhi nāma vihāre’’ti na niyametvā vutto. ^b^Senāsaneyevā^eb^ti āvāseyeva, na rukkhamūlādike. Vesakiriyā ghāsaggahaṇādinā samādātabbaṭṭhena govataṃ, tasmiṃ niyutto ^b^govatiko^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samādinnagovato’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ sandhāyāhu vedavedino – ‘‘gacchaṃ bhakkheti, tiṭṭhaṃ mutteti, upāhā udakaṃ dhūpeti, tiṇāni chindatī’’tiādi. ^b^Ayaṃ acelo^eb^ti acelakapabbajjāvasena ^b^acelo,^eb^ purimo pana govatiko ^b^kukkuravatiko^eb^ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho vattabbo. ^b^Palikuṇṭhitvā^eb^ti ubho hatthe ubho pāde ca samiñjitvā. ‘‘Ukkuṭiko hutvā’’tipi vadanti. Gamanaṃ nipphajjanaṃ gatīti āha – ^b^‘‘kā^eb^^a^M2.0044^ea^^b^gatīti kā nipphattī’’^eb^ti. Nipphattipariyosānā hi vipākadhammappavatti. Katūpacitakammavasena abhisampareti etthāti ^b^abhisamparāyo,^eb^ paraloko. Tatthassa ca nipphattiṃ pucchatīti āha – ^b^‘‘abhisamparāyamhi kattha nibbattī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kukkuravatasamādāna^eb^nti kukkurabhāvasamādānaṃ, ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya ahaṃ kukkuro’’ti kukkurabhāvādhiṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^79^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paripuṇṇa^eb^nti yattakā kukkuravikārā, tehi paripuṇṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anūna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Abbokiṇṇa^eb^nti tehi avomissaṃ. ^b^Kukkurācāra^eb^nti kukkurānaṃ gamanākārotiādiācārena kukkurabhāvādhiṭṭhānacittamāha. Tathā tathā ākappetabbato ^b^ākappo,^eb^ pavattiākāro. So panettha gamanādikoti āha ^b^‘‘kukkurānaṃ gamanākāro’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ācārenā^eb^ti kukkurasīlācārena. ^b^Vatasamādānenā^eb^ti kukkuravatādhiṭṭhānena. Kukkuracariyādiyeva ^b^dukkaratapacaraṇaṃ^eb^. Tena gativipariyesākārena pavattā laddhi. ^b^Assa^eb^ kukkuravatikassa ^b^aññā gati natthī^eb^ti itaragatiṃ paṭikkhipati, itarāsaṃ pana sambhavo eva natthīti. ^b^Nipajjamāna^eb^nti vatasīlādīnaṃ saṃgopanavasena sijjhamānaṃ. Yathā sakammakadhātusaddā atthavisesavasena akammakā honti ‘‘vibuddho puriso vibuddho kamalasaṇḍo’’ti, evaṃ atthavisesavasena akammakāpi sakammakā hontīti dassento ^b^‘‘na paridevāmi na anutthunāmī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Anutthuna^eb^saddo ca sakammakavasena payujjati ‘‘purāṇāni anutthuna’’ntiādīsu. ^b^Ayañcettha payogo^eb^ti iminā gāthāyañca anutthunanarodanaṃ adhippetanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^80^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0042^ea^ iminā ^b^govata^eb^nti govatasamādānaṃ. ^b^Gosīla^eb^nti gavācāraṃ. ^b^Gocitta^eb^nti ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya gohi kātabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti uppannacittanti imamatthaṃ atidisati. Gvākappe pana vattabbaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ ^b^‘‘kukkurākappe vuttasadisamevā’’^eb^ti imināva atidiṭṭhaṃ, visiṭṭhañca ^b^yathā pana tatthā^eb^tiādinā vuttameva. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ kukkuravatādīsu vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^81^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaccakammakiriyāvasenā^eb^ti ekaccassa akusalakammassa kusalakammassa karaṇappasaṅgena. ^b^Imesa^eb^nti govatikakukkuravatikānaṃ. ^b^Kiriyā^eb^ti govatabhāvanādivasena pavattā kiriyā. ^b^Pākaṭā bhavissatī^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ kammacatukke idaṃ nāma kammaṃ bhajatī’’ti pākaṭā bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāḷaka^eb^nti ^a^M2.0045^ea^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.232) malīnaṃ, cittassa apabhassarabhāvakaraṇanti attho. Taṃ panettha kammapathasampattameva adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘dasākusalakammapatha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kaṇha^eb^nti kaṇhābhijātihetuto vā kaṇhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kaṇhavipāka’’^eb^nti. Apāyūpapatti manussesu ca dobhaggiyaṃ kaṇhavipāko, yathā tamabhāvo vutto, ekattaniddesena pana ^b^‘‘apāye nibbattanato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, nibbattāpanatoti attho. ^b^Sukka^eb^nti odātaṃ, cittassa pabhassarabhāvakaraṇanti attho, sukkābhijātihetuto vā sukkaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sukkavipāka’’^eb^nti. Saggūpapatti manussaloke sobhaggiyañca sukkavipāko, yathā ca jotibhāvo vutto, ekattaniddesena pana ^b^‘‘sagge nibbattanato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, nibbattāpanatoti attho, ^b^vomissakakamma^eb^nti kālena kaṇhaṃ, kālena sukkanti evaṃ missakavasena katakammaṃ. ^b^‘‘Sukhadukkhavipāka’’^eb^nti vatvā sukhadukkhānaṃ pavattiākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘missakakammañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Kammassa kaṇhasukkasamaññā kaṇhasukkābhijātihetutāyāti, apaccayagāmitāya tadubhayavinimuttassa kammakkhayakarakammassa idha sukkapariyāyopi na icchitoti āha – ^b^‘‘ubhaya…pe… asukkanti vutta’’^eb^nti. Tattha ^b^ubhayavipākassā^eb^ti yathādhigatassa vipākassa. Sampattibhavapariyāpanno hi vipāko idha ‘‘sukkavipāko’’ti adhippeto, na accantaparisuddho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sadukkha^eb^nti attanā uppādetabbena dukkhena sadukkhaṃ, dukkhasaṃvattanikanti attho. ‘‘Imasmiṃ sutte cetanā dhuraṃ, upālisutte (ma. ni. 2.56) kamma’’nti heṭṭhā vuttampi atthaṃ idha sādhayati vijānanatthaṃ. ^b^Abhisaṅkharitvā^eb^ti āyūhitvā. Taṃ pana paccayasamavāyasiddhito saṃkaḍḍhanaṃ piṇḍanaṃ viya hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘saṅkaḍḍhitvā, piṇḍaṃ katvāti attho’’^eb^ti, ^b^sadukkhaṃ loka^eb^nti ^a^V2.0043^ea^ apāyalokamāha. ^b^Vipākaphassā^eb^ti phassasīsena tattha vipākapavattamāha. ^b^Bhūtakammato^eb^ti nibbattakammato attanā katūpacitakammato. ^b^Yathābhūta^eb^nti yādisaṃ. ^b^Kammasabhāgavasenā^eb^ti kammasarikkhakavasena. ^b^Upapatti hotī^eb^ti apadādibhedā upapatti. ^b^Kammena viya vuttā^eb^ti yaṃ karoti, tena upapajjatīti ekakammeneva jāyamānā viya vuttā apadādibhedā. ^b^Upapatti ca nāma vipākena hoti^eb^ vipāke sambhavante ekaṃsena te upapattivisesā sambhavanti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘tena upapajjatī’’ti upapattikammahetukā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yena kammavipākena nibbatto^eb^ti ^a^M2.0046^ea^ yena kammavipākena vipaccamānena ayaṃ satto nibbattoti vuccati. ^b^Taṃkammavipākaphassā^eb^ti tassa tassa kammassa vipākabhūtā phassā. Kammena dātabbaṃ dāyaṃ tabbipākaṃ ādiyantīti ^b^kammadāyādā,^eb^ phassā. Kammassa dāyajjatā kammaphalassa dāyajjaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kammadāyajjā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammameva nesaṃ dāyajjaṃ santaka’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tisso ca heṭṭhimajjhānacetanā^eb^ti idaṃ abyābajjhavedanaṃ vediyanaekantasukhuppattiyā hetubhāvasādhanaṃ. Yadi evaṃ yathāvuttā ^b^jhānacetanā tāva hotu^eb^ ekantasukhuppattihetubhāvato. ^b^Kāmāvacarā kintī^eb^ti kāmāvacarā pana kusalacetanā taṃsabhāvābhāvato kinti kena pakārena ^b^abyābajjhamanosaṅkhāro nāma jāto^eb^ti codeti, itaro pana na sabbā kāmāvacarakusalacetanā tathā gahitā, atha kho ekaccā jhānacetanānukūlāti dassento ^b^‘‘kasiṇasajjanakāle kasiṇāsevanakāle labbhantī’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha kasiṇāsevanacetanā gahetabbā, sā upacārajjhānassa sādhikā. Tena ^b^kāmāvacaracetanā paṭhamajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā^eb^ti kasiṇasajjanacetanāpi kadāci tādisā hotīti gahitā. Parikammādivasena hi pavattā bhāvanāmayā kāmāvacarakusalacetanā paṭhamajjhānassa āsannatāya vuttā. ^b^Catutthajjhānacetanā tatiyajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā^eb^ti idaṃ ekattakāyaekattasaññīsattāvāsavatāya taṃsarikkhakā upekkhāpi īdisesu ṭhānesu sukhasarikkhatā, evaṃ santasabhāvatā ñāṇasahitatā ca. Keci pana catutthajjhānacetanānuguṇāti nidassentā kasiṇasajjanakāle kasiṇajjhānakāle kasiṇāsevanakāle labbhatīti tatiyajjhānacetanāya āsannaghaṭitatā vuttāti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ, vuttanayeneva tāsaṃ ghaṭitatā veditabbā. ^b^Ubhayamissakavasenā^eb^ti ubhayesaṃ kusalākusalasaṅkhārānaṃ sukhadukkhānañca missakabhāvavasena. ^b^Vemānikapetāna^eb^nti idaṃ bāhullato vuttaṃ, itaresampi vinipātikānaṃ kālena dukkhaṃ hotiyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa^eb^^a^V2.0044^ea^^b^pahānāyā^eb^ti tassa yathāvuttassa kammassa anuppattidhammatāpādanāya. ^b^Yā cetanā^eb^ti yā apacayagāminicetanā. ^b^Kammaṃ patvā^eb^ti sukhakammanti vuccamāne ^b^maggacetanāya añño paṇḍarataro dhammo nāma natthi^eb^^a^M2.0047^ea^ accantapārisuddhibhāvato. ^b^Akaṇhā asukkāti āgatā^eb^ti ettha sukkabhāvapaṭikkhepakāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ pana kammacatukkaṃ patvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^82^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aniyyānikapakkhe^eb^ti aceḷakapabbajjāya kukkuravate ca. ^b^Yoge^eb^ti ñāyadhammapaṭipattiyanti attho. ^b^Yonenā^eb^ti yo titthiyaparivāso tena bhagavatā ^b^paññatto^eb^. Yaṃ titthiyaparivāsaṃ samādiyitvāti ayamettha yojanā. ^b^Ghaṃsitvā^eb^ suvaṇṇaṃ viya nighaṃsoppale. ^b^Koṭṭetvā^eb^ hatthena viya kulālabhājanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vūpakaṭṭho^eb^ti vivitto ekībhūto. ^b^Pesitatto^eb^ti nibbānaṃ pati pesitatto. Kāmaṃ ^b^tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ…pe… vihāsīti^eb^ imināva arahattanikūṭena desanā niṭṭhāpitā hoti, āyasmato pana seniyassa paṭipattikittanaparametaṃ ujukaṃ āpannārahattabhāvadīpanaṃ, yadidaṃ ‘‘aññataro kho panā’’tiādivacananti āha ^b^‘‘arahattanikūṭenevā’’^eb^ti. Arahattādhigamoyeva tassa tesaṃ ^b^abbhantaratā^eb^. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 8
title: upālisuttavaṇṇanā^kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanā^abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^83^eb^^b^.^eb^ Jātiyā ^a^V2.0045^ea^ asamāno nihīnācariyo paradattūpajīvikāya mātuyā kucchiyaṃ jāto pādasikaputto. Nindāvasena vadati etenāti vādo aguṇoti āha – ^b^‘‘vādaṃ āropehīti dosaṃ āropehī’’^eb^ti. Nibbattavasena nirayaṃ arahati, nirayasaṃvattaniyena vā kammena niraye niyutto ^b^nerayiko. Āpāyiko^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Avīcimhi uppajjitvā tattha āyukappasaññitaṃ antarakappaṃ tiṭṭhatīti ^b^kappaṭṭho^eb^. Nirayūpapattipariharaṇavasena tikicchituṃ sakkuṇeyyoti tekiccho, na tekiccho ^b^atekiccho. Dve ante mocetvā^eb^ti pharusaṃ vā appiyaṃ vā kappeyyāti dve koṭṭhāse muñcitvā ^a^M2.0048^ea^ te anāmasitvā pucchitaṃ atthaṃ tato bahi karonto uggilati nāma. Taṃ pana evaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotīti āha – ^b^‘‘uggilituṃ bahi nīharituṃ na sakkhitī’’^eb^ti. Evamevāyaṃ pucchā na gahetabbā, ayamettha dosoti taṃ apucchaṃ karonto apanayanto ogilati nāma, tathā pana asakkonto patiṭṭhāpento na ogilati nāma, bhagavā pana tamatthaṃ okāsampi akaronto ubhayathāpi asakkhīti veditabbo. Kathaṃ? Bhagavā hi ^b^‘‘na khvettha rājakumāra ekaṃsenā’’^eb^ti vadanto nigaṇṭhassa adhippāyaṃ viparivatteti, ubho ante mocetvā pañhaṃ vissajjesi, evaṃ tāva uggilituṃ asakkhi. ‘‘Na tatra rājakumāra ekaṃsenā’’ti vadanto eva ca ‘‘nāyaṃ pucchā evaṃ avibhāgena pucchitabbā, vibhajitvā pana pucchitabbā’’ti pucchāya dosaṃ dīpento taṃ hārento ogilitumpi sakkhatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṭṭhātuṃ na sakkhissati^eb^ cittassa aññathā pavattiyā. Abhayo dve magge kataparicayo cheko nipuṇo vādasīlo ca hutvā vicarati. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘so vādajjhāsayatāya tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchanto ‘evaṃ, bhante’ti āhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^85^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evarūpa^eb^nti yā paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā duruttavācā, evarūpā vācā, na pana pharusavācā. Pharusavācāya hi setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Cetanāpharusatāya hi pharusavācā icchitā, na paresaṃ appiyatāmattena. ^b^Naṭṭhā nigaṇṭhā^eb^ ogilikādisammatassa pañhassa ekavacanena viddhaṃsitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^86^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dārakassa aṅke nisīdanassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘lesavādino’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^lesavādino^eb^ti ^a^V2.0046^ea^ chalavādino, vādamagge vā aparipuṇṇatāya lesamatteneva vādasīlā. ^b^Osaṭasaṅgāmo^eb^ti anekavāraṃ paravādamaddanavasena otiṇṇavādasaṅgāmo. ^b^Vijjhitvā^eb^ti nakhena vijjhitvā. ^b^Imamevā^eb^ti yvāyaṃ dārako attano vādabhaṅgapariharaṇatthaṃ iminā aṅke nisīdāpito, imameva ^b^assa dārakaṃ^eb^ upamaṃ nissayaṃ katvā ^b^vādaṃ bhindissāmi^eb^. ‘‘Assa vādaṃ appaṭitatāya upamāya bhañjissāmī’’ti ^b^cintetvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apaneyyaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0049^ea^^b^assa aha^eb^nti assa dārakassa mukhato ahaṃ taṃ apaneyyaṃ. Abhūtatthova abhūtaṃ uttarapadalopenāti āha ^b^‘‘abhūtanti abhūtattha’’^eb^nti. Atacchanti tasseva vevacananti āha ^b^‘‘atacchanti na taccha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Abhūta^eb^nti vā asantaṃ avijjamānaṃ. ^b^Ataccha^eb^nti atathākāraṃ. ^b^Anatthasaṃhita^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikena, samparāyikena vā anatthena saṃhitaṃ, anatthe vā saṃhitaṃ, na atthoti vā anattho, atthassa paṭipakkho sabhāvo, tena saṃhitanti ^b^anatthasaṃhitaṃ,^eb^ pisuṇavācaṃ samphappalāpañcāti attho. Evamettha catubbidhassapi vacīduccaritassa gahitatā daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Duppayutto^eb^ti duppaṭipanno. ^b^Na taṃ tathāgato bhāsati^eb^ abhūtatādidosaduṭṭhattā. ^b^Tampi tathāgato na bhāsati^eb^ bhūtatthepi anatthasaṃhitatādidosaduṭṭhattā.<br/><br/>[03]Ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ etissā atthīti ṭhāniyā ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā, na ṭhāniyāti aṭṭhāniyā, nikkāraṇā ayuttiyuttā, sā eva kathāti ^b^aṭṭhāniyakathā. Attapaccakkhakathaṃ kathemā^eb^ti attanā eva paccakkhaṃ katvā pavattiyamānaṃ chalakathaṃ kathema.<br/><br/>[03]Gāmikamahallako ‘‘ime maṃ vañcetukāmā, ahameva dāni ime vañcessāmī’’ti cintetvā ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhavissatī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^‘‘Na mayaṃ dāsā’’tipi vattuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu^eb^ pubbe tathākatikāya katattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatiyaṃ tatiyamevā^eb^ti dvīsupi pakkhesu tatiyaṃ tatiyameva vācaṃ. ^b^Bhāsitabbakālaṃ anatikkamitvā^eb^ti yassa yadā yathā bhāsitabbaṃ, tassa tadā tatheva ca bhāsanato bhāsitabbaṃ kāraṇaṃ bhāsitabbakālañca anatikkamitvāva bhāsati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^87^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ṭhānuppattikañāṇenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0047^ea^ ṭhāne eva uppajjanakañāṇena. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāraṇe tassa taṃ taṃ avatthāya uppajjanakañāṇena, dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvato avabujjhanasabhāvoti ^b^dhammasabhāvo^eb^. Dhamme sabhāvadhamme anavasese vā yāthāvato upadhāretīti ^b^dhammadhātu,^eb^ sabbaññutā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Suppaṭividdha^eb^nti sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ suṭṭhu paṭivijjhanavasena, suṭṭhu paṭividdhanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hatthagataṃ bhagavato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Neyyapuggalavasena pariniṭṭhitā^eb^ti kathāparivibhāgena ayameva ^a^M2.0050^ea^ desanā cattāri ariyasaccāni dassento arahattaṃ paccakkhāsīti.<br/><br/>[06]Abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 9
title: kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanā^abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^bahuvedaniyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^88^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pañcakaṅgo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0048^ea^ vaḍḍhakīkiccasādhane vāsiādipañcakaṃ aṅgaṃ saṃdhanaṃ etasminti pañcakaṅgo. Thambhādivatthūnaṃ thapanaṭṭhena ^b^thapati. Paṇḍitaudāyitthero,^eb^ na kāḷudāyī thero.<br/><br/>[03]^b^89^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pariyāyati attano phalaṃ vattetīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. Vedanāsannissito ca kāyikacetasikabhāvo ^b^kāraṇaṃ^eb^. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kāyikacetasikavasena dve veditabbā’’^eb^ti. Tattha pasādakāyasannissitā kāyikā, cetosannissitā cetasikā. ^b^Sukhādivasena tisso^eb^ti ettha sukhanadukkhanupekkhanāni sukhādivedanāya kāraṇaṃ. Tāni hi pavattinimittāni katvā tattha sukhādisaddappavatti, iminā nayena sesesupi yathārahaṃ kāraṇaṃ niddhāretvā vattabbaṃ. ^b^Upavicāravasenā^eb^ti ārammaṇaṃ upecca savisesapavattivasena. Yasmiñhi ārammaṇe somanassavedanā pavattati, ārammaṇatāya taṃ upagantvā itaravedanāhi visiṭṭhatāya savisesaṃ tattha pavatti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicaratī’’^eb^ti. Esa nayo sesavedanāsu ^b^gehassitānī^eb^ti gehanissitāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^90^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pariyāyenā^eb^ti ‘‘idamettha dukkhasminti vadāmī’’ti vuttaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Taṃ dassento^eb^ti kāmañcettha sutte – ‘‘dvepānanda, vedanā vuttā’’ti dve ādiṃ katvā vedanā dassitā, ekāpi pana dassitā evāti dassento. ^b^Upatthambhetu^eb^nti ekāpi vedanā vuttā mayā pariyāyena, evaṃ sati dvepi vattabbāti evaṃ tassa vādaṃ upatthambhetuṃ. Kathaṃ pana ekā vedanā vuttāti? Yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, idamettha dukkhasminti vadāmīti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^itivuttakavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (itivu. aṭṭha. 52 ādayo) paramatthadīpaniyaṃ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kathaṃ ^a^M2.0051^ea^ panettha rūpāvacaracatutthe arūpesu saññāvedayitanirodhe sukhaṃ uddhatanti āha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Santaṭṭhenā^eb^ti paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ vūpasantabhāvena. ^b^Paṇītaṭṭhenā^eb^ti bhāvanāvisesavisiṭṭhena atappakabhāveneva seṭṭhabhāvena ca, paccayavisesena padhānabhāvaṃ nītantipi paṇītaṃ. ^b^Vedayitasukhaṃ^eb^ nāma vedanābhūtaṃ sukhanti katvā. ^b^Avedayitasukhaṃ nāma yāvatā niddukkhatā, tāvatā sukhanti vuccatīti.^eb^Atha vā^b^ nirodho^eb^ suṭṭhu khādati khanati kāyikacetasikābādhanti ^a^V2.0049^ea^ vattabbataṃ arahati sattāhampi tattha dukkhassa nirujjhanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘niddukkhabhāvasaṅkhātena sukhaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^91^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ^eb^ bhave, cittuppāde, avatthāya vā niddukkhabhāvo, dukkhassa paṭipakkhatā anupalabbhanena dukkhavivittaṃ, taṃ sukhasmiṃyeva paññapeti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Bahuvedanīyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 10
title: abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā^bahuvedaniyasuttavaṇṇanā^apaṇṇakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^93^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nānāvidhā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0050^ea^ nānāvidhadiṭṭhikā ^b^samaṇabrāhmaṇā^eb^ti pabbajjāmattena samaṇā, jātimattena brāhmaṇā ca. ^b^Dassana^eb^nti diṭṭhi. ^b^Gahita^eb^nti abhinivissa gahitaṃ. Iti te attano dassanaṃ gahetukāmā pucchanti. ^b^Vinā dassanena loko na niyyātī^eb^ti vimokkhabhāvanāya ekena dassanena vinā loko saṃsāradukkhato na nigacchati. ^b^Ekadiṭṭhiyampi patiṭṭhātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu^eb^ saddhākārābhāvato. Tathā hi te imāya desanāya saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Yasmā aviparīte saddheyyavatthusmiṃ uppannasaddhā ‘‘ākāravatī’’ti adhippetā, tasmā yo loke aviparītadhammadesanā, ayamevesāti pavattā maggasādhanagatāya saddhāya kāraṇabhāvato tannissayā saddhā, sā ^b^ākāravatī^eb^ti vuttā. Avatthusmiñhi saddhā ayuttakāraṇatāya na ākāravatī. ^b^Ākāravatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^vatī^eb^-saddo na kevalaṃ atthitāmattadīpako, atha kho atisayatthadīpako pāsaṃsatthadīpako vā daṭṭhabbo. Tena ^b^ākāravatī^eb^ti saddheyyavatthuvasena atisayakāraṇavatīti vā pāsaṃsakāraṇavatīti vā ^a^M2.0052^ea^ ayamettha attho. ^b^Apaṇṇako^eb^ti ettha yathā kañci atthaṃ sādhetuṃ āraddhassa payogo viraddho, tattha akārako viya hoti punapi ārabhitabbatāya. ^b^Aviraddho^eb^ pana atthassa sādhanato apaṇṇako, evaṃ ayampi dhammo abhibhavitvā pavattanato ekaṃsato ‘‘apaṇṇako’’ti vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aviraddho advejjhagāmī ekaṃsagāhiko’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^94^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tabbipaccanīkabhūtā^eb^ti tassā micchādiṭṭhiyā paccanīkabhūtā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^95^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nesa^eb^nti kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ. ^b^Akusalato nikkhantabhāve^eb^ti asaṃkiliṭṭhabhāve. ^b^Ānisaṃso^eb^ti suddhavipākatā. ^b^Visuddhipakkho^eb^ti visuddhibhāvo pariyodātatā. Abhūtadhammassa diṭṭhibhāvassa saññāpanā ācikkhanā ^b^abhūtadhammasaññāpanā^eb^. Sāvajjesu paramavajje micchādassane paggahaṇanti kuto susīlyassa paggahoti āha – ^b^‘‘micchādassanaṃ gaṇhantasseva susīlyaṃ pahīnaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Micchādiṭṭhiādayo^eb^ti ettha micchāsaṅkappo paralokābhāvacintā, micchāvācā paralokābhāvavādabhūto musāvādo, ariyānaṃ paccanīkatādayo. ^b^Aparāparaṃ uppajjanavasenā^eb^ti punappunaṃ citte uppajjanavasena. ^b^Pāpakā akusalā dhammā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇasaññāpanādikāle uppajjanakā tathāpavattā akusalakhandhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kaliggaho^eb^ti ^a^V2.0051^ea^ anatthapariggaho. So pana yasmā diṭṭheva dhamme abhisamparāyañca parājayo hotīti āha ^b^‘‘parājayaggāho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dussamatto^eb^ti ettha ^b^du^eb^-saddo ‘‘samādinno’’ti etthāpi ānetvā yojetabboti āha ^b^‘‘dupparāmaṭṭho’’^eb^ti. Yathā dupparāmaṭṭho hoti, evaṃ samādinno dussamatto dusamādinno vutto. ^b^Sakavādameva pharitvā^eb^ti attano natthikavādameva ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti (ma. ni. 2.187; 3.27-28) avadhārento aññassa okāsādānavasena pharitvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘adhimuccitvā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sambuddho’’tiādi adhimuccanākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Riñcatī^eb^ti viveceti apaneti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vajjetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kaṭaggaho^eb^ti kataṃ sabbaso siddhimeva katvā gahaṇaṃ. So pana jayalābho hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘jayaggāho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Suggahito^eb^ti suṭṭhukaraṇavasena gahito. ^b^Suparāmaṭṭho^eb^ti suṭṭhu parāparaṃ āsevanavasena āmaṭṭho ^a^M2.0053^ea^. Ubhayenapi tassa kammassa katūpacitabhāvaṃ dasseti, ^b^sotthibhāvāvahattañca^eb^ saggupapattisaṃvattanato pāpasabhāvapahānato ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^97^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sahatthā karontassā^eb^ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.166; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.3.211) sahattheneva karontassa. Nissaggiyathāvarādayopi idha sahatthakaraṇeneva saṅgahitā. ^b^Pacanaṃ^eb^ dahanaṃ vibādhananti āha ^b^‘‘daṇḍena pīḷentassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sokaṃ sayaṃ karontassā^eb^ti parassa sokakāraṇaṃ sayaṃ karontassa, sokaṃ vā uppādentassa. ^b^Parehi^eb^ attano vacanakarehi. ^b^Sayampi phandato^eb^ti parassa vibādhanapayogena sayampi phandato. ^b^Atipātayato^eb^ti padaṃ suddhakattuatthe hetukattuatthe ca vattatīti āha ^b^‘‘hanantassapi hanāpentassāpī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Gharassa bhitti anto bahi ca sandhitā hutvā ṭhitā ^b^gharasandhi^eb^. Kiñcipi asesetvā niravasesameva lopoti ^b^nillopo^eb^. Ekāgāre niyutto vilopo ^b^ekāgāriko^eb^. Parito sabbaso panthe hananaṃ ^b^paripantho^eb^. ^b^Pāpaṃ na karīyati^eb^ pubbe asato uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā, tasmā ^b^natthi pāpaṃ^eb^. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ sattā pāpaṃ paṭipajjantīti āha – ^b^‘‘sattā pana karomāti evaṃsaññino hontī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ kirassa hoti ‘‘imesañhi sattānaṃ hiṃsādikiriyā na attānaṃ phusati tassa niccatāya nibbikārattā, sarīraṃ pana acetanaṃ kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamaṃ, tasmiṃ vikopitepi na kiñci pāpa’’nti. ^b^Khuraneminā^eb^ti nisitakhuramayaneminā. Gaṅgāya dakkhiṇadisā appatirūpadeso, uttaradisā patirūpadesoti adhippāyena ‘‘dakkhiṇañce’’tiādi vuttanti ^b^‘‘dakkhiṇatīre manussā kakkhaḷā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahāyāga^eb^nti ^a^V2.0052^ea^ mahāvijitayaññasadisaṃ mahāyāgaṃ. ^b^Sīlasaṃyamenā^eb^ti kāyikavācasikasaṃvarena. ^b^Saccavacanenā^eb^ti saccavācāya. Tassa visuṃ vacanaṃ loke garutarapuññasammatabhāvato. Yathā hi pāpadhammesu musāvādo garu, evaṃ puññadhammesu saccavācā. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘ekaṃ dhammamatītassā’’tiādi (dha. pa. 176). ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti kaṇhapakkhe vuttanayena. Tattha hi – ‘‘natthi pāpaṃ, natthi pāpassa āgamo’’ti āgataṃ, idha ‘‘atthi puññaṃ, atthi puññassa āgamo’’ti āgataṃ, ayameva viseso. ^b^Sesaṃ vuttasadisamevā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0054^ea^ ‘‘tesametaṃ pāṭikaṅkha’’nti evamādiṃ sandhāya vadati, taṃ heṭṭhā purimavārasadisaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^100^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ubhayenā^eb^ti hetupaccayapaṭisedhavacanena. ^b^Saṃkilesapaccaya^eb^nti saṃsāre paribbhamanena kilinnassa malinabhāvassa kāraṇaṃ. Vuttavipariyāyena ^b^visuddhipaccaya^eb^nti saddattho veditabbo. ^b^Bala^eb^ntiādīsu sattānaṃ saṃkilesāvahaṃ vodānāvahañca ussāhasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^balaṃ vā,^eb^ sūravīrabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^vīriyaṃ vā,^eb^ purisena kattabbo ^b^purisathāmo vā,^eb^ so eva paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanappattiyā ^b^purisaparakkamo vā natthi na^eb^ upalabbhati.<br/><br/>[03]Satvayogato, rūpādīsu sattavisattatāya ca ^b^sattā^eb^. Pāṇanato assāsapassāsavasena pavattiyā ^b^pāṇā^eb^. Te pana so ekindriyādivasena vibhajitvā vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘ekindriyo’’^eb^tiādi. Aṇḍakosādīsu bhavanato ^b^bhūtā^eb^ti vuccantīti āha ^b^‘‘aṇḍakosa…pe… vadantī’’^eb^ti. Jīvanato pāṇaṃ dhārento viya vaḍḍhanato ^b^jīvā^eb^ti evaṃ sattapāṇabhūtajīvesu saddattho veditabbo. Natthi etesaṃ saṃkilesavisuddhīsu vasoti ^b^avasā^eb^. Natthi nesaṃ balaṃ vīriyañcāti ^b^abalā avīriyā. Niyatatā^eb^ti acchejjasuttāvutābhejjamaṇi viya niyatapavattanatāya gatijātibandhapajahavasena niyāmo. ^b^Tattha tattha gamana^eb^nti channaṃ abhijātīnaṃ tāsu tāsu gatīsu upagamanaṃ samavāyena samāgamo. ^b^Sabhāvoyevā^eb^ti yathā kaṇṭakassa tikkhatā, kabiṭṭhaphalānaṃ parimaṇḍalatā, migapakkhīnaṃ vicittākāratā, evaṃ sabbassapi lokassa hetupaccayena vinā tathā tathā pariṇāmo, ayaṃ sabhāvoyeva akittimoyeva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yena hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Sakuṇe hanatīti ^b^sākuṇiko,^eb^ tathā ^b^sūkariko. Luddo^eb^ti aññopi yo koci māgaviko nesādo. Pāpakammapasutatāya ^b^kaṇhābhijāti nāma. Bhikkhū^eb^ti sākiyā bhikkhū, macchamaṃsakhādanato ^b^nīlābhijātīti vadanti^eb^. Ñāyaladdhepi paccaye bhuñjamānā ājīvakasamayassa vilomagāhitāya ^b^‘‘paccayesu kaṇṭake pakkhipitvā khādantī’’^eb^ti vadanti. ^b^Eke pabbajitā^eb^^a^V2.0053^ea^, ye savisesaṃ attakilamathānuyogamanuyuttā. Tathā ^a^M2.0055^ea^ hi te kaṇṭake vattentā viya hontīti ^b^kaṇṭakavuttikā^eb^ti vuttā. Ṭhatvā bhuñjanadānapaṭikkhepādivatasamāyogena ^b^paṇḍaratarā. Acelakasāvakā^eb^ti ājīvakasāvake vadati. ^b^Te kira^eb^ ājīvakaladdhiyā visuddhacittatāya nigaṇṭhehipi ^b^paṇḍaratarā^eb^. Nandādayo hi tathārūpāya paṭipattiyā pattabbā, tasmā nandādayo nigaṇṭhehi ājīvakasāvakehi ca paṇḍaratarāti vuttā ^b^‘‘sukkābhijātī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayametesaṃ laddhī^eb^ti sākuṇikādibhāvūpagamanena kaṇhābhijātiādīsu dukkhaṃ sukhañca paṭisaṃvedentā anukkamena mahākappānaṃ cullāsītisahassāni khepetvā ājīvakabhāvūpagamanena paramasukkābhijātiyaṃ ṭhatvā saṃsārato sujjhantīti ayaṃ tesaṃ niyati ājīvakānaṃ laddhi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Natthi dinna’’nti vadanto natthiko dānassa phalaṃ paṭikkhipatīti āha – ^b^‘‘natthikadiṭṭhi vipākaṃ paṭibāhatī’’^eb^ti. Tathā ceva heṭṭhā saṃvaṇṇitaṃ ‘‘natthikadiṭṭhi hi natthitamāhā’’ti. ^b^Ahetukadiṭṭhi ubhaya^eb^nti kammaṃ vipākañca ubhayaṃ. So hi ‘‘ahetū apaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti visujjhantī’’ti vadanto kammassa viya vipākassapi saṃkilesavisuddhīnaṃ paccayattābhāvavacanato tadubhayaṃ paṭibāhati nāma. ^b^Vipāko paṭibāhito hoti^eb^ asati kamme vipākābhāvato. ^b^Kammaṃ paṭibāhitaṃ hoti^eb^ asati vipāke kammassa niratthakabhāvāpattito. ^b^Atthato^eb^ti sarūpena. ^b^Ubhayapaṭibāhakā^eb^ti visuṃ visuṃ taṃtaṃdiṭṭhitā vuttāpi sabbe te natthikādayo natthikadiṭṭhiādivasena paccekaṃ tividhadiṭṭhikā eva ubhayapaṭibāhakattā. ‘‘Ubhayapaṭibāhakā’’ti hi hetuvacanaṃ. ^b^Ahetukavādā cā^eb^tiādi paṭiññāvacanaṃ. Yo hi vipākapaṭibāhanena natthikadiṭṭhiko, so atthato kammapaṭibāhanena akiriyadiṭṭhiko, ubhayapaṭibāhanena ahetukadiṭṭhiko ca hoti. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sajjhāyantī^eb^ti taṃ diṭṭhidīpakaṃ ganthaṃ uggahetvā paṭhanti. ^b^Vīmaṃsantī^eb^ti tassa atthaṃ vicārenti. ^b^Tesa^eb^ntiādi vīmaṃsanākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Tasmiṃ ārammaṇe^eb^ti yathāparikappitakammaphalābhāvadīpake ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāya laddhiyā ārammaṇe. ^b^Micchāsati santiṭṭhatī^eb^ti ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādivasena ^a^M2.0056^ea^ anussavūpaladdhe atthe tadākāraparivitakkanehi saviggahe viya sarūpato cittassa paccupaṭṭhite cirakālaparicayena ‘‘evameta’’nti nijjhānakkhamabhāvūpagamanena nijjhānakkhantiyā tathā gahite punappunaṃ tatheva āsevantassa bahulīkarontassa micchāvitakkena samādiyamānā micchāvāyāmupatthambhitā ataṃsabhāvaṃ ‘‘taṃsabhāva’’nti gaṇhantī micchāsatīti laddhanāmā taṃladdhisahagatā taṇhā santiṭṭhati ^a^V2.0054^ea^. ^b^Cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hotī^eb^ti yathāvuttavitakkādipaccayalābhena tasmiṃ ārammaṇe avaṭṭhitatāya anekaggaṃ pahāya ekaggaṃ appitaṃ viya hoti. Micchāsamādhipi hi paccayavisesehi laddhabhāvanābalehi kadāci samādhānapatirūpakiccakaro hotiyeva vālavijjhanādīsu viyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Javanāni javantī^eb^ti anekakkhattuṃ tenākārena pubbabhāgiyesu javanavāresu pavattesu sabbapacchime javanavāre satta javanāni javanti. ^b^Paṭhamajavane pana satekicchā honti, tathā dutiyādīsū^eb^ti dhammasabhāvadassanametaṃ, na pana tasmiṃ khaṇe tesaṃ satekicchabhāvāpādanaṃ kenaci sakkā kātuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tesu tīsu micchādassanesu. ^b^Koci ekaṃ dassanaṃ okkamatī^eb^ti yassa ekasmiṃyeva abhiniveso āsevanā ca pavattā, so ekaṃyeva dassanaṃ okkamati. Yassa pana dvīsu, tīsupi vā abhinivesanā pavattā, so ^b^dve tīṇi okkamati^eb^. Etena yā pubbe ubhayapaṭibāhanatāmukhena vuttā atthasiddhā sabbadiṭṭhikatā, sā pubbabhāgiyā. Yā pana micchattaniyāmokkanti bhūtā, sā yathāsakaṃ paccayasamudāgamasiddhito bhinnārammaṇānaṃ viya visesādhigamānaṃ aññamaññaṃ ekajjhaṃ anuppattiyā asaṃkiṇṇā evāti dasseti. ^b^Ekasmiṃ okkantepī^eb^tiādinā tissannampi diṭṭhīnaṃ samānabalataṃ samānaphalatañca dasseti, tasmā tissopi cetā ekassa uppannā aññamaññaṃ abbokiṇṇā eva, ekāya vipāke dinne itarā anubalappadāyikā honti. ^b^Vaṭṭakhāṇu nāmā^eb^ti idaṃ vacanaṃ neyyatthaṃ, na nītatthanti taṃ vivaritvā dassetuṃ ^b^kiṃ panesā^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, akusalaṃ nāmetaṃ abalaṃ dubbalaṃ, na kusalaṃ viya mahābalanti āha – ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃyeva attabhāve niyato’’^eb^ti. Aññathā sammattaniyāmo viya micchattaniyāmopi accantiko siyā. Yadi evaṃ vaṭṭakhāṇukajotanā kathanti āha ^b^‘‘āsevanavasena panā’’^eb^tiādi, tasmā yathā ‘‘sakiṃ nimuggo ^a^M2.0057^ea^ nimuggova hotī’’ti (a. ni. 7.15) vuttaṃ, evaṃ vaṭṭakhāṇukajotanā. Yādise hi paccaye paṭicca ayaṃ taṃtaṃdassanaṃ okkanto puna kadāci tappaṭipakkhe paccaye paṭicca tato sīsukkhipanamassa na hotīti na vattabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yebhuyyenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā evaṃ saṃsārakhāṇubhāvassapi paccayo akalyāṇajano, tasmā. ^b^Bhūtikāmo^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthānaṃ vasena attano guṇehi vaḍḍhikāmo. Yaṃ panettha keci vadanti ‘‘yathā cirakālabhāvanāya paripākūpagamaladdhabalattā upanissayakusalā akusale sabbaso samucchindanti, evaṃ akusaladhammā tatopi cirakālabhāvanāsambhavato laddhabalā hutvā kadāci kusaladhammepi samucchindanti. Evañca katvā daḷhamicchābhinivesassa micchādiṭṭhikassa vaṭṭakhāṇukabhāvajotanāpi ^a^V2.0055^ea^ samatthitā hotī’’ti yathā taṃ ‘‘vassabhaññānaṃ diṭṭhī’’ti, taṃ na, micchattaniyatadhammānaṃ cirakālabhāvanāmattena na paṭipakkhassa pajahanasamatthatā, atha kho dhammatāsiddhena paccayavisesāhitasāmatthiyena attano pahāyakasabhāvena pahāyakabhāvo bhāvanākusalānaṃyeva vutto, akusalānaṃyeva ca pahātabbabhāvo ‘‘dassanena pahātabbā’’tiādinā nayena, akusalānaṃyeva dubbalabhāvo ‘‘abalānaṃ balīyantī’’tiādinā (su. ni. 776; mahāni. 5) (yuttināpi nāmato vā adhigamaniyo āloko ālokabhāvato bāhirāraṇekā viya na cettha paṭiññatte bhāvesatā sotuno āsaṃkitabbā visesavassa sādhetabbato sāmaññassa ca sotubhāvena adhippetattā veda-saddassa lopo dīpe sabhāve sādhane yathā taṃ saddayabhāvassa nāpi visuddhakānumānādivirodhasambhāvato. Na hi sakkā antarālokassa bāhirālokassa viya rūpakāyaṃ upādāya rūpatā cakkhuviññeyyattādike patiṭṭhāpetuṃ sakkāti vuttaṃ, nanupi antarāloko aviggahattā vedanā viyāti saddheva ñāṇālokassa avijjandhakārā viya vidhamaniyabhāve sabbesampi kusaladhammānaṃ kenacipi akusaladhammena samucchindaniyatā siddhāva hoti). Vaṭṭakhāṇukacodanāya yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttamevāti tiṭṭhatesā bālajanavikatthanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^103^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jhānacittamayā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0058^ea^ rūpāvacarajjhānacittena nibbattā. Tathā hi tesaṃ visesena jhānamanasā nibbattattā ‘‘manomayā’’ti vuttā, avisesena pana abhisaṅkhāramanasā sabbepi sattā manomayā eva. ^b^Saññāmayā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘arūpajjhānasaññāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aya^eb^nti rūpitābhāvapaṭipajjanakapuggalo. ^b^Appaṭiladdhajjhāno^eb^ti anadhigatarūpajjhāno. ^b^Tassapī^eb^ti takkinopi. ^b^Rūpajjhāne kaṅkhā natthi^eb^ anussavavasena laddhavinicchayattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^104^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sārāgāyā^eb^ti sarāgabhāvāya. ^b^Santike^eb^ti samīpe, na thāmagatā diṭṭhinātidūrattā sarāgā, na sampayuttattā. Sā hi na thāmagatā vaṭṭapariyāpannesu dhammesu rajjatīti viññāyatīti āha – ^b^‘‘rāgavasena vaṭṭe rajjanassā’’^eb^ti. Sabbepi saṃyojanā taṇhāvaseneva sambhavantīti āha – ^b^‘‘taṇhāvasena saṃyojanatthāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āruppe panassa kaṅkhā natthī^eb^ti anussavavasena laddhanicchayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kāmaṃ duggatidukkhānaṃ ekantasaṃvattanena natthikadiṭṭhiādīnaṃ apaṇṇakatā pākaṭā eva, nippariyāyena pana anavajjassa atthassa ekantasādhakaṃ apaṇṇakanti katvā codanā, sāvajjassapi atthassa sādhane ekaṃsikabhāvaṃ gahetvā parihāro. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gahaṇavasenā’’^eb^tiādi. Tena ruḷhīvasena ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādīni apaṇṇakaṅgāni jātānīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^105^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^^a^V2.0056^ea^^b^tayo puggalāva hontī^eb^ti attantapo parantapoti imasmiṃ catukke heṭṭhā tayo puggalā honti. Yathāvuttā pañcapi puggalā duppaṭipannāva, tato ^b^atthikavādādayo pañca^eb^puggalā sammāpaṭipannatāya imasmiṃ catukke ^b^eko catutthapuggalova hoti. Etamatthaṃ dassetu^eb^nti idha heṭṭhā vuttapuggalapañcakadvayaṃ imasmiṃ catukke eva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vibhāgena duppaṭipattisuppaṭipattiyo dassetuṃ ^b^bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhī^eb^ti. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Apaṇṇakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca gahapativaggavaṇṇanā.


volume: 33
item: 11
title: bhikkhuvaggo^^ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^107^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ambalaṭṭhikāya^eb^nti ^a^M2.0059^ea^^a^V2.0057^ea^ ettha ambalaṭṭhikā vuccati sujāto taruṇambarukkho, tassa pana avidūre kato pāsādo idha ‘‘ambalaṭṭhikā’’ti adhippeto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘veḷuvanavihārassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Padhānagharasaṅkhepe^eb^ti bhāvanāgehappakāre yogīnaṃ geheti attho. ^b^Tikhiṇova hoti,^eb^ na tassa tikhiṇabhāvo kenaci kātabbo sabhāvasiddhattā. ^b^Evameva^eb^ attano vimuttiparipācanakammunā tikkhavisadabhāvappattiyā ^b^ayampi āyasmā…pe… tattha vihāsi. Pakatipaññattamevā^eb^ti pakatiyā paññattaṃ buddhānaṃ upagamanato puretarameva cārittavasena paññattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^108^eb^^b^.^eb^ Udakaṃ anena dhīyati, ṭhapīyati vā etthāti ^b^udakādhānaṃ. Udakaṭṭhāna^eb^nti ca khuddakabhājanaṃ. ^b^‘‘Ovādadānatthaṃ āmantesī’’^eb^ti vatvā taṃ panassa ovādadānaṃ na idheva, atha kho bahūsu ṭhānesu bahukkhattuṃ pavattitanti tāni tāni saṅkhepato dassetvā idha saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavatā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^sabbabuddhehi avijahita^eb^nti iminā sabbesaṃ buddhānaṃ sāsane kumārapañhā nāma hotīti dasseti. Ekekato paṭṭhāya yāva dasakā pavattā dasa pucchā etassāti ^b^dasapucchaṃ,^eb^ ekekato paṭṭhāya yāva dasakā ekuttaravasena pavattaṃ vissajjanatthāya ^b^pañcapaṇṇasavissajjanaṃ^eb^ sāmaṇerapañhanti sambandho. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ paramatthajotikāyaṃ ^b^khuddakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 4.kumārapañhavaṇṇanā) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Anādīnavadassitāya abhiṇhaṃ musā samudācaraṇato ^b^‘‘piyamusāvādā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, udakāvasesachaḍḍanaudakādhānanikujjanaukkujjanadassanasaññitā ^b^catasso udakādhānūpamāyo^eb^ sabbassa yuddhakammassa akaraṇakaraṇavasena dassitā ^b^dve hatthiupamāyo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tattha^eb^^a^V2.0058^ea^^b^rāhulasutta^eb^nti suttanipāte āgataṃ rāhulasuttaṃ (su. ni. 337 ādayo). ^b^Abhiṇhovādavasena vutta^eb^nti iminā antarantarā taṃ suttaṃ kathetvā bhagavā theraṃ ovadatīti dasseti. ^b^Idañca panā^eb^ti idaṃ yathāvuttaṃ bhagavato taṃtaṃkālānurūpaṃ attano ovādadānaṃ sandhāya. ^b^Bīja^eb^nti aṇḍaṃ. ^b^Passasi nū^eb^ti ^a^M2.0060^ea^^b^nu^eb^-saddo anujānane, nanu passasīti attho. Saccadhammaṃ laṅghitvā ṭhitassa kiñcipi akattabbaṃ nāma pāpaṃ natthīti āha – ^b^‘‘sampajānamusāvāde saṃvararahitassa opammadassanatthaṃ vuttā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ekaṃ dhammamatītassa, musāvādissa jantuno;<br/><br/>[22]Vitiṇṇaparalokassa, natthi pāpamakāriya’’nti. (dha. pa. 176);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uruḷhavā^eb^ti uruḷho hutvā ussito. So pana damavasena abhiruyha vaḍḍhito ārohanayogyo ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘abhivaḍḍhito ārohasampanno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āgatāgate^eb^ti attano yogyapadesaṃ āgatāgate. ^b^Paṭisenāya phalakakoṭṭhakamuṇḍapākārādayo^eb^ti paṭisenāya attano ārakkhatthāya ṭhapite phalakakoṭṭhake ceva uddhacchadapākārādike ca. ^b^Etaṃ padesa^eb^nti etaṃ parasenāpadesaṃ. ^b^Ettakenā^eb^ti olokanamattena. Tassa olokanākāradassaneneva. ^b^Satampi sahassampi senānīkaṃ dvedhā bhijjati,^eb^ tīrapātikaṃ madditaṃ hutvā padātā hutvā dvedhā hutvā palāyanti. ^b^Kaṇṇehi paharitvā^eb^ti pageva sarānaṃ āgamanasaddaṃ upadhāretvā yathā vego na hoti, evaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā tehi paharitvā ^b^pātanaṃ. Paṭihatthipaṭiassā^eb^tiādinā paccekaṃ pati-saddo yojetabboti. ^b^Dīghāsilaṭṭhiyā^eb^ti dīghalatāya asilaṭṭhiyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Karaṇe^eb^ti kammakaraṇe. ^b^Maññati^eb^ hatthāroho. ^b^Ayamuggara^eb^nti tādise kāle gahitamuggaraṃ. ^b^Oloketvā^eb^ti ñāṇacakkhunā disvā, abhiṇhaṃ sampajaññaṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^109^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sasakka^eb^nti passituṃ yuttaṃ katvā ussāhaṃ janetvā ^b^na karaṇīyaṃ,^eb^ tādisaṃ niyamato akattabbaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ekaṃseneva na kātabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paṭisaṃhareyyāsī^eb^ti karaṇato saṅkocaṃ āpajjeyyāsi. Yathābhūto asanto nivatto akaronto nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nivatteyyāsi mā kareyyāsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anupadeyyāsī^eb^ti anubalappadāyī bhaveyyāsi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upatthambheyyāsī’’^eb^ti. Taṃ pana anubalappadānaṃ upatthambhanaṃ punappunaṃ karaṇamevāti āha ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ kareyyāsī’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0061^ea^. ^b^Sikkhamāno^eb^ti taṃyeva adhisīlasikkhaṃ tannissayañca sikkhādvayaṃ sikkhanto sampādento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^111^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kittake^eb^^a^V2.0059^ea^^b^pana ṭhāne^eb^ti kittake ṭhāne pavattāni. Avidūre eva pavattānīti dassento ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ purebhatteyeva sodhetabbānī’’^eb^ti āha. Evañhi tāni susodhitāni honti suparisuddhāni. ^b^Paresaṃ appiyaṃ^eb^ garuṃ gārayhaṃ, yathāvuttaṭṭhānato pana aññaṃ vā kammaṭṭhānamanasikāreneva kāyakammādīni parisodhitāni hontīti na gahitaṃ. ^b^Paṭighaṃ vā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vā^eb^-saddena asamapekkhaṇe mohassa saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^112^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vuttanayena kāyakammādiparisodhanaṃ nāma idheva, na ito bahiddhāti āha ^b^‘‘buddhā…pe… sāvakā vā’’^eb^ti. Te hi atthato samaṇabrāhmaṇā vāti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhasāvakehi āruḷhamaggo, rāhula, mayā tuyhaṃ ācikkhito, tasmā. Tena anusikkhantena tayā evaṃ sikkhitabbanti ovādaṃ adāsi. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā<br/><br/>[03]Samattā.


volume: 33
item: 12
title: ^ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^mahārāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^113^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iriyāpathānubandhanenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0060^ea^ iriyāpathagamanānubandhanena, na paṭipattigamanānubandhanena. Aññameva hi buddhānaṃ paṭipattigamanaṃ aññaṃ sāvakānaṃ. ^b^Vilāsitagamanenā^eb^ti – ‘‘dūre pādaṃ na uddharati, na accāsanne pādaṃ nikkhipati, nātisīghaṃ gacchati nātisaṇika’’ntiādinā (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.4.243; udā. aṭṭha. 76; sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.285) vuttena sabhāvasīlena buddhānaṃ cāturiyagamanena. Tadeva hi sandhāya ^b^‘‘pade padaṃ nikkhipanto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Padānupadiko^eb^ti rāhulattherassapi lakkhaṇapāripūriyā tādisameva gamananti yattakaṃ padesaṃ antaraṃ adatvā bhagavato piṭṭhito gantuṃ āraddho, sabbattha tameva gamanapadānupadaṃ gacchatīti padānupadiko.<br/><br/>[03]Vaṇṇanābhūmi ^a^M2.0062^ea^ cāyaṃ tattha bhagavantaṃ therañca anekarūpāhi upamāhi vaṇṇento ^b^‘‘tattha bhagavā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Nikkhantagajapotako viya^eb^ virocitthāti padaṃ ānetvā yojanā. Evaṃ taṃ ^b^kesarasīho viyā^eb^tiādīsupi ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Tārakarājā^eb^ nāma cando. ^b^Dvinnaṃ candamaṇḍalāna^eb^ntiādi parikappavacanaṃ, buddhāveṇikasantakaṃ viya buddhānaṃ ākappasobhā ahosi, aho sirīsampattīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādiyamānā^eb^ti gaṇhanti. ‘‘Pacchā jānissāmā’’ti ^b^na ajjupekkhitabbo. Idaṃ na kattabbanti vutte^eb^ti idaṃ pāṇātipātanaṃ na kattabbanti vutte idaṃ daṇḍena vā leḍḍunā vā viheṭhanaṃ na kattabbaṃ, idaṃ pāṇinā daṇḍakadānañca antamaso kujjhitvā olokanamattampi na kattabbamevāti nayasatenapi nayasahassenapi paṭivijjhati, tathā idha tāva sammajjanaṃ kattabbanti vuttepi tattha paribhaṇḍakaraṇaṃ vihāraṅgaṇasammajjanaṃ kacavarachaḍḍanaṃ vālikāsamakiraṇanti evamādinā nayasatena nayasahassena paṭivijjhati. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘idaṃ kattabbanti vuttepi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paribhāsa^eb^nti tajjanaṃ. ^b^Labhāmī^eb^ti paccāsīsati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbameta^eb^nti sabbaṃ etaṃ mayi labbhamānaṃ sikkhākāmataṃ. ^b^Abhiññāyā^eb^ti jānitvā. ^b^Sahāyo^eb^ti raṭṭhapālattheraṃ sandhāyāha. So hi bhagavatā saddhāpabbajitabhāve etadagge ṭhapito. ^b^Dhammārakkho^eb^ti ^a^V2.0061^ea^ satthu saddhammaratanānupālako dhammabhaṇḍāgāriko. ^b^Pettiyo^eb^ti cūḷapitā. ^b^Sabbaṃ me jinasāsana^eb^nti sabbampi buddhasāsanaṃ mayhameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chandarāgaṃ ñatvā^eb^ti chandarāgaṃ mama citte uppannaṃ ñatvā. ^b^Aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle^eb^ti vihārapariyante aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūlaṭṭhāne anucchavike.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tadā^eb^ti aggasāvakehi pasādāpanakāle. Aññakammaṭṭhānāni caṅkamanairiyāpathepi piṭṭhipasāraṇakālepi samijjhanti, na evamidanti āha – ^b^‘‘idamassa etissā nisajjāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ anucchavika’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ānāpānassati^eb^nti ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samasīsī hotī^eb^ti sace samasīsī hutvā na parinibbāyati. ^b^Paccekabodhiṃ sacchikaroti^eb^ no ce paccekabodhiṃ sacchikaroti. ^b^Khippābhiñño^eb^ti khippaṃ lahuṃyeva pattabbachaḷabhiñño.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paripuṇṇā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0063^ea^ soḷasasu ākāresu kassacipi atāpanena sabbaso puṇṇā. ^b^Subhāvitā^eb^ti samathabhāvanāya vipassanābhāvanāya ca anupubbasampādanena subhāvitā. Gaṇanāvidhānānupubbiyā āsevitattā ^b^anupubbaṃ paricitā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Omānaṃ vā^eb^ti avajānanaṃ uññātanti evaṃvidhaṃ mānaṃ vā. ^b^Atimānaṃ vā^eb^ti ‘‘kiṃ imehi, mameva ānubhāvena jīvissāmī’’ti evaṃ atimānaṃ vā kuto janessatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^114^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Visaṅkharitvā^eb^ti visaṃyutte katvā, yathā saṅgākārena gahaṇaṃ na gacchati, evaṃ vinibhuñjitvāti attho. Mahābhūtāni tāva vitthāretu, sammasanūpagattā, asammasanūpagaṃ ākāsadhātuṃ atha kasmā vitthāresīti āha ^b^‘‘upādārūpadassanattha’’^eb^nti. Āpodhātu sukhumarūpaṃ. Itarāsu oḷārikasukhumatāpi labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘upādārūpadassanattha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Heṭṭhā cattāri mahābhūtāneva kathitāni, na upādārūpa^eb^nti tassa panettha lakkhaṇahāranayena ākāsadassanena dassitatā veditabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā mukhena taṃ dassetu’’^eb^nti. Na kevalaṃ upādārūpaggahaṇadassanatthameva ākāsadhātu vitthāritā, atha kho pariggahasukhatāyapīti dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha paricchinditabbassa rūpassa niravasesapariyādānatthaṃ ^b^‘‘ajjhattikenā’’^eb^ti visesanamāha. ^b^Ākāsenā^eb^ti ākāsadhātuyā gahitāya. ^b^Paricchinnarūpa^eb^nti tāya paricchinditakalāpagatampi pākaṭaṃ hoti vibhūtaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^V2.0062^ea^ vuttamevatthaṃ sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ gāthāya dasseti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti upādāyarūpassa. ^b^Evaṃ āvibhāvattha^eb^nti evaṃ paricchinnatāya ākāsassa vasena vibhūtabhāvatthaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti ākāsadhātuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^118^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ākāsabhāvaṃ gata^eb^nti catūhi mahābhūtehi asamphuṭṭhānaṃ tesaṃ paricchedakabhāvena ākāsanti gahetabbataṃ gataṃ, ākāsameva vā ākāsagataṃ yathā ‘‘diṭṭhigataṃ (dha. sa. 381; mahāni. 12), atthaṅgata’’nti (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.130) ca. ^b^Ādinna^eb^nti imanti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi ādinnaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭha’’^eb^nti. Aññattha kammajaṃ ‘‘upādinna’’nti vuccati, na tathā idhāti āha ^b^‘‘sarīraṭṭhakanti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pathavīdhātuādīsu^eb^^a^M2.0064^ea^^b^vuttanayenevā^eb^ti mahāhatthipadopame (ma. ni. 1.300 ādayo) vuttanayadassanaṃ sandhāya vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^119^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tādibhāvo^eb^ nāma niṭṭhitakiccassa hoti, ayañca vipassanaṃ anuyuñjati, atha kimatthaṃ tādibhāvatā vuttāti? Pathavīsamatādilakkhaṇācikkhaṇāhi vipassanāya sukhappavattiatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iṭṭhāniṭṭhesū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gahetvā^eb^ti kusalappavattiyā okāsadānavasena pariggahetvā. ^b^Na patiṭṭhito^eb^ti na nissito na laggo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^120^eb^^b^.^eb^ Brahmavihārabhāvanā asubhabhāvanā ānāpānassatibhāvanā ca upacāraṃ vā appanaṃ vā pāpento vipassanāya pādakabhāvāya aniccādisaññāya vipassanābhāvena ussakkitvā maggapaṭipāṭiyā arahattādhigamāya hotīti ^b^‘‘mettādibhāvanāya pana hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Yattha katthaci sattesu saṅkhāresu ca paṭihaññanakileso^eb^ti āghātabhāvameva vadati ñāyabhāvato aññesampi. ^b^Asmimāno^eb^ti rūpādike paccekaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ayamahamasmī’’ti evaṃ pavattamāno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^121^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idaṃ kammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti ettha gaṇanādivasena āseviyamānā assāsapassāsā yogakammassa patiṭṭhānatāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha pana tathāpavatto manasikāro bhāvanā. Ettha ca tasseva therassa bhagavatā bahūnaṃ kammaṭṭhānānaṃ desitattā caritaṃ anādiyitvā kammaṭṭhānāni sabbesaṃ puggalānaṃ sappāyānīti ayamattho siddho, atisappāyavasena pana kammaṭṭhānesu vibhāgakathā kathitāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Mahārāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 13
title: ambalaṭṭhikarāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^mahārāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷamālukyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^122^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0063^ea^^b^ṭhapitānī^eb^ti ‘‘sassato loko’’tiādinayappavattāni diṭṭhigatāni aniyyānikatāya na byākātabbāni na kathetabbāni, evaṃ ṭhapanīyapakkhe ^b^ṭhapitāni ceva^eb^ niyyānikasāsane chaḍḍanīyatāya ^b^paṭikkhittāni ca,^eb^ apicettha atthato paṭikkhepo eva byākātabbato. Yathā eko ^a^M2.0065^ea^ kammakilesavasena itthattaṃ āgato, tathā aparopi aparopīti satto tathāgato vuccatīti āha – ^b^‘‘tathāgatoti satto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Taṃ abyākaraṇaṃ mayhaṃ na ruccatī^eb^ti yadi sassato loko, sassato lokoti, asassato loko, asassato lokoti jānāmāti byākātabbameva, yaṃ pana ubhayathā abyākaraṇaṃ, taṃ me cittaṃ na ārādheti ajānanahetukattā abyākaraṇassa. Tenāha – ‘‘ajānato kho pana apassato etadeva ujukaṃ, yadidaṃ na jānāmi na passāmī’’ti. ^b^Sassato^eb^tiādīsu ^b^sassato^eb^ti sabbakāliko, nicco dhuvo avipariṇāmadhammoti attho. So hi diṭṭhigatikehi lokīyanti ettha puññapāpatabbipākā, sayaṃ vā tabbipākākarādibhāvena aviyuttehi lokīyatīti ^b^loko^eb^ti adhippeto. Etena cattāropi sassatavādā dassitā honti. ^b^Asassato^eb^ti na sassato, anicco addhuvo bhedanadhammoti attho, asassatoti ca sassatabhāvapaṭikkhepena ucchedo dīpitoti sattapi ucchedavādā dassitā honti. ^b^Antavā^eb^ti parivaṭumo paricchinnaparimāṇo, asabbagatoti attho. Tena ‘‘sarīraparimāṇo, aṅguṭṭhaparimāṇo, yavaparimāṇo paramāṇuparimāṇo attā’’ti (udā. aṭṭha. 54; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.76-77) evamādivādā dassitā honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā^eb^ti tathāgato jīvo attā maraṇato imassa kāyassa bhedato paraṃ uddhaṃ hoti atthi saṃvijjatīti attho. Etena sassatabhāvamukhena soḷasa saññīvādā, aṭṭha asaññīvādā, aṭṭha ca nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā dassitā honti. ^b^Na hotī^eb^ti natthi na upalabbhati. Etena ucchedavādo dassito hoti. Apica ^b^hoti ca na ca hotī^eb^ti atthi natthi cāti. Etena ekaccasassatavādo dassito. ^b^Neva hoti na na hotī^eb^ti pana iminā amarāvikkhepavādo dassitoti veditabbaṃ. Bhagavatā pana aniyyānikattā anatthasaṃhitāni imāni dassanānīti tāni na byākatāni, taṃ abyākaraṇaṃ sandhāyāha ayaṃ thero ‘‘taṃ me na ruccatī’’ti. ^b^Sikkhaṃ paṭikkhipitvā^eb^ yathāsamādinnasikkhaṃ pahāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^125^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tvaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0066^ea^^b^neva^eb^^a^V2.0064^ea^^b^yācako^eb^ti ahaṃ bhante bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ carissāmītiādinā. ^b^Na yācitako^eb^ti tvaṃ mālukyaputta mayi brahmacariyaṃ carātiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^126^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Parasenāya ṭhitena^eb^ purisena. ^b^Bahalalepanenā^eb^ti bahalavilepanena. Mahāsupiyādi sabbo muduhidako veṇuviseso ^b^saṇho. Maruvā^eb^ti makaci. ^b^Khīrapaṇṇino^eb^ti khīrapaṇṇiyā, yassā chindanamatte paṇṇe khīraṃ paggharati. ^b^Gaccha^eb^nti gacchato jātaṃ sayaṃjātagumbato gahitanti adhippāyo. ^b^Sithilahanu^eb^ nāma dattā kaṇṇo pataṅgo. ^b^Etāya diṭṭhiyā sati na hotī^eb^ti ‘‘sassato loko’’ti etāya diṭṭhiyā sati maggabrahmacariyavāso na hoti, taṃ pahāya eva pattabbato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^127^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attheva jātī^eb^tiādinā etā diṭṭhiyo paccekampi saṃsāraparibrūhanā kaṭasivaḍḍhanā nibbānavibandhanāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^128^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmātihā^eb^ti idaṃ aṭṭhāne uddhaṭaṃ, ṭhāneyeva pana ‘‘vuttapaṭipakkhanayena veditabba’’nti imassa parato katvā saṃvaṇṇetabbaṃ. Attano phalena araṇīyato anugantabbato kāraṇampi ^b^‘‘attho’’^eb^ti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘kāraṇanissita’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘brahmacariyassa ādimattampī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pubbapadaṭṭhāna^eb^nti paṭhamārambho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷamālukyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 14
title: mahārāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷamālukyasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāmālukyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^129^eb^^b^.^eb^ Oraṃ ^a^V2.0065^ea^ vuccati kāmadhātu, tattha pavattiyā saṃvattanato oraṃ bhajantīti ^b^orambhāgiyāni,^eb^ heṭṭhimamaggavajjhatāya orambhāge heṭṭhākoṭṭhāse bhajantīti ^b^orambhāgiyāni^eb^ ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhākoṭṭhāsikānī’’^eb^tiādi. Kammunā hi vaṭṭena ca dukkhaṃ saṃyojentīti ^b^saṃyojanāni,^eb^ orambhāgiyasaññitāni saṃyojanāni yassa appahīnāni, tasseva vaṭṭadukkhaṃ. Yassa pana tāni pahīnāni, tassa taṃ natthīti. ^b^Appahīnatāya anusetī^eb^ti ariyamaggena asamucchinnatāya kāraṇalābhe ^a^M2.0067^ea^ sati uppajjati, appahīnabhāvena anuseti. ^b^Anusayamāno saṃyojanaṃ nāma hotī^eb^ti anusayattaṃ pharitvā pavattamāno pāpadhammo yathāvuttenatthena saṃyojanaṃ nāma hoti. Etena yadi pana anusayato saṃyojanaṃ pavattaṃ, tathāpi ye te kāmarāgādayo ‘‘anusayā’’ti vuccanti, teyeva bandhanaṭṭhena saṃyojanānīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti yadeva orambhāgiyasaṃyojanaṃ bhagavatā pucchitaṃ, tadeva therenapi vissajjitaṃ, tathāpi ayaṃ laddhi sannissayā. Tattha dosāropanāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassa vāde’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Samudācārakkhaṇeyevā^eb^ti pavattikkhaṇe eva. Na hi sabbe vattamānā kilesā saṃyojanatthaṃ pharantīti adhippāyo. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti tena kāraṇena, tathāladdhikattāti attho. Cintesi ‘‘dhammaṃ desessāmī’’ti yojanā. ^b^Attano dhammatāyevā^eb^ti ajjhattāsayeneva. ^b^Visaṃvāditā^eb^ti satthu cittassa anārādhanena vivecitā. ^b^Evamakāsi^eb^ evaṃ dhammaṃ desāpesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^130^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sakkāyadiṭṭhipariyuṭṭhitenā^eb^ti pariyuṭṭhānasamatthasakkāyadiṭṭhikena. Tathābhūtañca cittaṃ tāya diṭṭhiyā vigayhitaṃ ajjhotthaṭañca nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘gahitena abhibhūtenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Diṭṭhinissaraṇaṃ nāma^eb^ dassanamaggo tena samucchinditabbato, so pana nibbānaṃ āgamma taṃ samucchindati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhinissaraṇaṃ nibbāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Avinoditā anīhaṭā^eb^ti padadvayenapi samucchedavasena appahīnattaṃyeva vadati. ^b^Aññaṃ saṃyojanaṃ añño anusayoti vadanti,^eb^ sahabhāvo nāma aññena hoti. Na hi tadeva tena sahāti vuccatīti tesaṃ adhippāyo. ^b^Aññenā^eb^ti atthato aññena. Avatthāmattato yadipi avayavavinimutto samudāyo natthi, avayavo pana samudāyo na hotīti so samudāyato añño evāti sakkā vattunti yathāvuttassa parihārassa appāṭihīrakataṃ āsaṅkitvā pakkhantaraṃ āsallitaṃ ^b^‘‘athāpi siyā’’^eb^tiādinā. Pakkhantarehi parihārā ^a^V2.0066^ea^ hontīti yathāvuttañāyenapi añño puriso athāpi siyā, ayaṃ panettha añño dosoti āha ^b^‘‘yadi tadevā’’^eb^tiādi. Athāpi siyā tuyhaṃ yadi parivitakko īdiso yadi tadeva saṃyojanantiādi. ^b^Imamatthaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti paramatthato so eva ^a^M2.0068^ea^ kileso saṃyojanamanusayo ca, bandhanatthāppahīnatthānaṃ pana attheva bhedoti imamatthaṃ sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^132^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tacacchedo viya samāpatti^eb^ kilesānaṃ samāpattivikkhambhanassa sāracchedassa anusayassa dūrabhāvato. ^b^Pheggucchedo viya vipassanā^eb^ tassa āsannabhāvato. ^b^Evarūpā puggalā^eb^ti abhāvitasaddhādibalatāya dubbalanāmakāyā puggalā, yesaṃ sakkāyanirodhāya…pe… nādhimuccati. ^b^Evaṃ daṭṭhabbā^eb^ti yathā so dubbalako puriso, evaṃ daṭṭhabbo so puriso gaṅgāpāraṃ viya sakkāyapāraṃ gantuṃ asamatthattā. Vuttavipariyāyena sukkapakkhassa attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^133^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upadhivivekenā^eb^ti iminā ^b^upadhivivekā^eb^ti karaṇe nissakkananti dasseti, ^b^upadhivivekā^eb^ti vā hetumhi nissakkavacanassa ^b^upadhivivekenā^eb^ti hetumhi karaṇavacanena pañcakāmaguṇaviveko kathito. Kāmaguṇāpi hi upadhīyati ettha dukkhanti upadhīti vuccantīti. Thinamiddhapaccayā kāyavijambhitādibhedaṃ ^b^kāyālasiyaṃ. Tatthā^eb^ti antosamāpattiyaṃ samāpattiabbhantare jātaṃ. Taṃ pana samāpattipariyāpannampi apariyāpannampīti tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘antosamāpattikkhaṇeyevā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Rūpādayo dhamme^eb^ti rūpavedanādike pañcakkhandhadhamme. ^b^Na niccato^eb^ti iminā niccapaṭikkhepato tesaṃ aniccatamāha. Tato eva udayavayantato vipariṇāmato tāvakālikato ca te aniccāti jotitaṃ hoti. Yañhi niccaṃ na hoti, taṃ udayabbayaparicchinnaṃ jarāya maraṇena cāti dvedhā vipariṇataṃ ittarakhaṇameva ca hoti. ^b^Na sukhato^eb^ti iminā sukhapaṭikkhepato tesaṃ dukkhatamāha, ato eva abhiṇhaṃ paṭipīḷanato dukkhavatthuto ca te dukkhāti jotitaṃ hoti. Udayabbayavantatāya hi te abhiṇhaṃ paṭipīḷanato nirantaradukkhatāya dukkhasseva ca adhiṭṭhānabhūtāti. Paccayayāpanīyatāya rogamūlatāya ca ^b^rogato^eb^. Dukkhatāsūlayogitāya kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātapakkabhijjanato ca ^b^gaṇḍato^eb^. Pīḷājananato antotudanato dunnīharaṇato ca avaddhiāvahato aghavatthuto ca aserībhāvato ābādhapadaṭṭhānatāya ca ^b^ābādhato^eb^. Avasavattanato avidheyyatāya ^b^parato^eb^^a^M2.0069^ea^. Byādhijarāmaraṇehi palujjanīyatāya ^b^palokato^eb^. Sāmīnivāsīkārakavedakādhiṭṭhāyakavirahato ^b^suññato^eb^. Attapaṭikkhepaṭṭhena ^b^anattato,^eb^ rūpādidhammāpi na ettha attā hontīti anattā, evaṃ ayampi na attā hotīti anattā. Tena ^a^V2.0067^ea^ abyāpārato nirīhato tucchato anattāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇattayameva avabodhatthaṃ ekādasahi padehi vibhajitvā gahitanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Antosamāpattiya^eb^nti samāpattīnaṃ sahajātatāya samāpattīnaṃ abbhantare. ^b^Cittaṃ paṭisaṃharatī^eb^ti tappaṭibaddhachandarāgādiupakkilesavikkhambhanena vipassanācittaṃ paṭisaṃharati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mocetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Savanavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘sabbasaṅkhārasamatho’’tiādinā savanavasena. ^b^Thutivasenā^eb^ti tatheva thomanāvasena guṇato saṃkittanavasena. ^b^Pariyattivasenā^eb^ti tassa dhammassa pariyāpuṇanavasena. ^b^Paññattivasenā^eb^ti tadatthassa paññāpanavasena. ^b^Ārammaṇakaraṇavaseneva^eb^ upasaṃharati maggacittaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ santa^eb^ntiādi pana avadhāraṇanivattitatthadassanaṃ. Yathā vipassanā ‘‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇīta’’ntiādinā asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati, evaṃ maggo nibbānaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena abhisamento tattha labbhamāne sabbe visese asammohato ^b^paṭivijānanto tattha cittaṃ upasaṃharati^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā pana ākārenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^So tattha ṭhito^eb^ti so adandhavipassano yogī tattha tāya aniccādilakkhaṇattayārammaṇāya vipassanāya ṭhito. ^b^Sabbaso^eb^ti tassa maggassa adhigamāya nibbattitasamathavipassanāsu. ^b^Asakkonto anāgāmī hotī^eb^ti heṭṭhimamaggavahāsu eva samathavipassanāsu chandarāgaṃ pahāya aggamaggavahāsu tāsu nikantiṃ pariyādātuṃ asakkonto anāgāmitāyameva saṇṭhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samatikkantattā^eb^ti samathavasena vipassanāvasena cāti sabbathāpi rūpassa atikkantattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayañhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Anenā^eb^ti yoginā. ^b^Taṃ atikkammā^eb^ti idaṃ yo vā paṭhamaṃ pañcavokārabhavapariyāpanne dhamme sammadeva sammasitvā te vivajjetvā tato arūpasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā arūpadhamme sammasati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idāni arūpaṃ sammasatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samathavasena^eb^^a^M2.0070^ea^^b^gacchato^eb^ti samathappadhānaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ anuyuñjantassa. ^b^Cittekaggatā dhuraṃ hotī^eb^ti tassa vipassanābhāvanāya tathā pubbe pavattattā vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā samādhippadhānā hoti, maggepi cittekaggatā dhuraṃ hoti, samādhindriyaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ balavaṃ hoti. ^b^So cetovimutto nāmā^eb^ti so ariyo cetovimutto nāma hoti. ^b^Vipassanāvasena gacchato^eb^ti ‘‘samathavasena gacchato’’ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Ayañca puggalavibhāgo suttantanayena idhābhihito pariyāyo nāma, abhidhammanayena parato kīṭāgirisuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ dassayissāma. ^b^Ayaṃ sabhāvadhammoyevā^eb^ti pubbabhāgapaṭipadā samathappadhānā ce samādhi dhuraṃ, vipassanāpadhānā ce paññā dhuranti ayaṃ dhammasabhāvoyeva, ettha kiñci na āsaṅkitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Indriyaparopariyattaṃ ^a^V2.0068^ea^^b^indriyavemattatā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘indriyanānattaṃ vadāmī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Indriyanānattatā kāraṇa^eb^nti idaṃ dasseti – aniccādivasena vipassanābhiniveso viya samathavasena vipassanāvasena ca yaṃ pubbabhāgagamanaṃ, taṃ appamāṇaṃ taṃ vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanaṃ, yassa samādhi dhuraṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ balavaṃ hoti, ^b^so^eb^ ariyo ^b^cetovimutti nāma hoti^eb^. Yassa paññā dhuraṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ balavaṃ hoti ^b^so^eb^ ariyo ^b^paññāvimutto nāma hoti^eb^. Idāni tamatthaṃ buddhivisiṭṭhena nidassanena dassento ^b^‘‘dve aggasāvakā’’^eb^tiādimāha, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāmālukyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 15
title: cūḷamālukyasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāmālukyasuttavaṇṇanā^bhaddālisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^134^eb^^b^.^eb^ Asiyatīti ^a^V2.0069^ea^ asanaṃ, bhuñjanaṃ bhojanaṃ, asanassa bhojanaṃ asanabhojanaṃ, āhāraparibhogo, ekasmiṃ kāle asanabhojanaṃ ^b^ekāsanabhojanaṃ^eb^. So pana kālo sabbabuddhānaṃ sabbapaccekabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇavasena pubbaṇho eva idhādhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ purebhatte asanabhojana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vippaṭisārakukkucca^eb^nti ‘‘ayuttaṃ vata mayā kataṃ, yo attano sarīrapakatiṃ ajānanto ekāsanabhojanaṃ bhuñji, yena me idaṃ sarīraṃ kisaṃ jātaṃ brahmacariyānuggaho nāhosī’’ti evaṃ ^a^M2.0071^ea^ vippaṭisārakukkuccaṃ bhaveyya. ^b^Etaṃ sandhāya satthā āha,^eb^ na bhaddālimeva tādisaṃ kiriyaṃ anujānanto. ^b^Itarathā^eb^ti yadi ekaṃyeva bhattaṃ dvidhā katvā tato ekassa bhāgassa bhuñjanaṃ ekadesabhuñjanaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^Ko sakkotī^eb^ti ko evaṃ yāpetuṃ sakkoti. Atītajātiparicayopi nāma imesaṃ sattānaṃyeva anubandhatīti āha ^b^‘‘atīte’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Viravantassevā^eb^ti anādare sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Taṃ madditvā^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ sikkhā sabbesampi buddhānaṃ sāsane āciṇṇaṃ, ayañca bhikkhu imaṃ sikkhatevā’’ti vatvā taṃ bhaddāliṃ tassa vā anussāhapavedanaṃ abhibhavitvā. Bhikkhācāragamanatthaṃ ^b^na vitakkamāḷakaṃ^eb^ agamāsi, vihāracārikaṃ caranto ^b^tassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ bhagavā gacchati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^135^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dūsayanti garahanti etenāti doso, aparādho, so eva kucchitabhāvena ^b^dosako^eb^. Garahāya pavattiṭṭhānato ^b^okāso^eb^. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘etaṃ okāsaṃ etaṃ aparādha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dukkaratara^eb^nti patikāravasena atisayena dukkaraṃ. Aparādho hi na khamāpentaṃ yathāpaccayaṃ vitthārito hutvā duppatikāro hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vassañhī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Alaggitvā^eb^ti imampi nāma apanītaṃ akāsīti evaṃ avinetvā, taṃ taṃ tassa hitapaṭipattiṃ nivāraṇaṃ katvāti attho. Ñāyapaṭipattiṃ aticca eti pavattatīti ^b^accayo,^eb^ aparādho, purisena madditvā pavattito aparādho atthato purisaṃ aticca abhibhavitvā pavatto nāma hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā’’^eb^ti. Avasesapaccayānaṃ samāgame eti phalaṃ etasmā uppajjati pavattati cāti ^b^samayo,^eb^ hetu yathā ‘‘samudāyo’’ti āha ^b^‘‘ekaṃ kāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Yaṃ panettha bhaddālittherassa aparipūrakāritāya bhikkhuādīnaṃ jānanaṃ, tampi kāraṇaṃ katvā ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, na ussahāmī’’tiādinā vattabbanti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^136^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekacittakkhaṇikā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0070^ea^ paṭhamamaggacittakkhaṇena ekacittakkhaṇikā. ^b^Evaṃ āṇāpetuṃ na yutta^eb^nti saṅkamatthāya āṇāpetuṃ na yuttaṃ payojanābhāvato. Anāciṇṇañcetaṃ buddhānaṃ, yadidaṃ padasā akkamanaṃ. Tathā hi –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu;<br/><br/>[22]Mā naṃ kalalaṃ akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissatī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.53);<br/><br/>[03]Sumedhapaṇḍitena ^a^M2.0072^ea^ paccāsīsitaṃ na kataṃ. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;<br/><br/>[22]Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravī’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.60);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhagavatā āṇatte sati tesampi evaṃ kātuṃ na yutta^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Etesaṃ paṭibāhituṃ yutta^eb^nti idaṃ aṭṭhānaparikappanavaseneva vuttaṃ. Na hi buddhānaṃ kātuṃ āraddhaṃ nāma kiccaṃ kehici paṭibāhituṃ yuttaṃ nāma atthi paṭibāhituṃyeva akaraṇato. Sammattaniyāmassa anokkantattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bāhirako’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^137^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na kammaṭṭhānaṃ allīyatī^eb^ti cittaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ na otarati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^140^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Punappunaṃ kārentī^eb^ti daṇḍakammapaṇāmanādikāraṇaṃ punappunaṃ kārenti. ^b^Sammāvattamhi na vattatī^eb^ti tassā tassā āpattiyā vuṭṭhānatthaṃ bhagavatā paññattasammāvattamhi na vattati. ^b^Anulomavatte na vattatī^eb^ti yena yena vattena saṅgho anulomiko hoti, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ anulomavatte na vattati vilomameva gaṇhāti, paṭilomena hoti. ^b^Nitthāraṇakavattamhī^eb^ti yena vattena saṅgho anulomiko hoti, sāpattikabhāvato nitthiṇṇo hoti, tamhi nitthāraṇavattasmiṃ na vattati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āpattī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dubbacakaraṇe^eb^ti dubbacassa bhikkhuno karaṇe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^144^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yāpetī^eb^ti vattati, sāsane tiṭṭhatīti attho. ^b^Abhiññāpattā^eb^ti ‘‘asuko asuko ca thero sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo bahussuto’’tiādinā abhiññātabhāvaṃ pattā adhigatābhiññātā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sattesu hāyamānesū^eb^ti kilesabahulatāya paṭipajjanakasattesu parihāyantesu paṭipathesu ^a^V2.0071^ea^ jāyamānesu. ^b^Antaradhāyati nāma^eb^ tadādhāratāya. ^b^Diṭṭhadhammikā^eb^ parūpavādādayo. ^b^Samparāyikā^eb^ apāyadukkhavisesā. Āsavanti tena tena paccayena pavattantīti ^b^āsavā. Nesa^eb^nti parūpavādādiāsavānaṃ. ^b^Te^eb^ti vītikkamadhammā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akālaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti sikkhāpadapaññattiyā akālaṃ dassetvā. ^b^Uppatti^eb^nti āsavaṭṭhāniyānaṃ dhammānamuppattiṃ. Sikkhāpadapaññattiyā ^b^kālaṃ, tāva^eb^^a^M2.0073^ea^^b^senāsanāni pahonti,^eb^ tena āvāsamacchariyādihetunā sāsane ekacce āsavaṭṭhāniyā dhammā na uppajjanti. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti iminā pana hetunā padasodhammasikkhāpadānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yasa^eb^nti kittisaddaṃ parivārañca. Sāgatattherassa nāgadamanakittiyasādivasena surāpānasaṅkhāto āsavaṭṭhāniyo dhammo uppajji.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rasena rasaṃ saṃsandetvā^eb^ti upādinnakaphassarasena anupādinnakaphassarasaṃ saṃsandetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^ Na kho, bhaddāli, eseva hetu, atha kho aññampi atthīti dassento bhagavā ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena dhammassa sakkaccasavane theraṃ niyojeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Visevanācāra^eb^nti adantakiriyaṃ. ^b^Parinibbāyatī^eb^ti vūpasammati. Tattha adantakiriyaṃ pahāya danto hoti. ^b^Yugassā^eb^ti rathadhurassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anukkame^eb^ti anurūpaparigame. Tadavatthānurūpaṃ pādānaṃ ^b^ukkhipane nikkhipane^eb^ ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cattāro pāde’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Rajjubandhanavidhānenā^eb^ti pādato bhūmiyā mocanavidhānena. ^b^Evaṃ karaṇattha^eb^nti yathā asse nisinnasseva bhūmiṃ gahetuṃ sakkā, evaṃ cattāro pāde tathā katvā attano niccalabhāvakaraṇatthaṃ. ^b^Maṇḍale^eb^ti maṇḍaladhāvikāyaṃ. ^b^Pathavīkamane^eb^ti pathaviṃ phuṭṭhamattena gamane. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aggaggakhurehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Okkantakaraṇasmi^eb^nti okkantetvā parasenāsammaddana okkantakaraṇe. ^b^Ekasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti catūsu pādesu yattha katthaci ekasmiṃ ṭhāne gamanaṃ codentīti attho, so panettha sīghataro adhippeto. ^b^Davatte^eb^ti mariyādākopanehi nānappayojane, parasenāya pavattamahānādapaharaṇehi attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yuddhakālasmi’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Raññā jānitabbaguṇe^eb^ti yathā rājā assassa guṇe jānāti, evaṃ tena jānitabbaguṇakāraṇaṃ ^a^V2.0072^ea^ kāreti. ^b^Assarājavaṃse^eb^ti dussahaṃ dukkhaṃ patvāpi yathā ayaṃ rājavaṃsānurūpakiriyaṃ na jahissati, evaṃ sikkhāpane. Sikkhāpanameva hi sandhāya sabbattha ^b^‘‘kāraṇaṃ kāretī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ tassa karaṇakārāpanapariyāyattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā^eb^^a^M2.0074^ea^^b^uttamajavo hotī^eb^ti javadassanaṭṭhāne yathā hayo uttamajavaṃ na hāpesi, evaṃ sikkhāpeti. ^b^Uttamahayabhāve, yathā uttamahayo hotī^eb^ti kammakaraṇakāle attano uttamasabhāvaṃ aniguhitvā avajjetvā yathā atthasiddhi hoti, evaṃ paramajavena sikkhāpeti. Yathā kiriyā vinā dabbampi vinā kiriyaṃ na bhavati, evaṃ daṭṭhabbanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha pakatiyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ pakatiyā uttamahayasseva uttamahayakāraṇārahattā uttamajavapaṭipajjane. ^b^Māsakhādakaghoṭakāna^eb^nti māsaṃ khāditvā yathā tathā viguṇakhaluṅgakānaṃ. ^b^Valañjakadaṇḍa^eb^nti raññā gahetabbasuvaṇṇadaṇḍaṃ. ^b^Dhātupatthaddho^eb^ti attanāva samuppāditadhātuyā upatthambhito hutvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uttame sākhalye^eb^ti paramasakhilabhāve sakhilavācāya eva dametabbatāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘muduvācāya hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Arahattaphalasammādiṭṭhiyā^eb^ti phalasamāpattikāle pavattasammāñāṇaṃ. ^b^Sammāñāṇaṃ pubbe vuttasammādiṭṭhiyevā^eb^ti pana idaṃ phalasammādiṭṭhibhāvasāmaññena vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘paccavekkhaṇañāṇa’’nti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati ‘‘asekkhenā’’ti visesitattā. Tampi asekkhañāṇanti ce? Evampi nippariyāya sekkhaggahaṇe pariyāyasekkhaggahaṇaṃ na yuttameva, kiccabhedena vā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekā eva hi sā paññā nibbānassa paccakkhakiriyāya sammādassanakiccaṃ upādāya ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti vuttā, sammājānanakiccaṃ upādāya ‘‘sammāñāṇa’’nti. Aññātāvindriyavasena vā ^b^sammādiṭṭhi,^eb^ paññindriyavasena ^b^sammāñāṇa^eb^nti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Maggaphalāvahāya desanāya saṅkhepatova āgatattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ugghaṭitaññupuggalassa vasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Bhaddālisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 16
title: mahāmālukyasuttavaṇṇanā^bhaddālisuttavaṇṇanā^laṭukikopamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^148^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahāudāyitthero^eb^ti ^a^V2.0073^ea^ kāḷudāyilāḷudāyittherehi añño mahādehatāya mahāudāyīti sāsane paññāto thero. Apahari apaharati apaharissatīti ^b^apahattā^eb^. Tekāliko hi ayaṃ ^a^M2.0075^ea^ saddo. ^b^Upahattā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Apahārako^eb^ti apanetā. ^b^Upahārako^eb^ti upanetā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ya^eb^nti bhummatthe paccattavacanaṃ, tena ca anantaraniddiṭṭhasamayo paccāmaṭṭhoti āha ^b^‘‘yasmiṃ samaye’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na bhagavantaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti na bhagavantaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammanipphannattha^eb^nti attanā āyāciyamānakammasiddhiatthaṃ. Bhavatīti bhū, na bhūti ^b^abhū,^eb^ bhayavasena pana sā itthī ‘‘abhu’’nti āha. ^b^Ātu mātū^eb^ti ettha yathā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Aṅgā aṅgā sambhavasi, hadayā adhijāyase;<br/><br/>[22]Attā eva putta nāmāsi, sa jīva saradosata’’nti. –<br/><br/>[03]Ādīsu putto ‘‘attā’’ti vuccati kulavasena santāne pavattanato. Evaṃ pitāpi ‘‘puttassa attā’’ti vuccati. Yasmā ‘‘bhikkhussa attā mātā’’ti vatthukāmā bhayavasena ^b^‘‘ātu mātū’’^eb^ti āha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ātūti pitā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evameva^eb^nti idaṃ garahatthajotananipātapadanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘garahanto āhā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi naṃ vācakasaddeneva dassento ^b^‘‘idhekacce moghapurisā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Āhaṃsū^eb^ti tesaṃ tathā vacanassa avicchedena pavattidīpananti āha ^b^‘‘vadantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kiṃ panimassa appamattakassā^eb^ti pahātabbavatthuṃ avamaññamānehi vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ panā’’^eb^ti. Hetumhi jotetabbe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ yathā ‘‘anussavassa hetu, ajjhenassa hetū’’ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appamattakassa hetū’’^eb^ti. Nanu apassantena viya asuṇantena viya bhavitabbanti? Satthārā nāma appamattakesu dosesu apassantena viya ca asuṇantena viya ca bhavitabbanti tesaṃ adhippāyena vivaraṇaṃ. ^b^Tesu cā^eb^ti sikkhākāmesu ca. Appaccayaṃ upaṭṭhāpentīti ānetvā sambandhitabbanti dasseti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti ye ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vuttā puggalā, tesaṃ. ^b^Gale baddhaṃ mahākaṭṭha^eb^nti gale olambetvā baddhaṃ rukkhadaṇḍamāha. ^a^V2.0074^ea^^b^Pūtilatāyā^eb^ti galociyā. ^b^Pārājikavatthu viya duppajahaṃ hotī^eb^ti chandakappahānavasena taṃ pajahituṃ na sakkoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^151^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anussukkā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0076^ea^ tassa pahātabbassa pahāne ussukkarahitā. ^b^Apaccāsīsanapakkhe^eb^ti tāya paradattavuttitāya kassaci paccayassa kutoci apaccāsīsakapakkhe ṭhitā hutvā suppajahaṃ hoti, na tassa pahāne bhāriyaṃ atthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Daliddo^eb^ duggato. ^b^Assako^eb^ti asāpateyyo. ^b^Gehayaṭṭhiyo^eb^ti gehachadanassa ādhārā, tā ujukaṃ tiriyaṃ ṭhapetabbadaṇḍā. Samantato bhittipādesu ṭhapetabbadaṇḍā ^b^maṇḍalā. Kākātidāyi^eb^nti ito cito kākehi atipātavasena uḍḍetabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yattha kiñcidevā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sūrakākā^eb^ti kākānaṃ uḍḍepanākāramāha. ^b^Naparamarūpa^eb^nti hīnarūpaṃ. ^b^Vilīvamañcako^eb^ti tālavettakādīhi vītamañcako. Sā panassa santānānaṃ chinnabhinnatāya oluggaviluggatā, tathā sati sā visamarūpā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘oṇatā’’^eb^tiādi. So puggalo lūkhabhojī hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dhaññaṃ nāma kudrūsako’’^eb^ti. Samakālaṃ vapitabbatāya ^b^samavāpakaṃ,^eb^ yathāutu vapitabbabījaṃ. ^b^Jāyikā^eb^ti kucchitā bhariyā, sabbattha garahāyaṃ ka-saddo. ^b^So vatāhaṃ pabbajeyya^eb^nti sohaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā pabbajeyyaṃ, yohaṃ puriso nāma assaṃ vatāti pabbajjāvasena attano purisaṃ bodheyya. Taṃsabhāve ṭhitassa bodhā na tu dukkarā, sā ^b^khaṭopikā. Sā^eb^ kumbhī. Meṇḍakaseṭṭhino ^b^aḍḍhateḷasāni koṭṭhāgārasatāni viya^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^153^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suvaṇṇanikkhasatāna^eb^nti anekesaṃ suvaṇṇanikkhasatānaṃ. ^b^Cayo^eb^ti santānehi nicayo avīci niccappabandhanicayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘santānato katasannicayo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^154^eb^^b^.^eb^ Heṭṭhā kiñcāpi appajahanakā paṭhamaṃ dassitā, pajahanakā padhānā, tesañca vasenettha puggalacatukkaṃ dassitaṃ. ^b^Te tañceva pajahantī^eb^ti pajahanakā paṭhamaṃ gahitā. ^b^Rāsivasenā^eb^ti ‘‘idhudāyi ekacco puggalo’’tiādinā catukke āgatavibhāgaṃ anāmasitvā ‘‘te te’’ti pacuravasena vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na pāṭiyekkaṃ vibhattā’’^eb^ti. Avibhāgena gahitavatthūsu vibhāgato gahaṇaṃ lokasiddhametanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M2.0077^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Pajahanakapuggalā^eb^ti ‘‘te tañceva pajahantī’’ti evaṃ pajahanakapuggalā eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upadhianudhāvanakā^eb^ti upadhīsu anuanudhāvanakā upadhiyo ārabbha pavattanakā. ^b^Vitakkāyevā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0075^ea^ kāmasaṅkappādivitakkāyeva. ^b^Indriyanānattatā^eb^ti vimuttiparipācakānaṃ indriyānaṃ paropariyattaṃ. Tassa hi vaseneva te cattāro puggalā jātā. Aggamaggatthāya vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā yāva na taṃ maggena samugghātenti, tāva nappajahanti nāma. Iti heṭṭhimā tayopi ariyā appahīnassa kilesassa vasena ‘‘nappajahantī’’ti vuttā, pageva puthujjanā. Vuttanayena pana vipassanaṃ maggena ghaṭentā te cattāro janā aggamaggakkhaṇe pajahanti nāma. Te eva tattha sīghakārino khippaṃ pajahanti nāma, tenāha ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃvegaṃ katvā^eb^ aggiṃ akkantapuriso viya. ^b^Maggenā^eb^ti anukkamāgatena aggamaggena. ^b^Mahāhatthipadopame^eb^ti mahāhatthipadopamasutte (ma. ni. 1.300 ādayo). Tattha hi ‘‘tassa dhātārammaṇameva cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati adhimuccatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.302) ettha atitikkhanātitikkha-nātimandātimanda-puggalavasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.302) tayo vārā uddhaṭā, tattha majjhimavaseneva pañho kathito. ^b^Indriyabhāvane^eb^ti indriyabhāvanāsutte, tatthāpi majjhimanayeneva pañho kathito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imesū’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti ‘‘upadhī’’ti vuttaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ. ^b^Dukkhassa mūla^eb^nti sabbassapi vaṭṭadukkhassa kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Niggahaṇo^eb^ti nirupādāno. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nittaṇho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^155^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ye pajahantī^eb^ti ‘‘te tañceva pajahantī’’ti evaṃ vuttapuggalā. ^b^Te ime nāma ettake kilese pajahantī^eb^ti ye te puthujjanā lābhino ca pañca kāmaguṇe ettake taṃtaṃjhānādivatthuke ca taṃtaṃmaggavajjhatāya paricchinnattā ettake kilese pajahanti. ^b^Ye nappajahantī^eb^ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. ^b^Asucisukhaṃ^eb^ kāyāsucisannissitattā. ^b^Anariyehī^eb^ti aparisuddhehi. ^b^Paṭilābhato bhāyitabbaṃ^eb^ kilesadukkhagatikattā. ^b^Vipākato bhāyitabbaṃ^eb^ apāyadukkhagatikattā. ^b^Gaṇatopi kilesatopi vivittasukha^eb^nti gaṇasaṅgaṇikato ca kilesasaṅgaṇikato ^a^M2.0078^ea^ ca vivittasukhaṃ. ^b^Rāgādivūpasamatthāyā^eb^ti rāgādivūpasamāvahaṃ sukhaṃ. ^b^Na bhāyitabbaṃ^eb^ sampati āyatiñca ekantahitabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^156^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iñjitasmi^eb^nti paccatte bhummavacananti āha ^b^‘‘iñjana’’^eb^ntiādi. Iñjati tenāti ^b^iñjitaṃ,^eb^ tassa tassa jhānassa khobhakaraṃ oḷārikaṃ jhānaṅgaṃ. ^b^Catutthajjhānaṃ aniñjanaṃ^eb^ sannisinnābhāvato. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘ṭhite āneñjappatte’’ti (dī. ni. 1.244-245; ma. ni. 1.384-386; pārā. 12-13).<br/><br/>[03]Alaṃ-saddo ^a^V2.0076^ea^ yuttatthopi hoti – ‘‘alameva nibbindituṃ, alaṃ vimuccitu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.272; saṃ. ni. 2.124, 128, 134, 143), tasmā ^b^analaṃ^eb^ anusaṅgaṃ kātuṃ ayuttanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akattabbāalayanti vadāmī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sanniṭṭhāna^eb^nti sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ alaṃ ettāvatāti ussāhapaṭippassambhanavasena sanniṭṭhānaṃ na kātabbanti yojanā. Uddhambhāgiyasaññitaṃ ^b^aṇuṃ vā^eb^ orambhāgiyasaññitaṃ ^b^thūlaṃ vā,^eb^ rūparāgoti evarūpaṃ ^b^aṇuṃ vā^eb^ kāmāsavo paṭighanti evarūpaṃ ^b^thūlaṃ vā,^eb^ mudunā pavattiākāravisesena ^b^appasāvajjaṃ,^eb^ kammabandhanaṭṭhena vā ^b^appasāvajjaṃ,^eb^ tabbipariyāyato ^b^mahāsāvajjaṃ^eb^ veditabbaṃ. Nātitikkhapaññassa vasena desanāya pavattattā ^b^‘‘neyyapuggalassa vasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sabbaso hi pariyādinnanikantikassa ariyapuggalassa vasena saññāvedayitanirodhassa āgatattā ^b^‘‘arahattanikūṭeneva niṭṭhāpitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ panettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Laṭukikopamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 17
title: bhaddālisuttavaṇṇanā^laṭukikopamasuttavaṇṇanā^cātumasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^157^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathāupanissayenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0077^ea^ yo yo upanissayo yathāupanissayo, tena yathāupanissayena sammāpayogena. ^b^Patiṭṭhahissa^eb^nti sāsane patiṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhissanti. ^b^Vasanaṭṭhānānī^eb^ti vassaggādivasena vasanaṭṭhānāni. ^b^Saṇṭhāpayamānā^eb^ti suvibhattabhāvena ṭhapentā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avinibbhogasadda^eb^nti vinibhuñjitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyasaddaṃ. Vacīghosopi hi bahūhi ekaccaṃ pavattito ṭhānato ca dūrataro kevalaṃ mahānigghoso ^a^M2.0079^ea^ eva hutvā sotapathamāgacchati. ^b^Macchavilope^eb^ti macche vilumpitvā viya gahaṇe, macchānaṃ vā nayane.<br/><br/>[03]^b^158^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vavassaggatthe^eb^ti nicchayatthe, idaṃ tāva amhehi vuccamānavacanaṃ ekantasotabbaṃ, pacchā tumhehi kātabbaṃ karothāti adhippāyo. ^b^Vacanaparihāro^eb^ti tehi sakyarājūhi vuttavacanassa parihāro. ^b^Lesakappa^eb^nti kappiyalesaṃ. ^b^Dhuravahā^eb^ti dhuravāhino, dhorayhāti attho. ^b^Pādamūla^eb^nti upacāraṃ vadati. ^b^Vigacchissatī^eb^ti hāyissati. ^b^Paṭippharito^eb^ti na bhagavato sammukhāva, sakyarājūnaṃ puratopi vippharitova hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^159^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhinandatū^eb^ti abhimukho hutvā pamodatu. ^b^Abhivadatū^eb^ti abhirūpavasena vadatu. ^b^Pasādaññathatta^eb^nti appasādassa vipariṇāmo hīnāyāvattanasaṅkhātaṃ parivattanaṃ, tenāha ^b^‘‘vibbhamantānaṃ. Vipariṇāmaññathatta’’^eb^nti. Kāraṇūpacārena sassesu bījapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘bījānaṃ taruṇānanti taruṇasassāna’’^eb^nti. Taruṇabhāveneva tassa bhāvino phalassa abhāvena ^b^vipariṇāmo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^160^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kattabbassa saraseneva karaṇaṃ cittaruciyaṃ, na tathā parassa ussādanenāti āha – ^b^‘‘pakkosiyamānānaṃ gamanaṃ nāma na phāsuka’’^eb^nti. Mayampi bhagavā viya ^b^diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāreneva viharissāmāti dīpeti^eb^ pakatiyā vivekajjhāsayabhāvato viraddho āgatassa bhārassa avahanatoyeva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano bhārabhāvaṃ na aññāsī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^161^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kasmā^eb^^a^V2.0078^ea^^b^ārabhī^eb^ti? Sappāyato. Pañcasatā hi bhikkhū abhinavā, tasmā tesaṃ ovādadānatthaṃ bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^162^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kodhupāyāsassā^eb^ti ettha kujjhanaṭṭhena kodho, sveva cittassa kāyassa ca atippamaddanamathanuppādanehi daḷhaṃ āyāsaṭṭhena upāyāso. Anekavāraṃ pavattitvā attanā samavetaṃ sattaṃ ajjhottharitvā sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ adatvā anayabyasanapāpanena kodhupāyāsassa ūmisadisatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kodhupāyāse’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^163^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Odarikattena khādito^eb^ti odarikabhāvena āmisagedhena micchājīvena jīvikākappanena nāsitasīlādiguṇatāya khāditadhammasarīro.<br/><br/>[03]^b^164^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pañcakāmaguṇāvaṭṭe^eb^^a^M2.0080^ea^^b^nimujjitvā^eb^ti ettha kāmarāgābhibhūte satte ito ca etto, etto ca itoti evaṃ manāpiyarūpādivisayasaṅkhāte āvaṭṭe attānaṃ saṃsāretvā yathā tato bahibhūte nekkhamme cittampi na uppādeti, evaṃ āvaṭṭetvā byasanāpādanena kāmaguṇānaṃ āvaṭṭasadisatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^165^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rāgānuddhaṃsitenā^eb^ti rāgena anuddhaṃsitena. Caṇḍamacchaṃ āgammāti susukādicaṇḍamacchaṃ āgamma. ^b^Mātugāmaṃ āgammā^eb^ti mātugāmo hi yonisomanasikārarahitaṃ adhīrapurisaṃ itthikuttabhūtehi attano hāvabhāvavilāsehi abhibhuyya gahetvā dhīrajātiyampi attano rūpādīhi palobhanavasena anavasesaṃ attano upakāradhamme sīlādike sampādetuṃ asamatthaṃ karonto anayabyasanaṃ pāpeti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘mātugāmaṃ āgamma uppannakāmarāgo vibbhamatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Bhayaṃ nāma yattha bhāyitabbavatthu, tattha otarantasseva hoti, na anotarantassa, taṃ otaritvā bhayaṃ vinodetvā tattha kiccaṃ sādhetabbaṃ, itarathā catthasiddhi na hotīti imamatthaṃ upamopamitabbasarūpavasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^udakaṃ nissāya ānisaṃso^eb^ pipāsavinayanaṃ sarīrasuddhi pariḷāhūpasamo kāyautuggāhāpananti evamādi. ^b^Sāsanaṃ nissāya ānisaṃso^eb^ pana saṅkhepato vaṭṭadukkhūpasamo, vitthārato pana sīlānisaṃsādivasena anekavidho, so ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.9) vuttanayena veditabbo. ^b^Vuttappakāro ānisaṃso hoti^eb^ tāni bhayāni abhibhuyya pavattassāti adhippāyo. ^b^Imāni abhāyitvā^eb^ti imāni kodhūpāyāsādibhayāni ^a^V2.0079^ea^ abhibhuyya pavattitvā abhāyitvā. Kodhūpāyāsādayo hi bhāyati etasmāti bhayanti vuttā. ^b^Thero^eb^ti mahādhammarakkhitatthero. Kāmaṃ pahānābhisamayakālo eva sacchikiriyābhisamayo, sammādiṭṭhiyā pana saṃkilesavodānadhammesu kiccaṃ asaṃkiṇṇaṃ katvā dassetuṃ samānakālikampi asamānakālikaṃ viya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṇhāsotaṃ chinditvā nibbānapāraṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cātumasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 18
title: laṭukikopamasuttavaṇṇanā^cātumasuttavaṇṇanā^naḷakapānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^166^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yattha ^a^V2.0080^ea^^a^M2.0081^ea^ bodhisattapamukho vānaro naḷakena pānīyaṃ pivi, sā pokkharaṇī, tassāmanto bhūmippadeso, tattha niviṭṭhagāmo ca ‘‘naḷakapāna’’nteva paññāyittha, idha pana gāmo adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘naḷakapāneti evaṃnāmake gāme’’^eb^ti. Idāni tamatthaṃ āgamanato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pubbe kirā’’^eb^ti āraddhaṃ. ^b^Paññavā^eb^ti itikattabbatāya paññāya paññavā.<br/><br/>[03]Thūladīghabahulabhāvena mahatīhi dāṭhikāhi samannāgatattā ^b^mahādāṭhiko^eb^. ‘‘Udakarakkhaso aha’’nti vatvā vānarānaṃ kañci amuñcitvā ‘‘sabbe tumhe mama hatthagatā’’ti dassento ^b^‘‘tumhe pana sabbe khādissāmī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Dhami…pe… piviṃsū^eb^ti bodhisattena gahitanaḷo anavaseso abbhantare sabbasandhīnaṃ nibbādhena ekacchiddo ahosi. ^b^Neva maṃ tvaṃ vadhissasī^eb^ti udakarakkhasa tvaṃ vadhitukāmopi mama purisathāmena na vadhissasi.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ pana vatvā mahāsatto ‘‘ayaṃ pāpo ettha pānīyaṃ pivante aññepi satte mā bādhayitthā’’ti karuṇāyamāno ‘‘ettha jāyantā naḷā sabbe apabbabandhā ekacchiddāva hontū’’ti adhiṭṭhāya gato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tato paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^167^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anuruddhappamukhā bhikkhū bhagavatā ‘‘kacci tumhe anuruddhā’’ti pucchitāti thero ^b^‘‘taggha mayaṃ, bhante’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Sace pabbajati, jīvitaṃ labhissati, no aññathāti raññā pabbajjāya abhinītāti ^b^rājābhinītā. Corābhinītā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Corānaṃ mūlaṃ chindanto^eb^ ‘‘kaṇṭakasodhanaṃ karissāmī’’ti. ^b^Ājīvikāyā^eb^ti ājīvena jīvitavuttiyā. ^b^Imesu pana^eb^ anuruddhattherādīsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viveka^eb^nti pubbakālikakiriyappadhānaṃ ‘‘abyāpajjaṃ upeta’’ntiādīsu viyāti āha – ^b^‘‘viviccā’’^eb^ti, viviccitvā vivitto hutvā vinā hutvāti attho. ^b^Pabbajitakicca^eb^nti pabbajitassa sāruppakiccaṃ. ^b^Samaṇakicca^eb^nti samaṇabhāvakaraṇakiccaṃ. Yadaggena hi pabbajitakiccaṃ ^a^V2.0081^ea^ kātuṃ na sakkoti tadaggena samaṇabhāvakarampi kiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so yevā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^168^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Appaṭisandhike^eb^^a^M2.0082^ea^ tāva byākaronto pavattīsu ṭhānaṃ atītoti katvā upapattīsu byākaroti nāma tattha paṭisandhiyā abhāvakittanato. ^b^Mahantatuṭṭhino^eb^ti vipulapamodā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^169^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imassā^eb^ti ‘‘assā’’ti padassa atthavacanaṃ. Imassa ṭhitassa āyasmato sāmaṃ diṭṭho vā hoti anussavasuto vāti yojanā. ^b^Samādhipakkhikā dhammā dhammāti adhippetā,^eb^ samādhi pana ^b^evaṃvihārī^eb^ti ettha vihārasaddena gahito. ^b^Evaṃvimuttā^eb^ti ettha pana vimuttisaddena phalavimutti gahitā. ^b^Caratopī^eb^ti samathavipassanācārena caratopi viharantassapi. Upāsakaupāsikāṭhānesu labbhamānampi arahattaṃ appakabhāvato pāḷiyaṃ anuddhaṭanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Naḷakapānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 19
title: cātumasuttavaṇṇanā^naḷakapānasuttavaṇṇanā^goliyānisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^173^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Padasamācāro^eb^ti ^a^V2.0082^ea^ taṃtaṃpaccayabhedadassanāya vigatattā pakārehi daliddasamācāro sithilasamācāroti attho. Yasmā pana tādiso samācāro thiro daḷho nāma na hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dubbalasamācāro’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sākhasamācāro’’ti vā pāṭho, tattha tattha lagganaṭṭhena sākhāsadisasīloti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘oḷārikācāro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paccayesu sāpekkho^eb^ti paccayesu sāpekkhatāya eva hissa oḷārikācāratā veditabbā. Garunā kismiñci vutte gāravavasena patissavanaṃ patisso, patissavacanabhūtaṃ taṃsabhāgañca yaṃ kiñci gāravanti attho. Saha patissenāti ^b^sappatissena,^eb^ sappatissavena ovādasampaṭicchanena. Patissīyatīti vā patisso, garukātabbo, tena saha patissenāti sabbaṃ pubbe viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sajeṭṭhakenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Serivihāro^eb^ nāma attappadhānavāso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘niraṅkusavihārenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anupakhajjā^eb^ti anupakaḍḍhitvā. Garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ antaraṃ anāpucchā anupavisitvāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha yo’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ābhisamācārika^eb^nti ^a^M2.0083^ea^ abhisamācāre bhavaṃ. Kiṃ pana tanti āha ^b^‘‘vattapaṭipattimattampī’’^eb^ti. Nātikālasseva saṅghassa purato pavisitabbaṃ, na pacchā paṭikkamitabbanti adhippāyena atikāle ca gāmappaveso atidivā paṭikkamanañca nivāritaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na atipāto’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Uddhaccapakatiko^eb^ti vibbhantacitto. ^b^Avacāpalyenā^eb^ti daḷhavātāpahatapallavasadisena lolabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññavatā^eb^ti iminā bhikkhusāruppesu itikattabbesu upāyapaññā adhippetā, na sutamayapaññā. ^b^Abhidhamme abhivinaye yogo^eb^ti iminā bhāvanāpaññāuttarimanussadhamme yogo pakāsito. ^b^Yogo^eb^ti ca paricayo uggaṇhavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āruppā^eb^ti iminā catassopi arūpasamāpattiyo gahitā, tā pana catūhi rūpasamāpattīhi vinā na sampajjantīti āha – ^b^‘‘āruppāti ettāvatā aṭṭhapi samāpattiyo vuttā hontī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kasiṇe^eb^ti dasavidhe kasiṇe. ^b^Ekaṃ parikammakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti yaṃ kiñci ekabhāvanā ^a^V2.0083^ea^ parikammadīpanaṃ khandhakammaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paguṇaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. Kasiṇaparikammaṃ pana taggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ hoti, lokiyā uttarimanussadhammā heṭṭhā gahitāti āha ^b^‘‘uttarimanussadhammeti iminā sabbepi lokuttaradhamme dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Neyyapuggalassa vasenā^eb^ti jānitvā vitthāretvā ñātabbapuggalassa vasenāti.<br/><br/>[06]Goliyānisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 20
title: naḷakapānasuttavaṇṇanā^goliyānisuttavaṇṇanā^kīṭāgirisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^174^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pañca^eb^^a^V2.0084^ea^^b^ānisaṃse^eb^ti appābādhatādike pañca guṇe. Tattha akkhirogakucchirogādīnaṃ abhāvo ^b^appābādhatā^eb^. Sarīre tesaṃ kuppanadukkhassa abhāvo ^b^appātaṅkaṃ^eb^. Sarīrassa uṭṭhānasukhatā ^b^lahuṭṭhānaṃ. Balaṃ^eb^ nāma kāyabalaṃ. ^b^Phāsuvihāro^eb^ iriyāpathasukhatā. ^b^Anupakkhandānī^eb^ti duccajanavasena sattānaṃ anupaviṭṭhāni. ^b^Sañjānissathā^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, tasmā iti evaṃ ānisaṃsanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^175^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āvāse niyuttāti ^b^āvāsikā^eb^ tassa anativattanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibaddhavāsino’’^eb^ti, niyatavāsinoti attho. ^b^Tannibandhā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0084^ea^ nibandhaṃ vuccati byāpāro, tattha bandhā pasutā ussukāti tannibandhā. Kathaṃ te tattha nibandhāti āha ^b^‘‘akataṃ senāsana’’^eb^ntiādi. Uppajjanakena kālena pattabbaṃ ^b^kālikaṃ^eb^ so pana kālo anāgato eva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anāgate kāle pattabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^178^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ettakā vedanā sevitabbā^eb^ti aṭṭhārasapi nekkhammanissitā vedanā sevitabbā, gehassitā ^b^na sevitbbā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^181^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Taṃ kataṃ^eb^ soḷasavidhassapi kiccassa niṭṭhitattā. ^b^Anulomikānī^eb^ti utusukhabhāvena anurūpāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānasappāyānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samānaṃ kurumānā^eb^ti omattataṃ adhimattatañca pahāya samakiccataṃ sampādentā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^182^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Te dve hontī^eb^ti te ādito vuttā dve.<br/><br/>[03]Ubhato (a. ni. ṭī. 3.7.14) ubhayathā ubhohi bhāgehi vimuttoti ^b^ubhatobhāgavimutto^eb^ ekadesasarūpekasesanayena. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (pu. pa. aṭṭha. 24) ‘‘dvīhi bhāgehi dve vāre vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti. Tattha keci tāva therā – ‘‘samāpattiyā vikkhambhanavimokkhena, maggena samucchedavimokkhena vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti ^a^V2.0085^ea^ vadanti. Aññe therā – ‘‘ayaṃ ubhatobhāgavimutto rūpato muccitvā nāmaṃ nissāya ṭhito puna tato muccanato nāmanissitako’’ti vatvā tassa ca sādhakaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Acci yathā vātavegena khittā, (upasivāti bhagavā,)<br/><br/>[27]Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ;<br/><br/>[26]Evaṃ muni nāmakāyā vimutto,<br/><br/>[22]Atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkha’’nti. (su. ni. 1080; cūḷani. upasīvamāṇavapucchā 11; upasīvamāṇavapucchāniddesa 43) –<br/><br/>[07]Imaṃ suttapadaṃ vatvā ‘‘nāmakāyato ca rūpakāyato ca suvimuttattā ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti vadanti. Sutte hi ākiñcaññāyatanalābhino upasivabrāhmaṇassa bhagavatā nāmakāyā vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimuttoti akkhātoti. Apare pana ‘‘samāpattiyā vikkhambhanavimokkhena ^a^M2.0085^ea^ ekavāraṃ vimutto, maggena samucchedavimokkhena ekavāraṃ vimuttoti evaṃ ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti vadanti. Ettha paṭhamavāde dvīhi bhāgehi vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto. Dutiyavāde ubhatobhāgato vimuttoti ubhatobhāgavimutto. Tatiyavāde pana dvīhi bhāgehi dve vāre vimuttoti ayametesaṃ viseso. Kilesehi vimutto kilesā vā vikkhambhanasamucchedehi kāyadvayato vimuttā assāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvīhi bhāgehī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So^eb^ti ubhatobhāgavimutto. Kāmañcettha rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānampi arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ viya duvaṅgikaṃ āneñjappattanti vuccati. Taṃ pana padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā arahattaṃ patto ubhatobhāgavimutto nāma na hoti rūpakāyato avimuttattā. Tañhi kilesakāyatova vimuttaṃ, na rūpakāyato, tasmā tato vuṭṭhāya arahattaṃ patto ubhatobhāgavimutto na hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘catunnaṃ arūpa…pe… pañcavidho hotī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādike nirodhasamāpattiante aṭṭha vimokkhe vatvā – ‘‘yato ca kho, ānanda, bhikkhu ime aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti, ayaṃ vuccati, ānanda, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti yadipi ^b^mahānidāne^eb^ (dī. ni. 2.129-130) vuttaṃ, taṃ pana ubhatobhāgavimuttaseṭṭhavasena vuttanti idha sabbaubhatobhāgavimuttasaṅgahaṇatthaṃ ^b^‘‘pañcavidho hotī’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘pāḷi panettha…pe… abhidhamme aṭṭhavimokkhalābhino vasena āgatā’’^eb^ti āha. Idhāpi hi kīṭāgirisutte ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo…pe… ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti ^a^V2.0086^ea^ arūpasamāpattivasena cattāro ubhatobhāgavimuttā, seṭṭho ca vutto vuttalakkhaṇūpapattito. Yathāvuttesu hi pañcasu purimā cattāro nirodhaṃ na samāpajjantīti pariyāyena ubhatobhāgavimuttā nāma. Aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī anāgāmī taṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pattoti nippariyāyena ubhatobhāgavimuttaseṭṭho nāma.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katamo ca puggalo^eb^tiādīsu ^b^katamo^eb^ti pucchāvacanaṃ, ^b^puggalo^eb^ti asādhāraṇato pucchitabbavacanaṃ. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sāsane. ^b^Ekacco^eb^ti eko ^a^M2.0086^ea^. ^b^Aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā viharatī^eb^ti aṭṭha samāpattiyo sahajātanāmakāyena paṭilabhitvā viharati. ^b^Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī^eb^ti vipassanāpaññāya saṅkhāragataṃ, maggapaññāya cattāri saccāni passitvā cattāropi āsavā parikkhīṇā hontīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññāvimutto^eb^ti visesato paññāya eva vimutto, na tassā patiṭṭhānabhūtena aṭṭhavimokkhasaṅkhātena sātisayena samādhināti paññāvimutto. Yo ariyo anadhigatāṭṭhavimokkhena sabbaso āsavehi vimutto, tassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Adhigatepi hi rūpajjhānavimokkhe na so sātisayasamādhinissitoti na tassa vasena ubhatobhāgavimutto hotīti vuttovāyamattho. Arūpajjhānesu pana ekasmimpi sati ubhatobhāgavimuttoyeva nāma hoti. Tena hi aṭṭhavimokkhekadesena taṃnāmadānasamatthena aṭṭhavimokkhalābhītveva vuccati. Samudāye hi pavatto vohāro avayavepi dissati yathā ‘‘sattisayo’’ti. ^b^Pāḷī^eb^ti abhidhammapāḷi. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etissaṃ paññāvimuttikathāyaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhavimokkhapaṭikkhepavasenevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇena idhāpi paṭikkhepavaseneva āgatabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāyena phusitvā viharatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phuṭṭhantaṃ sacchikarotī^eb^ti phuṭṭhānaṃ anto phuṭṭhanto, phuṭṭhānaṃ arūpajjhānānaṃ anantaro kāloti adhippāyo. Accantasaṃyoge cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, phuṭṭhānantarakālameva sacchikaroti sacchikātabbopāyenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ vā etaṃ ‘‘ekamantaṃ nisīdī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 2) viya. Yo hi arūpajjhānena rūpakāyato nāmakāyekadesato ca vikkhambhanavimokkhena vimutto, tena nirodhasaṅkhāto vimokkho ālocito pakāsito viya hoti, na pana kāyena sacchikato, nirodhaṃ pana ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaccesu āsavesu khepitesu tena so sacchikato hoti, tasmā so sacchikātabbaṃ nirodhaṃ yathāālocitaṃ nāmakāyena sacchikarotīti ^b^‘‘kāyasakkhī’’^eb^ti vuccati, na tu ‘‘vimutto’’ti ekaccānaṃ āsavānaṃ ^a^V2.0087^ea^ aparikkhīṇattā. Tenāha ^a^M2.0087^ea^ – ^b^‘‘jhānaphassaṃ paṭhamaṃ phusati, pacchā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikarotī’’^eb^ti. Ayaṃ catunnaṃ arūpasamāpattīnaṃ ekekato vuṭṭhāya saṅkhāre sammasitvā kāyasakkhibhāvaṃ pattānaṃ catunnaṃ, nirodhā vuṭṭhāya aggamaggappattānāgāmino ca vasena ubhatobhāgavimutto viya pañcavidho nāma hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^abhidhammaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘kāyasakkhimhipi eseva nayo’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhantaṃ patto^eb^ti dassanasaṅkhātassa sotāpattimaggañāṇassa anantaraṃ pattoti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Diṭṭhattā patto’’tipi pāṭho. Etena catusaccadassanasaṅkhātāya diṭṭhiyā nirodhassa pattataṃ dīpeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dukkhā saṅkhārā, sukho nirodhoti ñātaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^paññāyā^eb^ti maggapaññāya. Paṭhamaphalaṭṭhato yāva aggamaggaṭṭhā, tāva ^b^diṭṭhippatto^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sopi kāyasakkhi viya chabbidho hotī’’^eb^ti. Yathā pana paññāvimutto pañcavidho vutto, evaṃ ayampi sukkhavipassako, catūhi rūpajjhānehi vuṭṭhāya diṭṭhippattabhāvappattā cattāro cāti pañcavidho hotīti veditabbo. Saddhāvimuttepi eseva nayo. ^b^Idaṃ dukkha^eb^nti ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ, na ito uddhaṃ dukkhanti. ^b^Yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī^eb^ti ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ dukkhasaccanti yāthāvato pajānāti. Yasmā pana taṇhā dukkhaṃ janeti nibbatteti, tato taṃ dukkhaṃ samudeti, tasmā naṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti^eb^ yasmā pana idaṃ dukkhaṃ samudayo ca nibbānaṃ patvā nirujjhati appavattiṃ gacchati, tasmā ^b^‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti^eb^. Ariyo pana aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo taṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ gacchati, tena ^b^‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti^eb^. Ettāvatā nānakkhaṇe saccavavatthānaṃ dassitaṃ. Idāni taṃ ekakkhaṇe dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tathāgatappaveditā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, tassattho āgamissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhāya vimutto^eb^ti etena sabbathā avimuttassapi saddhāmattena vimuttabhāvo dīpito hoti. ^b^Saddhāvimutto^eb^ti vā saddhāya adhimuttoti attho. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘sotāpattiphala’’ntiādinā vuttanayena. ^b^Saddahantassā^eb^ti ‘‘ekaṃsato ayaṃ paṭipadā kilesakkhayaṃ āvahati sammāsambuddhena bhāsitattā’’ti evaṃ saddahantassa. Yasmā panassa aniccānupassanādīhi ^a^M2.0088^ea^ niccasaññāpahānavasena bhāvanāya pubbenāparaṃ visesaṃ passato tattha tattha paccakkhatāpi atthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saddahantassa viyā’’^eb^ti. Sesapadadvayaṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Ettha ca ^b^pubbabhāgamaggabhāvanā^eb^ti vacanena āgamanīyapaṭipadānānattena saddhāvimuttadiṭṭhippattānaṃ paññānānattaṃ hotīti dassitaṃ. ^b^Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyampi^eb^ (pu. pa. aṭṭha. 28) ‘‘nesaṃ kilesappahāne ^a^V2.0088^ea^ nānattaṃ natthi, paññāya nānattaṃ atthiyevā’’ti vatvā – ‘‘āgamanīyanānatteneva saddhāvimutto diṭṭhippattaṃ na pāpuṇātīti sanniṭṭhānaṃ kata’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Paññāsaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ adhimattatāya pubbaṅgamaṃ hutvā pavattaṃ anussaratīti ^b^dhammānusārī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammo’’^eb^tiādi. Saddhaṃ anussarati saddhāpubbaṅgamaṃ maggaṃ bhāvetīti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti atidisati. Paññaṃ vāhetīti ^b^paññāvāhī,^eb^ paññaṃ sātisayaṃ pavattetīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paññāpubbaṅgamaṃ ariyamaggaṃ bhāvetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saddhāvāhi^eb^nti ettha vuttanayena attho veditabbo. ^b^Ubhatobhāgavimuttādikathā^eb^ti ubhatobhāgavimuttādīsu āgamanato paṭṭhāya vattabbakathā. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti yathāvuttānaṃ ubhatobhāgavimuttādīnaṃ. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ kīṭāgirisutte. Nanu ca aṭṭhasamāpattilābhivasena ubhatobhāgavimutto kāyasakkhīādayo ca abhidhamme āgatā, kathamidha arūpajjhānalābhīvaseneva uddhaṭāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phusitvā^eb^ patvā. ^b^Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī^eb^ti na āsavā paññāya passīyanti, dassanakāraṇā paññāya parikkhīṇā ‘‘disvā paññāya parikkhīṇā’’ti vuttā. Dassanāyattaparikkhayattā eva hi dassanaṃ āsavānaṃ khayassa purimakiriyā hotīti. ^b^Tathāgatena paveditā^eb^ti bodhimaṇḍe nisīditvā tathāgatena paṭividdhā viditā pacchā paresaṃ pākaṭīkatā. ^b^‘‘Catusaccadhammā’’^eb^ti vatvā tadantogadhattā sīlādīnaṃ ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne sīlaṃ kathita’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Atthenā^eb^ti avippaṭisārādipayojanena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ pītiādikena atthena. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti sappurisūpanissayādinā kāraṇena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samādhiādipadaṭṭhānatāya sīlādi ^a^M2.0089^ea^^b^kāraṇe. Ciṇṇacaritattā^eb^ti saddhāciṇṇabhāvena sambodhāvahabhāve. Tattha tattha ^b^vicaritā^eb^ visesena caritā, tesu tena paññā suṭṭhu carāpitāti attho. ^b^Patiṭṭhitā hoti^eb^ maggena āgatattā. ^b^Mattāya^eb^ parittappamāṇena. ^b^Olokanaṃ khamanti,^eb^ paññāya gahetabbataṃ upenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tayo^eb^ti kāyasakkhidiṭṭhippattasaddhāvimuttā. ^b^Yathāṭhitova pāḷiattho,^eb^ na tattha kiñci niddhāretvā vattabbaṃ atthīti suttantapariyāyena avuttaṃ vadati. ^b^Tassa maggassā^eb^ti sotāpattimaggassa yaṃ kātabbaṃ, tassa adhigatattā. ^b^Upari pana tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ atthāya sevamānā^eb^ anulomasenāsanaṃ, ^b^bhajamānā^eb^ kalyāṇamitte, ^b^samannānayamānā^eb^ indriyāni ^b^anupubbena^eb^ bhāvanāmaggappaṭipāṭiyā ^b^arahattaṃ pāpuṇissanti^eb^ maggassa anekacittakkhaṇikatāyāti ayamettha suttapadese pāḷiyā attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imameva^eb^^a^V2.0089^ea^^b^pāḷiṃ gahetvā^eb^ti ‘‘katamo ca puggalo saddhānusārī’’ti maggaṭṭhe puggale vatvā ‘‘imassa kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave’’tiādinā tesaṃ vasena anulomasenāsanasevanādīnaṃ vuttattā imameva yathāvuttaṃ pāḷipadesaṃ gahetvā ^b^‘‘lokuttaradhammo bahucittakkhaṇiko’’^eb^ti vadati. ^b^So vattabbo^eb^ti so vitaṇḍavādī evaṃ vattabbo. Yadi maggaṭṭhapuggale vatvā anulomikasenāsanasevanādi pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti maggasamaṅgino eva hutvā te tathā paṭipajjanti, evaṃ sante senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttarūpādivipassanaggahaṇasmiṃ tava matena maggasamaṅgino eva āpajjeyyuṃ, na cetaṃ evaṃ hoti, tasmā suttaṃ me laddhanti yaṃ kiñci mā kathehīti vāretabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yadi aññena cittenā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^evaṃ sante^eb^ti nānācitteneva senāsanapaṭisevanādike sati. Tattha pāḷiyaṃ yadi lokuttaradhammasamaṅgino eva pañcaviññāṇasamaṅgikālepi lokuttarasamaṅgitaṃ ^b^sace sampaṭicchasi, satthārā saddhiṃ paṭivirujjhasi^eb^ suttavirodhadīpanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘satthārā hī’’^eb^tiādi. Dhammavicāraṇā nāma tuyhaṃ avisayo, tasmā ^b^yāguṃ pivāhīti uyyojetabbo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^183^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ādikenevā^eb^ti paṭhameneva. ^b^Anupubbasikkhā^eb^ti anupubbeneva pavattasikkhāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘karaṇatthe paccattavacana’’^eb^nti. Saddhā jātā etassāti ^b^saddhājāto,^eb^ agyāhitātipakkhepena jāta-saddassa pacchāvacanaṃ ^a^M2.0090^ea^. Evametanti adhimuccanaṃ ^b^okappaniyasaddhā. Santike nisīdati^eb^ upaṭṭhānavasena. ^b^Sādhukaṃ katvā dhāretī^eb^ti yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ vācuggatakaraṇavasena taṃ paguṇaṃ katvā sāravasena dhāreti. ^b^Chando jāyatī^eb^ti dhammesu nijjhānakkhamesu ime dhamme bhāvanāpaññāya paccakkhato ussāmīti kattukamyatākusalacchando jāyati. ^b^Ussahatī^eb^ti chando uppādamatte aṭṭhatvā tato bhāvanārambhavasena ussahati. ^b^Tulayati^eb^ti sammasanavasena saṅkhāre. ^b^Tīraṇavipassanāya tulayanto^eb^ti tīraṇapariññāya jānitvā upari pahānapariññāya vasena paritulayanto paṭijānanto. ^b^Maggapadhānaṃ padahatī^eb^ti maggalakkhaṇaṃ padhānikaṃ maggaṃ padahati. ^b^Pesitacitto^eb^ti nibbānaṃ pati pesitacitto. ^b^Nāmakāyenā^eb^ti maggappaṭipāṭiyā taṃtaṃmaggasampayuttanāmakāyena. ^b^Na pana kiñci āhā^eb^ti dūratāya samānaṃ na kiñci vacanaṃ bhagavā āha te daḷhataraṃ niggaṇhituṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^184^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paṇena vohārena byākaraṇaṃ ^b^paṇaviyā,^eb^ paṇaviyā abhāvena ^b^opaṇaviyā, na upetī^eb^ti na yujjati. ^b^Ta^eb^nti idaṃ idha adhippetaṃ ^b^paṇo paṇaviyaṃ dassetuṃ^eb^. Tayidaṃ sabbaṃ bhagavā ‘‘mayaṃ kho, āvuso, sāyañceva bhuñjāmā’’ti assajipunabbasukehi vuttaṃ sikkhāya avattanabhāvadīpanavacanaṃ sandhāya vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ukkhipitvā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0090^ea^ sīsena gahetvā viya samādāya. ^b^Anudhammo^eb^ti anurūpo sabhāvo, sāvakabhāvassa anucchavikā paṭipatti. ^b^Rohanīya^eb^nti viruḷhibhāvaṃ. Siniyhati ettha, etena vāti sineho, kāraṇaṃ. Taṃ ettha atthīti ^b^sinehavantaṃ,^eb^ pādakanti attho. ^b^Taco ekaṃ aṅga^eb^nti taco vīrapakkhabhāve ekamaṅgaṃ. Padhānaṃ anuyuñjantassa hi tace palujjamānepi taṃnimittaṃ avosānaṃ anāpajjanakasseva vīriyassa ekaṃ aṅgaṃ ekaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Evaṃ sesesu vattabbaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘arahattaṃ appatvā na vuṭṭhahissāmīti evaṃ paṭipajjatī’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Kīṭāgirisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca bhikkhuvaggavaṇṇanā.


volume: 33
item: 21
title: paribbājakavaggo^^tevijjavacchasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^185^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0091^ea^^a^M2.0091^ea^ ekapuṇḍarīkasaññite paribbājakārāme. Anāgatapubbo lokiyasamudāhāravasena ^b^‘‘cirassaṃ kho, bhante’’^eb^tiādinā vuccati, ayaṃ panettha āgatapubbataṃ upādāya tathā vutto. Bhagavā hi kesañci vimuttijananatthaṃ, kesañci indriyaparipākatthaṃ, kesañci visesādhigamatthaṃ kadāci titthiyārāmaṃ upagacchati. ^b^Ananuññāya ṭhatvā^eb^ti ananujānitabbe ṭhatvā. ^b^Anujānitabbaṃ siyā^eb^ anaññātassa ñeyyassa abhāvato. Yāvatakañhi ñeyyaṃ, tāvatakaṃ bhagavato ñāṇaṃ, yāvatakañca bhagavato ñāṇaṃ tāvatakaṃ ñeyyaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘na tassa adiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabba’’ntiādi (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddesa 32; paṭi. ma. 1.121). ^b^Sabbaññutaññāṇena hi^eb^ bhagavā ^b^āvajjetvā pajānāti^eb^. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘āvajjanapaṭibaddhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇa’’nti (mi. pa. 4.1.2). Yadi evaṃ ‘‘caraṃ samāhito nāgo, tiṭṭhaṃ nāgo samāhito’’ti (a. ni. 6.43) idaṃ suttapadaṃ kathanti? Vikkhepābhāvadīpanapadametaṃ, na anāvajjanenapi ñāṇānaṃ pavattiparidīpanaṃ. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vitthārato vuttameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^186^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yāvadevā^eb^ti idaṃ yathāruci pavatti viya aparāparuppattipi icchitabbāti tadabhāvaṃ dassento āha – ^b^‘‘sakiṃ khīṇānaṃ āsavānaṃ puna khepetabbābhāvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paccuppannajānanaguṇa^eb^nti idaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇassa paribhaṇḍañāṇaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ anādiyitvā vuttaṃ, tassa pana vasena anāgataṃsañāṇaguṇaṃ dassetīti vattabbaṃ siyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gihiparikkhāresū^eb^ti vatthābharaṇādidhanadhaññādigihiparikkhāresu. Gihiliṅgaṃ pana appamāṇaṃ, tasmā gihibandhanaṃ chinditvā dukkhassantakarā hontiyeva. Sati pana dukkhassantakiriyāya gihiliṅge te na tiṭṭhantiyevāti dassento ^b^‘‘yepī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Sukkhāpetvā^eb^ samucchinditvā. Arahattaṃ ^a^V2.0092^ea^ pattadivaseyeva pabbajanaṃ vā parinibbānaṃ vāti ayaṃ nayo na sabbasādhāraṇoti āha ^b^‘‘bhūmadevatā pana tiṭṭhantī’’^eb^ti. Tattha kāraṇavacanaṃ ^a^M2.0092^ea^^b^‘‘nilīyanokāsassa atthitāyā’’^eb^ti. Araññapabbatādipavivekaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^nilīyanokāso. Sesakāmabhave^eb^ti kāmaloke. ^b^Laḷitajanassā^eb^ti ābharaṇālaṅkāranaccagītādivasena vilāsayuttajanassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sopī^eb^ti ‘‘so aññatra ekenā’’ti vutto sopi. Karato na karīyati pāpanti evaṃ ^b^na kiriyaṃ paṭibāhati^eb^. Yadi attānaṃyeva gahetvā katheti, atha kasmā mahāsatto tadā ājīvakapabbajjaṃ upagacchīti āha ^b^‘‘tadā kirā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tassapī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ aññesaṃ eva pāsaṇḍānaṃ, tassapi. ^b^Vīriyaṃ na hāpesī^eb^ti tapojigucchavādaṃ samādiyitvā ṭhito virāgatthāya taṃ samādiṇṇavattaṃ na pariccaji, satthusāsanaṃ na chaḍḍesi. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kiriyavādī hutvā sagge nibbattatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Tevijjavacchasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 22
title: ^tevijjavacchasuttavaṇṇanā^aggivacchasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^187^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lokassa ^a^V2.0093^ea^ sassatatāpavattipaṭikkhepavasena pavatto vādo ucchedavādo eva hotīti sassataggāhābhāve ucchedaggāhabhāvato puna paribbājakena ‘‘asassato loko’’ti vadantena ucchedaggāho pucchito, bhagavatāpi so eva paṭikkhittoti āha ^b^‘‘dutiye nāhaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiko’’^eb^ti. ^b^Antānantikādivasenā^eb^ti ettha ^b^antānantika^eb^ggahaṇena antavā loko anantavā lokoti imaṃ vādadvayamāha. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’ntiādivādacatukkaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, itaraṃ pana dvayaṃ sarūpeneva gahitanti. ^b^Paṭikkhepo veditabbo^eb^ti ‘‘tatiye nāhaṃ antavādiṭṭhiko, catutthe nāhaṃ anantavādiṭṭhiko’’ti evamādinā paṭikkhepo veditabbo. ‘‘Hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti ayampi sassatavādo, so ca kho aparantakappikavasena, ‘‘sassato loko’’ti pana pubbantakappikavasenāti ayametesaṃ viseso. ‘‘Na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti ayampi ucchedavādo, so ca kho sattavasena, ‘‘asassato loko’’ti pana sattasaṅkhāravasenāti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^189^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sappatibhayaṃ ^a^M2.0093^ea^ uppajjanato saha dukkhenāti ^b^sadukkhaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kilesadukkhenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tesaṃyevā^eb^ti kilesadukkhavipākadukkhānaṃyeva. ^b^Saupaghātaka^eb^nti sabādhaṃ. ^b^Saupāyāsa^eb^nti saparissamaṃ saupatāpaṃ sapīḷaṃ. ^b^Sapariḷāha^eb^nti sadarathaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiñci diṭṭhigata^eb^nti imā tāva aṭṭha diṭṭhiyo mā hontu, atthi pana, bho gotama, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhigataṃ gahitaṃ. Na hi tāya diṭṭhiyā vinā kañci samayaṃ pavattetuṃ yujjatīti adhippāyena pucchati. ^b^Apaviddha^eb^nti samucchedappahānavasena chaḍḍitaṃ. ^b^Paññāya diṭṭha^eb^nti vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya bhagavatā paṭividdhaṃ. Yattha uppajjanti, taṃ sattaṃ mathenti sammaddantīti ^b^mathitā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘mathitānanti tesaṃyeva vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kañci dhamma^eb^nti rūpadhammaṃ arūpadhammaṃ vā. ^b^Anupādiyitvā^eb^ti aggahetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^190^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na upetī^eb^ti saṅkhaṃ na gacchatīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘na yujjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anujānitabbaṃ siyā^eb^ anupādāvimuttassa kañcipi uppattiyā abhāvato. ‘‘Evaṃ vimuttacitto na upapajjatī’’ti kāmañcetaṃ sabhāvapavedanaṃ parinibbānaṃ, eke pana ucchedavādino ‘‘mayampi ‘satto āyatiṃ na upapajjatī’ti vadāma, samaṇo gotamopi tathā vadatī’’ti ucchedabhāveyeva patiṭṭhahissanti, tasmā bhagavā ^a^V2.0094^ea^ ‘‘na upapajjatīti kho vaccha na upetī’’ti āha. ‘‘Upapajjatī’’ti pana vutte sassatameva gaṇheyyāti yojanā. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Appatiṭṭho^eb^ti ucchedavādādivasena patiṭṭhārahito. ^b^Anālambo^eb^ti tesaṃyeva vādānaṃ olambārammaṇassa abhāvena anālambo. ^b^Sukhapavesanaṭṭhāna^eb^nti tesaññeva vādānaṃ sukhapavesanokāsaṃ ^b^mā labhatūti. Ananuññāya ṭhatvā^eb^ti ‘‘na upapajjatī’’tiādinā anujānitabbāya paṭiññāya ṭhānahetu. ^b^Anuññampī^eb^ti anujānitabbampi dutiyapañhaṃ ^b^paṭikkhipi^eb^. Pariyatto pana dhammo atthato paccayākāro evāti āha ^b^‘‘dhammoti paccayākāradhammo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññattha payogenā^eb^ti imamhā niyyānikasāsanā aññasmiṃ micchāsamaye pavattappayogena, aniyyānikaṃ vividhaṃ micchāpaṭipattiṃ paṭipajjantenāti attho. ‘‘Aññavādiyakenā’’tipi pāṭho, paccayākārato aññākāradīpakāacariyavādaṃ paggayha tiṭṭhantenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^191^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Appaccayo^eb^ti ^a^M2.0094^ea^ anupādāno, nirindhanoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^192^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yena rūpenā^eb^ti yena bhūtupādādibhedena rūpadhammena. ^b^Taṃ rūpaṃ^eb^ tappaṭibaddhasaṃyojanappahānena khīṇāsava-^b^tathāgatassa pahīnaṃ^eb^ anuppattidhammataṃ āpannaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘anuppādadhamma’’ntiādi. Aññesaṃ jānanāya abhāvaguṇatāya ^b^guṇagambhīro^eb^. ‘‘Ettakā guṇā’’ti ^b^pamāṇaṃ gaṇhituṃ na sakkuṇeyyo^eb^. ‘‘Īdisā etassa guṇā’’ti pariyogāhituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ^b^duppariyogāḷho^eb^ti. ^b^Dujjāno^eb^ti agādhatāya gambhīro ‘‘ettakāni udakaḷhakasatānī’’tiādinā pametuṃ na sakkāti appameyyo, tato eva dujjāno. ^b^Evamevā^eb^nti yathā mahāsamuddo gambhīro appameyyo dujjāno, evameva khīṇāsavopi guṇavasena, tasmā ayaṃ rūpādiṃ gahetvā rūpītiādivohāro bhaveyya, parinibbutassa pana tadabhāvā tathā paññāpetuṃ na sakkā, tato taṃ ārabbha upapajjatītiādi na yujjeyya. Yathā pana vijjamāno eva jātavedo byattena purisena nīyamāno puratthimādidisaṃ gatoti vucceyya, na nibbuto, evaṃ khīṇāsavopīti dassento ^b^‘‘evamevā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aniccatā^eb^ti ettha aniccatāgahaṇaṃ asāranidassanaṃ. Tena yathā so sālarukkho sākhāpalāsādiasārāpagamena suddho sāre patiṭṭhito, evamayaṃ dhammavinayo sāsavasaṅkhātāsāravigamena lokuttaradhammasāre patiṭṭhitoti dasseti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Aggivacchasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 23
title: tevijjavacchasuttavaṇṇanā^aggivacchasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāvacchasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^193^eb^^b^.^eb^ Saha ^a^V2.0095^ea^ kathā etassa atthīti ^b^sahakathī,^eb^ ‘‘mayaṃ pucchāvasena tumhe vissajjanavasenā’’ti evaṃ sahapavattakathoti attho. ^b^Etasseva kathitāni,^eb^ tattha paṭhame vijjāttayaṃ desitaṃ, dutiye agginā dassitanti tevijjavacchasuttaṃ aggivacchasuttanti nāmaṃ visesetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Sīghaṃ laddhiṃ na vissajjenti,^eb^ yasmā saṅkhārānaṃ niyatoyaṃ vināso anaññasamuppādo, hetusamuppannāpi na cirena nijjhānaṃ khamanti, na lahuṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vasātela^eb^^a^M2.0095^ea^^b^…pe… sujjhantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pacchimagamanaṃ^eb^ ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā. Yaṭṭhiṃ ālambitvā udakaṃ tarituṃ otaranto puriso ^b^‘‘yaṭṭhiṃ otaritvā udake patamāno’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Kammapathavasena vitthāradesana^eb^nti saṃkhittadesanaṃ upādāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mūlavasena cetthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vitthārasadisā^eb^ti kammapathavasena idha desitadesanāva mūlavasena desitadesanaṃ upādāya vitthārasadisā. ^b^Vitthāradesanā nāma natthī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ ayameva, atha kho sabbāpi buddhānaṃ nippariyāyena ujukena niravasesato vitthāradesanā nāma natthi desanāñāṇassa mahāvisayatāya karaṇasampattiyā ca tajjāya mahānubhāvattā sabbaññutaññāṇassa. Sabbaññutaññāṇasamaṅgitāya hi avasesapaṭisambhidānubhāvitāya aparimitakālasambhatañāṇasambhārasamudāgatāya kadācipi parikkhayānarahāya anaññasādhāraṇāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya pahūtajivhāditadanurūparūpakāyasampattisampadāya vitthāriyamānā bhagavato desanā kathaṃ parimitā paricchinnā bhaveyya, mahākāruṇikatāya pana bhagavā veneyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ tattha tattha parimitaṃ paricchinnaṃ katvā niṭṭhapeti. Ayañca attho ^b^mahāsīhanādasuttena^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.146 ādayo) dīpetabbo. ^b^Sabbaṃ saṃkhittameva^eb^ attajjhāsayavasena akathetvā bodhaneyyapuggalajjhāsayavasena desanāya niṭṭhāpitattā. Na cettha dhammasāsanavirodho pariyāyaṃ anissāya yathādhammaṃ dhammānaṃ bodhitattā sabbalahuttā cāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^194^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Satta dhammā kāmāvacarā^eb^ sampattasamādānaviratīnaṃ idhādhippetattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aniyametvā^eb^ti ‘‘sammāsambuddho, sāvako’’ti vā niyamaṃ visesena akatvā. ^b^Attānameva…pe… veditabbaṃ,^eb^ tathā hi paribbājako ‘‘tiṭṭhatu bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^195^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Satthāva^eb^^a^V2.0096^ea^^b^arahā hoti^eb^ paṭipattiyā pāripūribhāvato. ^b^Tasmiṃ byākate^eb^ti tasmiṃ ‘‘ekabhikkhupi sāvako’’tiādinā suṭṭhu pañhe kathite.<br/><br/>[03]^b^196^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sampādako^eb^ti paṭipattisampādako.<br/><br/>[03]^b^197^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sekhāya^eb^^a^M2.0096^ea^^b^vijjāyā^eb^ti sekhalakkhaṇappattāya maggapaññāya sātisayaṃ katvā karaṇavasena vuttā, phalapaññā pana tāya pattabbattā kammabhāvena vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhimaphalattayaṃ pattabba’’^eb^nti. Imaṃ panettha aviparītamatthaṃ pāḷito eva viññāyamānaṃ appaṭivijjhanato vitaṇḍavādī ‘‘yāvatakaṃ sekhena pattabbaṃ, anuppattaṃ taṃ mayā’’ti vacanalesaṃ gahetvā ‘‘arahattamaggopi anena pattoyevā’’ti vadati. ^b^Eva^eb^nti idāni vuccamānāya gāthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesāni pahāya pañcā^eb^ti pañcorambhāgiyasaṃyojanasaṅkhāte saṃkilese pahāya pajahitvā, pahānahetu vā. ^b^Paripuṇṇasekho^eb^ti sabbaso vaḍḍhitasekhadhammo. ^b^Aparihānadhammo^eb^ti aparihānasabhāvo. Na hi yassa phātigatehi sīlādidhammehi parihāni atthi, samādhimhi paripūrakāritāya ^b^cetovasippatto^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samāhitindriyo’’^eb^ti. Aparihānadhammattāva ^b^ṭhitatto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Anāgāminā hi asekhabhāvāvahā dhammā paripūretabbā, na sekhabhāvāvahāti so ekantaparipuṇṇe sekho vutto. ^b^Etaṃ na buddhavacana^eb^nti ‘‘maggo bahucittakkhaṇiko’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ na buddhavacanaṃ anantarekantavipākadānato, bahukkhattuṃ pavattane payojanābhāvato ca lokuttarakusalassa, ‘‘samādhimānantarikaññamāhu (khu. pā. 6.5; su. ni. 228), na pāraṃ diguṇaṃ yantī’’ti (su. ni. 719) evamādīni suttapadāni etassatthasādhakāni. Orambhāgiyasaṃyojanappahānena sekkhadhammaparipūribhāvassa vuttatāya ^b^attho^eb^ tava vacanena ^b^virujjhatī^eb^ti. ^b^Assa^eb^ āyasmato vacchassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^198^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhiññā vā kāraṇa^eb^nti yañhi taṃ tatra tatra sakkhibhabbatāsaṅkhātaṃ iddhividhapaccanubhavanādi, tassa abhiññā kāraṇaṃ. Atha iddhividhapaccanubhavanādi abhiññā, evaṃ sati ^b^abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Avasāne^eb^ chaṭṭhābhiññāya ^b^pana arahattaṃ^eb^. Ettha ca yasmā paṭhamasutte āsavakkhayo adhippeto, āsavā khīṇā eva, na puna khepetabbā, tasmā tattha ‘‘yāvadevā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Idha phalasamāpatti adhippetā, sā ca punappunaṃ samāpajjīyati, tasmā ‘‘yāvadevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tato eva hi ^b^‘‘arahattaṃ vā kāraṇa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tañhi ‘‘kudāssu ^a^V2.0097^ea^ nāmāhaṃ tadāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharissāmi, ^a^M2.0097^ea^ yadariyā etarahi upasampajja viharantī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.465; 3.307) anuttaresu vimokkhesu pihaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā abhiññā nibbattentassa kāraṇaṃ, tayidaṃ sabbasādhāraṇaṃ na hotīti sādhāraṇavasena naṃ dassento ^b^‘‘arahattassa vipassanā vā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^200^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paricaranti nāma^eb^ vippakatabrahmacariyavāsattā. ^b^Pariciṇṇo hoti^eb^ sāvakena nāma satthu dhamme kattabbā paricariyā sammadeva niṭṭhāpitattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iti…pe… thero evamāhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesaṃ guṇāna^eb^nti tesaṃ asekkhaguṇānaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāvacchasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 24
title: aggivacchasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāvacchasuttavaṇṇanā^dīghanakhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^201^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khananaṃ ^a^V2.0098^ea^ khataṃ, sūkarassa khataṃ ettha atthīti sūkarakhatā, sūkarassa vā imasmiṃ buddhuppāde paṭhamaṃ khataṃ upādāya ^b^sūkarakhatā,^eb^ tāya. ^b^Evaṃnāmake^eb^ti evaṃ itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmake. ^b^Paṃsudhote^eb^ti dhotapaṃsuke. ^b^Otaritvā abhiruhitabba^eb^nti pakatibhūmito anekehi sopānaphalakehi otaritvā puna leṇadvāraṃ katipayehi abhiruhitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhitakovā^eb^ti mātulassa ṭhitattā tattha sagāravasapatissavasena ṭhitakova. Kiñcāpi sabba-saddo avisesato anavasesapariyādāyako, vatthuadhippāyānurodhī pana saddappayogoti tamatthaṃ sandhāya paribbājako ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’^eb^ti āha. Yā loke manussaupapattiyotiādikā upapattiyo, tā anatthasamudāgatā tattha tattheva sattānaṃ ucchijjanato, tasmā samayavādīhi vuccamānā sabbā āyatiṃ uppajjanaupapatti na hoti. Jalabubbuḷakā viya hi ime sattā tattha tattha samaye uppajjitvā bhijjanti, tesaṃ tattha paṭisandhi natthīti assa adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭisandhiyo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Assa adhippāyaṃ muñcitvā^eb^ti yenādhippāyena paribbājako ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti āha, taṃ tassa adhippāyaṃ jānantopi ajānanto viya hutvā tassa ^b^akkhare tāva dosaṃ dassento^eb^ti ^a^M2.0098^ea^ padesasabbaṃ sandhāya tena vuttaṃ, sabbasabbavisayaṃ katvā tattha dosaṃ gaṇhanto. Yathā loke kenaci ‘‘sabbaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ musā’’ti vutte tassa vacanassa sabbantogadhattā musābhāvo āpajjeyya, evaṃ imassapi ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti vadato tathā pavattā diṭṭhipi nakkhamatīti atthato āpannameva hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘esāpi te diṭṭhi nakkhamatī’’ti. Yathā pana kenaci ‘‘sabbaṃ vuttaṃ musā’’ti vutte adhippāyānurodhinī saddappavatti, tassa vacanaṃ muñcitvā tadaññesameva musābhāvo ñāyāgato, evamidhāpi ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti vacanato yassā diṭṭhiyā vasena ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti tena vuttaṃ, taṃ diṭṭhiṃ muñcitvā tadaññameva yathādhippetaṃ sabbaṃ nakkhamatīti ayamattho ñāyāgato, bhagavā pana vādīvaro sukhumāya āṇiyā thūlaṃ āṇiṃ nīharanto viya upāyena tassa diṭṭhigataṃ nīharituṃ tassa adhippāyena avatvā saddavasena tāva labbhamānaṃ dosaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yāpi kho te’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘assa adhippāyaṃ muñcitvā akkhare tāva dosaṃ dassento’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Paribbājako ^a^V2.0099^ea^ pana yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti mayā vuttaṃ, ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti yathāvuttadosapariharaṇatthaṃ tasmiṃ atthe vuccamāne esa doso sabbo na hoti, evampi samaṇo gotamo mama vāde dosameva āropeyyāti attano ajjhāsayaṃ niguhitvā yathāvuttadosaṃ pariharitukāmo ^b^‘‘esā me’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^tampassa tādisamevā^eb^ti yaṃ ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti gahitaṃ vatthu, tampi tādisameva bhaveyyāti. Ayañca sabbantogadhadiṭṭhi mayhampi diṭṭhivatthu, taṃ me khameyyavāti. Yasmā pana ‘‘esāpi diṭṭhi tuyhaṃ nakkhamatī’’ti yāpi diṭṭhi vuttā bhavatā gotamena, sāpi mayhaṃ nakkhamati, tasmā sabbaṃ me nakkhamatevāti paribbājakassa adhippāyo. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘taṃ pariharāmīti saññāya vadatī’’^eb^ti. Tathā ca vakkhati ^b^‘‘tasmāpi ucchedadiṭṭhi mayhaṃ nakkhamatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Esā me diṭṭhī’’ti yā ṭhitibhūtā diṭṭhi, tāya ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti panettha sabbaggahaṇena gahitattā āha – ^b^‘‘atthato panassa esā diṭṭhi na me khamatīti āpajjatī’’^eb^ti. Ayaṃ dosoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘yassa panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Esā^eb^ti diṭṭhi. ^b^Rucita^eb^nti diṭṭhidassanena abhinivisitvā rocetvā gahitaṃ. ^b^Tena hi diṭṭhiakkhamena arucitena bhavitabbanti^eb^ sati diṭṭhiyā akkhamabhāve tato tāya gahitāya khameyya rucceyya yathā, evaṃ sabbassa akkhamabhāveti ^a^M2.0099^ea^ aparabhāge ^b^sabbaṃ khamati ruccatīti āpajjati. Na panesa taṃ sampaṭicchatī^eb^ti esa ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti evaṃ vadanto ucchedavādī taṃ vuttanayena sabbassa khamanaṃ ruccanaṃ na sampaṭicchati. Ñāyena vuttamatthaṃ kathaṃ na sampaṭicchatīti āha ^b^‘‘kevalaṃ tassāpi ucchedadiṭṭhiyā ucchedameva gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. Sabbesañhi dhammānaṃ āyatiṃ uppādaṃ aruccitvā taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ ‘‘sabbaṃ me nakkhamatī’’ti vadati, ucchedadiṭṭhikesu ca ucchinnesu kuto ucchedadiṭṭhisabhāvoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tenā^eb^ti tena kāraṇena, yasmā idhekacce sattā īdisaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paggayha tiṭṭhanti, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Pajahanakena vā cittena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā pajahanakehi appajahanake niddhāretuṃ bhagavā ‘‘ato…pe… bahutarā’’ti avocāti āha – ^b^‘‘pajahanakesu nissakka’’^eb^nti yathā ‘‘pañcasīlehi pabhāvanā paññavantatarā’’ti. ^b^‘‘Bahū’’^eb^ti vatvā na kevalaṃ bahū, atha kho ativiya bahūti dassento ^b^‘‘bahutarā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^‘‘Bahū hī’’^eb^ti nayidaṃ nissakkavacanaṃ, atha kho paccattavacanaṃ. Kathaṃ hi-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘hi-kāro nipātamatta’’^eb^nti. Anissakkavacanaṃ tāva tassa pajahanakānaṃ bahubhāvato tepi parato ‘‘bahutarā’’ti vuccīyanti. ^b^Mūladassana^eb^nti ye tādisaṃ dassanaṃ paṭhamaṃ upādiyanti, tajjātikameva pacchā gahitadassanaṃ. Vijātiyañhi paṭhamaṃ gahitadassanaṃ appahāya vijātiyassa gahaṇaṃ na sambhavati viruddhassa abhinivesassa saha anavaṭṭhānato ^a^V2.0100^ea^. Aviruddhaṃ pana mūladassanaṃ avissajjitvā visayādibhedabhinnaṃ aparadassanaṃ gahetuṃ labbhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha kiñcāpi ekaccasassatavādo sassatucchedābhinivesānaṃ vasena yathākkamaṃ sassatucchedaggāhanajātiko, ucchedaggāhena pana sassatābhinivesassa taṃgāhena ca asassatābhinivesassa virujjhanato ubhayatthapi ^b^‘‘ekaccasassataṃ vā gahetuṃ na sakkā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, tathā ^b^‘‘sassataṃ vā ucchedaṃ vā na sakkā gahetu’’^eb^nti ca. Mūlasassatañhi paṭhamaṃ gahitaṃ. ^b^Āyatanesupi yojetabba^eb^nti paṭhamaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ sassatanti gahetvā aparabhāge na kevalaṃ cakkhāyatanameva sassataṃ, sotāyatanampi sassataṃ, ghānāyatanādipi sassatanti gaṇhātītiādinā yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Āyatanesupī^eb^ti pi-saddena dhātūnaṃ indriyānampi gāho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Idaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0100^ea^ ‘‘mūle sassata’’ntiādinā vuttapaṭhamaggāhassa samānajātiyaṃ aparaggāhaṃ sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dutiyavāre^eb^ paṭhamavāre vuttasadisaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Tattha ādīnavaṃ disvā^eb^ti ‘‘yadi rūpaṃ sassataṃ siyā, nayidaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya. Yasmā ca kho idaṃ rūpaṃ asassataṃ, tasmā abhiṇhapaṭipīḷanaṭṭhena udayavayavantatāya rūpaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, sassatābhiniveso micchā’’tiādinā tattha sassatavāde ādīnavaṃ dosaṃ disvā. ^b^Oḷārika^eb^nti tasmā paṭipīḷanaṭṭhena ayāthāvaggāhatāya rūpaṃ na saṇhaṃ oḷārikameva. Vedanādīnampi aniccādibhāvadassanaṃ rūpavedanāādīnaṃ samānayogakkhamattā. ^b^Vissajjetī^eb^ti pajahati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tisso laddhiyo^eb^ti sassatucchedaekaccasassatadiṭṭhiyo. Yasmā sassatadiṭṭhikā vaṭṭe rajjanassa āsannā. Tathā hi te olīyantīti vuccanti, bhavābhavadiṭṭhīnaṃ vasena imesaṃ sattānaṃ saṃsārato sīsukkhipanaṃ natthīti etāva tisso visesato gahetabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhalokaṃ paralokañca atthīti jānātī^eb^ti ettāvatā sassatadassanassa appasāvajjatākāraṇamāha, ^b^vaṭṭaṃ assādeti, abhinandatī^eb^ti iminā dandhavirāgatāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Idhalokaṃ paralokañca atthīti jānātī^eb^ti iminā tāsu tāsu gatīsu sattānaṃ saṃsaraṇaṃ paṭikkhipatīti dasseti, ^b^sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ atthīti jānātī^eb^ti iminā kammaphalaṃ. ^b^Kusalaṃ na karotī^eb^ti iminā kammaṃ, ^b^akusalaṃ karonto na bhāyatī^eb^ti iminā puññāpuññāni sabhāvato jāyantīti dasseti. ^b^Vaṭṭaṃ assādeti abhinandati^eb^ tanninnabhāvato ^a^V2.0101^ea^. ^b^Sīghaṃ laddhiṃ jahituṃ na sakkoti^eb^ vaṭṭupacchedassa aruccanato. Ucchedavādī hi tasmiṃ bhave ucchedaṃ maññati. Tato paraṃ ^b^idhalokaṃ paralokañca atthīti jānāti^eb^ sukatadukkaṭānaṃ phalaṃ atthīti jānāti kammaphalavādībhāvato. Yebhuyyena hi ucchedavādī sabhāvaniyatiyadicchābhinivesesu aññatrābhiniveso hoti. ^b^Sīghaṃ dassanaṃ pajahati^eb^ vaṭṭābhiratiyā abhāvato. ^b^Pāramiyo pūretuṃ sakkonto paccekabuddho hutvā,^eb^ lokavohāramatteneva so sammāsambuddho hutvā parinibbāyatīti yojanā. ^b^Asakkonto^eb^ti buddho hotuṃ asakkonto. ^b^Abhinīhāraṃ^eb^^a^M2.0101^ea^^b^katvā^eb^ aggasāvakādibhāvassa abhinīhāraṃ sampādetvā. ^b^Sāvako hutvā^eb^ti aggasāvako mahāsāvako hutvā, tatthāpi tevijjo chaḷabhiñño paṭisambhidāppatto vā sukkhavipassako eva vā buddhasāvako hutvā parinibbāyati. Sabbamidaṃ ucchedavādino kalyāṇamittanissayena sammattaniyāmokkamane khippavirāgatādassanatthaṃ āgataṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^202^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kañjiyenevā^eb^ti āranāḷena. Kañjiyasadisena ucchedadassanena. ^b^Pūrito^eb^ti paripuṇṇajjhāsayo. ^b^So^eb^ti paribbājako. ^b^Appahāyā^eb^ti abhinditvā. ^b^Viggahoti kalaho^eb^ idameva saccaṃ, moghamaññanti aññamaññaṃ viruddhaggāhoti katvā. ^b^Vivāda^eb^nti viruddhavādaṃ. ^b^Vighāta^eb^nti virodhahetukaṃ cittavighātaṃ. ^b^Vihesa^eb^nti viggahavivādanimittaṃ kāyikaṃ cetasikañca kilamathaṃ. ^b^Ādīnavaṃ disvā^eb^ti etāsaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ evarūpo ādīnavo, aniyyānikabhāvatāya pana sampati āyatiñca mahādīnavoti evaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^205^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Esohamasmi, eso me attā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.241; saṃ. ni. 3.8) kāyaṃ anvetīti kāyanvayo, soyeva, tassa vā samūho ^b^kāyanvayatā,^eb^ kāyapaṭibaddho kileso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāyaṃ…pe… attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asammissabhāva^eb^nti asaṅkarato vavatthitabhāvaṃ. Tena tāsaṃ yathāsakaṃ paccayānaṃ uppajjitvā vigamaṃ dasseti. Evañhi tāsaṃ kadācipi saṅkaro natthi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho’’^eb^tiādi. Sarūpaṃ aggahetvā ‘‘aññā vedanā’’ti aniyamena vuttattā tameva vigamaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘anuppannāva honti antarahitā vā’’^eb^ti āha. Sarūpato niyametvā vuccamāne kāci anuppannā vā hoti, kāci antarahitā vāti. ^b^Cuṇṇavicuṇṇabhāvadassanattha^eb^nti khaṇe khaṇe bhijjamānabhāvadassanatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na kenaci^eb^^a^V2.0102^ea^^b^saṃvadatī^eb^ti kenaci puggalena saddhiṃ diṭṭhirāgavasena saṃkiliṭṭhacitto na vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sassataṃ gahetvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na vivadatī^eb^ti viruddhabhāvo hutvā na vivadati. ^b^Parivattetvā^eb^ti ucchedaṃ gahetvā ekaccasassataṃ gahetvā evaṃ vuttanayena tayopi vādā parivattetvā yojetabbā ^a^M2.0102^ea^. ^b^Tena voharatī^eb^ti tena lokavohārena lokasamaññaṃ anatidhāvanto satto puriso puggalotiādinā voharati, na pana ito bāhirakā viya abhinivisati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aparāmasanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kañci dhamma^eb^nti rūpādīsu ekaṃ dhammampi. ^b^Parāmāsaggāhena aggaṇhanto^eb^ti ‘‘nicca’’ntiādinā, ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā ca dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā parato āmasitvā gahaṇena aggaṇhanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katāvī^eb^ti katakicco. ^b^So vadeyyā^eb^ti khīṇāsavo bhikkhu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāresu sabbaso samucchinnesupi ahaṃ vadāmīti vadeyya. Tattha ^b^aha^eb^nti niyakajjhattasantāne. ^b^Mama^eb^nti tassa santakabhūte vatthusmiṃ lokaniruḷhe. ^b^Samañña^eb^nti tattha sukusalatāya loke samaññā kusalo viditvā. ^b^Vohāramattenā^eb^ti kevalaṃ paccekabuddho hutvā mahābodhipāramiyo pūretuṃ asakkonto sāvako hutvā desavohāramattena na appahīnataṇho viya andhaputhujjano abhinivesanavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^206^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sassatādīsū^eb^ti sassatābhinivesādīsu. ^b^Tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Sassataṃ abhiññāyā^eb^ti sassatadiṭṭhiṃ samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato nissaraṇato abhivisiṭṭhāya paññāya paṭivijjhitvā. ^b^Pahāna^eb^nti accantappahānaṃ samucchedaṃ. ^b^Rūpassa pahāna^eb^nti rūpassa tappaṭibaddhasaññojanappahānena pahānaṃ. ^b^Anuppādanirodhena niruddhehi āsavehi aggahetvāva cittaṃ vimucci^eb^. ‘‘Āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccī’’ti ettha kiñcipi aggahetvā asesetvā. ^b^Soḷasa paññā^eb^ti mahāpaññādikā soḷasa paññā. ^b^Caturaṅgasamannāgato^eb^ti puṇṇauposathadivasatā, kenaci anāmantitameva anekasatānaṃyeva anekasahassānaṃ vā bhikkhūnaṃ sannipatitatā, sabbesaṃ ehibhikkhubhāvena upasampannatā, chaḷabhiññatā cāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatrimāni aṅgānī’’^eb^tiādi. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Dīghanakhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 33
item: 25
title: mahāvacchasuttavaṇṇanā^dīghanakhasuttavaṇṇanā^māgaṇḍiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^207^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dve^eb^^a^M2.0103^ea^^b^māgaṇḍiyā^eb^ti dve ^a^V2.0103^ea^ māgaṇḍiyanāmakā. ^b^Devagabbhasadisa^eb^nti devānaṃ vasanaovarakasadisaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘bhāradvājagottassa brāhmaṇassa agyāgāre tiṇasanthārake’’ti etaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Na kevalaṃ taṃ divasamevā^eb^ti yaṃ divasaṃ māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññattaṃ, na kevalaṃ taṃ divasameva bhagavā yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo, tenupasaṅkamīti yojanā. ^b^Gāmūpacāre^eb^ti gāmasamīpe. ^b^Saññāṇaṃ katvā^eb^ti saññāṇaṃ katvā viya. Na hi bhagavato tassa saññāṇakaraṇe payojanaṃ atthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samaṇaseyyānurūpa^eb^nti samaṇassa anucchavikā seyyā. Pāsaṃsattho hi ayaṃ rūpa-saddo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imaṃ tiṇasanthāraka’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Anākiṇṇo^eb^ti viluḷito aghaṭṭito. Hatthapādasīsehi tattha tattha pahaṭena na calito ^b^abhinno,^eb^ acalitattā eva abhinnaṃ attharaṇaṃ. ^b^Paricchinditvā paññatto viyā^eb^ti ayaṃ chekena cittakārena cintetvā tulikāya paricchinnalekhāya paricchinditvā likhitā cittakataseyyā viya. Bhūnaṃ vuccati vaḍḍhitaṃ, taṃ hantīti ^b^bhūnahuno^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hatavaḍḍhino’’^eb^ti. Taṃ panāyaṃ cakkhādīsu saṃvaravidhānaṃ vaḍḍhihananaṃ maññati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mariyādakārakassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Brūhetabba^eb^nti uḷāravisayūpahārena vaḍḍhetabbaṃ pīṇetabbaṃ. Taṃ pana ananubhūtānubhavanena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘adiṭṭhaṃ dakkhitabba’’^eb^nti. Anubhūtaṃ pana apaṇītaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhaṃ samatikkamitabba’’^eb^nti. Sesavāresupi eseva nayo. Paramadiṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī kiresa paribbājako, tasmā ^b^evaṃ chasu dvāresu vaḍḍhiṃ paññapeti^eb^. Yasmā yaṃ channampi cakkhādīnaṃ yathāsakaṃ visayaggahaṇaṃ paṭikkhipanto lokassa avaḍḍhitaṃ vināsameva paññapeti, ^b^tasmā so^eb^ sayampi ^b^vaḍḍhihato^eb^ hatavaḍḍhito.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃkilesato ārakattā ^b^ariyo^eb^ niyyānikadhammabhāvato ^b^ñāyo dhammo^eb^. Vajjalesassapi abhāvato ^b^kusalo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parisuddhe kāraṇadhamme anavajje’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uggatassā^eb^ti uccakulīnatādinā uḷārassa. ^b^Mukhe ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā^eb^ti mukhena saṃyato hutvā. ^b^Ambajambūādīni gahetvā viya apūrayamāno^eb^ti ambajambūādīni aññamaññavisadisāni viya pūraṇakathānayena yaṃ kiñci akathetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mayā kathitaniyāmenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^208^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Phalasamāpattiyā^eb^^a^M2.0104^ea^^a^V2.0104^ea^^b^vuṭṭhito^eb^ti divāvihārato vuṭṭhitoti attho. Divāvihāropi hi ‘‘paṭisallāna’’nti vuccati ‘‘rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādī’’tiādīsu (pārā. 18). Bhagavā hi phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhānuttarakālaṃ tesaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ sutvā divāvihārato vuṭṭhāya tattha gato. Saṃvego nāma sahottappañāṇaṃ, taṃ nibbindanavasenapi hoti, saṃveganissitaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘pītisaṃvegena saṃviggo’’^eb^ti. So pana yasmā purimāvatthāya calanaṃ hoti cittassa, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘calito kampito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tikhiṇasotena purisenā^eb^ti bhagavantaṃ sandhāyāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^209^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammadesanaṃ ārabhi^eb^ yathā vineyyadamanakusalo ^b^vasanaṭṭhānaṭṭhenā^eb^ti idaṃ āramitabbabhāvassa bhāvalakkhaṇavacanaṃ. Āramati etthāti ārāmo, rūpaṃ ārāmo etassāti ^b^rūpārāmaṃ,^eb^ tato eva tanninnabhāvena ^b^rūpe ratanti rūparataṃ,^eb^ tena sammo duppattiyā rūpena sammuditanti ^b^rūpasammuditaṃ,^eb^ tadetaṃ tadabhihatajavanakiccaṃ tattha āropetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Danta^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Dantaṃ^eb^ damitaṃ. ^b^Nibbisevana^eb^nti vigatavisukāyikaṃ. ^b^Gutta^eb^nti satiyā guttaṃ. ^b^Rakkhita^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Saṃvuta^eb^nti apanītaṃ pavesanivāraṇena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pihita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^210^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uppajjanapariḷāha^eb^nti uppajjanakilesapariḷāhaṃ. ^b^Kiṃ vacanaṃ vattabbaṃ assā^eb^ti rūpārammaṇaṃ anubhavitvā samudayādipahānaṃ pariggaṇhitvā parinibbinditvā virajjitvā yo vimutto, tattha kiṃ vuddhihatapariyāyo avassaṃ labhati na labhatīti pucchati. Paribbājako tādise sārabaddhavimuttike vuddhihatoti na vadeyyāti āha ^b^‘‘na kiñci, bho, gotamā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^211^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Te^eb^ti tayā, ayameva vā pāṭho. ^b^Vassaṃ vāso vassaṃ^eb^ uttarapadalopena, vassituṃ arahatīti ^b^vassiko,^eb^ vassakāle nivāsānucchavikoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nātiucco hoti nātinīco^eb^ti gimhiko viya ucco, hemantiko viya nīco na hoti, atha kho tadubhayavemajjhalakkhaṇatāya nātiucco hoti nātinīco. ^b^Nātitanūnī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0105^ea^ hemantikassa viya na khuddakāni. ^b^Nātibahūnī^eb^ti gimhikassa viya na atibahūni. ^b^Missakānevā^eb^ti hemantikagimhikesu vuttalakkhaṇavomissakāni. ^b^Uṇhapavesanatthāyā^eb^ti niyūhesu purebhattaṃ pacchābhattañca patitasūriyobhāsavasena uṇhassa abbhantarapavesanatthāya. ^b^Bhittiniyūhāni nīharīyantī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0105^ea^ dakkhiṇapasse bhittīsu niyūhāni nīharitvā karīyanti. ^b^Vipulajālānī^eb^ti puthulachiddāni. ^b^Udakayantānī^eb^ti udakavāhakayantāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nīluppalagacchake katvā^eb^ti vikasitehi nīluppalehi gacchake naḷinike katvā. ^b^Gandhakalala^eb^nti gandhamissakakaddamaṃ. ^b^Yamakabhittī^eb^ti yugaḷabhitti, tassā antare nāḷi, yato udakaṃ abhiruhati. ^b^Lohanāḷi^eb^nti lohamayayantanāḷiṃ. ^b^Jāla^eb^nti tambalohamayaṃ jālaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhā yantaṃ parivattentī^eb^ti heṭṭhābhāge udakayantaṃ gamenti. ^b^Udakaphusite temente vivaṇṇatā māhosī^eb^ti ^b^nīlapaṭaṃ nivāseti. Divākāle^eb^ti divasavelāya. ^b^Ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto viharāmī^eb^ti etena attano phalasamāpattivihāro bhagavatā dassitoti āha – ^b^‘‘tāya ratiyā ramamānoti idaṃ catutthajjhānikaphalasamāpattiratiṃ sandhāya vutta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^212^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahā^eb^^b^ca nesaṃ papañco^eb^ti nesaṃ rājūnaṃ mahāpapañco rājiddhivasena sabbadā sampattivisayo ca, anubhavituṃ na labhantīti adhippāyo. ^b^Mante gavesantā vicaranti,^eb^ na bhogasukhaṃ. ^b^Gaṇanā^eb^ nāma acchinnagaṇanā, na vigaṇagaṇanā na paṇagaṇanā. ^b^Āvaṭṭo^eb^ti yathādhigate dibbe kāme pahāya kāmahetu āvaṭṭo nivatto parivattito ^b^bhaveyya. Evaṃ mānusakā kāmā^eb^ti yathā koci kusaggena udakaṃ gahetvā mahāsamudde udakaṃ mineyya. Tattha mahāsamudde udakameva mahantaṃ vipulaṃ paṇītañca, evaṃ dibbānaṃ kāmānaṃ samīpe upanidhāya mānusakā kāmā appamattakā oramattakā nihīnā, dibbāva kāmā mahantā vipulā uḷārā paṇītā. ^b^Samadhigayhā^eb^ti sammā adhigamanavasena niggayha dibbampi sukhaṃ hīnaṃ katvā ^b^tiṭṭhati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^213^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ārogyahetukaṃ sukhaṃ assa atthīti ^b^sukhī,^eb^ taṃ panassa rogavigamatovāti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamaṃ dukkhito pacchā sukhito’’^eb^ti. Serī nāma attādhīnavuttīti āha ^b^‘‘serī ekako bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti. Attano vaso ^a^M2.0106^ea^ sayaṃvaso, so etassa atthīti ^b^sayaṃvasī. Aṅgārakapallaṃ viya^eb^ kāmavatthupariḷāhahetuto. ^b^Tacchetvā^eb^ti ghaṭṭetvā, kaṇḍūyitvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^214^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yena kāyo madhurakajāto hoti, taṃ kira kuṭṭhaṃ chaviṃ vināseti, cammaṃ chiddajātaṃ viya hoti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘upahatakāyappasādo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paccalatthā^eb^ti paṭilabhi. Avijjābhibhūtatāya virodhipaccayasamāyogena ^b^paññindriyassa upahatattā^eb^. Āyatiṃ dukkhaphalatāya etarahi ca kilesadukkhabahulatāya kāmānaṃ ^b^dukkhasamphassatā,^eb^ tadubhayasaṃyuttesu tesu ca taṃ asallakkhitvā ^a^V2.0106^ea^ ekantasukhābhiniveso viparītasaññāya, na kevalāya sukhavedanāya sukhāti pavattasaññī.<br/><br/>[03]^b^215^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tānī^eb^ti kuṭṭhasarīre vaṇamukhāni. ^b^Asucīnī^eb^ti asubhāni. ^b^Duggandhānī^eb^ti vissagandhāni. ^b^Pūtīnī^eb^ti kuṇapabhūtāni. ^b^Idānī^eb^ti etarahi. Nakhehi vippatacchanāggiparitāpanehi atinippīḷanakāle ^b^pāṇakā…pe… paggharanti,^eb^ tena vedanā tanukā hoti. ^b^Eva^eb^nti vuttanayena vedanāya tanukabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Ārogyabhāve dhanalābhādilābhuppattito, asati ca ārogye lābhassa niratthakabhāvato, diṭṭhadhammikādisabbasampattīnaṃ lābhassa nimittabhāvato ca ^b^ārogyaparamā lābhā^eb^. Nibbāne sukhuppattito, asati ca nibbānādhigame tādisassa sukhassa anupalabbhanato, sabbasaṅkhatavivittattā ca sabbaso ca saṃsāradukkhābhāvato, adhigate ca tasmiṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhābhāvato ca ^b^nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukhaṃ. Pubbabhāgamaggāna^eb^nti kāyānupassanādibhedabhinnānaṃ ariyamaggassa pubbabhāgiyānaṃ maggānaṃ. Tesañca amatagāmitā nāma tanninnatāvaseneva sacchikiriyāvasenāti āha ^b^‘‘pubbabhāgagamaneneva amatagāmina’’^eb^nti. ^b^Aṭṭhaṅgiko^eb^ ariyamaggo ^b^khemo^eb^ sabbaparissayasamugghātanena anupaddutattā, taṃsamaṅgīnaṃ sabbaso anupaddutattā taṃsamaṅgīnaṃ sabbaso anupaddavahetuto ca. ^b^Laddhivasena gahitā^eb^ti sassatavādādīhi kevalaṃ tesaṃ laddhivasena tathā gahitā. ^b^Khemāmatagāmina^eb^nti iminā hi ‘‘khemaṃamatagāmina’’nti vibhattialopena niddeso, attho pana vibhattilopena daṭṭhabboti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^216^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anomajjatī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0107^ea^ anu anu omajjati. Aparāparaṃ hatthaṃ ^b^heṭṭhā otārento majjati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^217^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cheka^eb^nti ghanabhāvena vītaṃ. Ghanamaṭṭhabhāvena sundaraṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sampanna’’^eb^nti. Sādhūhi paramappicchasantuṭṭhehi lāto gahitoti ^b^sāhuḷi. Saṅkāracoḷakaṃ^eb^ niccakāḷakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^218^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tattha tattha rujanaṭṭhena vibādhanaṭṭhena ^b^rogova bhūto^eb^. Vipassanāñāṇenapi sikhāppattena ārogyaṃ ekadesena passati, nibbānañca vaṭṭapaṭipakkhatoti āha ^b^‘‘vipassanāñāṇañcevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^219^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Antarā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0107^ea^ paṭhamuppatti jarāmaraṇānaṃ vemajjhe. ^b^Upahato^eb^ti pittasemhādidosehi dūsitabhāvena kathito. Pittādidose pana bhesajjasevanāya nivattento upahataṃ paṭipākatikaṃ karonto ^b^cakkhūni uppādeti nāma. Vinaṭṭhānī^eb^ti anuppattidhammataṃ āpannāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^220^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbe vutte^eb^ sāhuḷiyacīre. ^b^Vaṭṭe anugatacittenā^eb^ti anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe anādīnavadassitāya anugāmicittena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^221^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammassā^eb^ti nibbānassa. ^b^Anudhamma^eb^nti anurūpaṃ niyyānadhammaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anucchavikaṃ paṭipada’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pañcakkhandhe^eb^ti pañcupādānakkhandhe dasseti. ‘‘Dīgharattaṃ vata, bho’’tiādinā pāḷiyaṃ vivaṭṭaṃ dassitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upādānanirodhāti vivaṭṭaṃ dassento’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Māgaṇḍiyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


